SECTION - C

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS
FOR CIVIL WORKS (MAJOR COMPONENT)

Page 85
 C1. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS
1. Except for the items, for which Particular Specifications are given herein or where it is specifically
mentioned otherwise in this bid document, the work shall generally be carried out in accordance
with the “CPWD Specifications - 2019 (Vol. I & II) for Civil works or their latest version with up to
date correction slips and CPWD Specification for Horticulture works with up to date correction slips
(hereinafter to be collectively referred to as ‘CPWD Specifications’). Wherever CPWD
Specifications are silent, the latest BIS Codes/Specifications, National Building Code-2016,
MoRTH Specification, Manufacturers Specifications, Sound Engineering practices or well-
established local construction practices as decided by the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed.
2. The order of preference in case of any discrepancy as indicated in condition No. 8.1 under
“Conditions of Contract” given in standard CPWD Contract form may be read as the following:
i) Minimum Requirement & Specifications for Civil Works.
ii) Conceptual Drawings & Specifications mentioned in the Drawings
iii) Particular Specifications for Civil Works
iv) Schedule of Quantities
v) Additional & Special Conditions for Civil Works
vi) Standard General Conditions of Contract
vii) CPWD Specifications with up to date Correction slips
viii) IPHS (Indian Public health standards) and MCI (Medical Council of India) Guidelines.
ix) BIS Specifications/Provisions
x) National Building Code
xi) Manufacturers specifications.
xii) Sound Engineering practices or well-established local construction practices as decided by
the Engineer-in-charge.
3. The proposed work is a prestigious project and quality of work is of paramount importance.
Contractor shall have to engage well experienced skilled labour and deploy modern T&P and other
equipment to execute the work. Many items & specialized works will require engagement of
specialised agencies & skilled workers having experience in execution of such items.
4. The tenderer shall acquaint himself with the proposed site of work, its approach roads, working
space available etc. before quoting his rates and no claim on this account shall be entertained by
the department.
5. The scope of work & specifications given herein this bid document are general but not exhaustive
and does not mention all the incidental works required to be carried out for complete execution of
the item of work. The work shall be carried out, all in accordance with true intent and meaning of
the specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether the same may or may
not be particularly shown on the drawings and/ or described in the specifications, provided that the
same can be reasonably inferred there from. There may be several incidental works, which are not
mentioned in the contract document/ specifications but will be necessary to complete the item in all
respect. All these incidental works/ costs which are not mentioned but are necessary to complete
the work shall be deemed to have been included in the overall amount quoted by the contractor for
various components of work. No adjustment of rates shall be made for any variation in quantum of
incidental works due to variation/change in actual working drawings. Also, no adjustment of rates
shall be made due to any change in incidental works or any other deviation in such element of
work (which is incidental to the items of work and are necessary to complete such items in all
respects) on account of the directions of Engineer-in-charge Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
6. In case, some of items are missing in the scope of work or specifications in the bidding documents
same shall be taken from the specification mentioned in similar type of items mentioned for similar
type of buildings in the scope of work or shall be executed as given in the CPWD Specifications,
NBC-2016, IS Codes or according to sound engineering practices so as to make the building

Page 86
 including related services fully functional. No claim what so ever may be entertained at later stage.
All cost of providing and making buildings with services, landscaping and horticulture works fully
complete in all aspect unless specifically mentioned in the contract document and making
buildings with services fully functional are included in the cost tendered for this work.
7. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for obtaining water & electricity
connections and make necessary payments directly to the department concerned.
8. The contractor(s) shall get himself acquainted with nature and extent of the work and satisfy
himself about the availability of materials from kiln or approved quarries for collection and
conveyance of materials required for construction.
9. The contractor(s) shall study the soil investigation report for the site, available in the bid document/
office of the Engineer-in-charge and satisfy himself about complete characteristics of soil and other
parameters at site. However, no claim on the alleged inadequacy or incorrectness of the soil data
supplied by the department shall be entertained.
10. The tenderer shall see the approaches to the site. In case any approach from main road is
required at site or existing approach is to be improved and maintained for cartage of materials by
the contractor, the same shall be provided, improved and maintained by the contractor at his own
cost. No payment shall be made on this account.
11. The work shall be carried out in the manner complying in all respects with the requirements of the
relevant bylaws and regulations of the local body under the jurisdiction of which the work is to be
executed or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
12. The contractor(s) shall inform/issue notices to the Municipality, police and other authorities that
may be required as per law and obtain all requisite permission/ licenses for temporary
obstructions, enclosures etc. Contractor(s) shall pay all fee, taxes and charges which may be
leviable on account of these operations in executing the contract. He shall make good any damage
to the property whether public or private and shall supply and maintain lights either for illumination
or for cautioning the public at night.
13. For construction works which are likely to generate malba / rubbish, the contractor shall reuse it at
site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge or hand over to recycling agents or dispose of at his
own cost to the notified/specified Municipal dumping ground. No deduction on this account shall
be made from the agency as well as no extra payment will be made to agency for the same.
14. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or inconvenience to
the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent properties and to the public in general and to prevent
any damage to such properties and any pollution of smoke, streams and water-ways. He shall
make good at his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, any damage to roads,
paths, cross drainage work or public or private property whatsoever caused thereon by the
contractor. All waste or superfluous materials shall be carried away by the contractor without any
reservation entirely to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
15. Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that no disturbance as
far as possible is caused to the occupants / users of building/adjacent properties.
16. The works shall be carried out in accordance with the Architectural drawings and structural
drawings to be issued/approved/NOC given from time to time by the Engineer-in-Charge. Before
commencement of any item of work, the contractor shall correlate all the relevant architectural and
structural drawings of the work and satisfy himself that the information available thereof is
complete and unambiguous. The discrepancy, if any shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-
in-Charge before execution of the work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for any loss or
damage executing by the commencement of work on account of any discrepancy and/or
incomplete information.
17. The detailed conceptual Architectural drawings given in the tender other than those indicated in
nomenclature of items are only indicative of the nature of the work and materials/fixings involved
unless and otherwise specifically mentioned. However, the work shall be executed in accordance

Page 87
 with the more detailed drawings to be developed by the contractor’s consultant after getting NOC
from the Engineer-in-Charge.
18. Other agencies may also be simultaneously executing works assigned to them for this Project and
the contractor shall coordinate and facilitate for the same. The contractor shall leave such
recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may be required for such related works (for which
inserts, sleeves, brackets, conduits, base plates, clamps etc. shall be supplied free of cost by the
department unless otherwise specifically mentioned) and the contractor shall fix the same at time
of casting of concrete, stone work and brick work, if required, and nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
19. The contractor shall conduct work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress or completion
of the work being performed by other contractor(s) or by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall as far
as possible arrange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used or removed
so as not to interfere with the operations of other contractor or he shall arrange his work with that
of the others in an acceptable and coordinated manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to
the complete satisfaction of others.
20. Some restrictions may be imposed by the security agencies/client on the working hours and on
movement of labour, materials etc in the campus/site and may require issuing identity cards to all
persons authorized by contractor to do work / visit the work site. The contractor shall be bound to
follow all such restrictions / instructions and no claim whatsoever shall on this account will be
entertained. The loss of time on this account, if any, shall have to be made up by generating
additional resources etc.
21. The rates quoted by the contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance, setting out work,
profile, establishment of reference bench mark, spot levels, construction of all safety and
protection measure, earth embankments, preparatory works, all testing of materials, working
during monsoon, working at all depths, height and locations etc. unless specified in the schedule
of quantities.
22. Royalty at the prevailing rates wherever payable shall have to be paid by the contractor on the
boulders, metal, shingle, sand and bajri etc. Or any other material collected by him for the work
direct to revenue authorities and nothing extra shall be paid by the department for the same.
23. No payment shall be made for any damage caused by rain, snowfall, flood or any other natural
calamity, whatsoever during the execution of the work until handing over to the client. The
contractor shall be fully responsible for any damage to the govt. property and work for which the
payment has been advanced to him under the contract and he shall make good the same at his
risk and cost. The contractor shall be fully responsible for safety and security of his material, T&P,
Machinery brought to the site by him.
24. The contractor shall deploy resources e.g. manpower, labour, T&P, Plant & Equipment etc.
as per actual requirement of work. No damages/compensation shall be payable on account
of idle manpower, labour, T&P, Plant and Equipment and loss of profit etc. for whatsoever
reason.
25. The rates for all items of work shall, unless clearly specified otherwise, include cost of all labour,
material, tools and plants and other inputs involved in the execution of the item.
26. The contractor (s) shall quote all-inclusive rates against the items in the schedule of quantities and
nothing extra shall be payable for any of the conditions and specifications mentioned. In the tender
documents unless specifically specified otherwise.
27. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities the rates for all items shall be considered
as inclusive of pumping/baling out water, if necessary, for which no extra payment shall be made.
Those conditions shall be considered to include water from any source such as inflow of flood,
surface and sub-soil water etc. and shall apply to the execution in any season.
28. The work shall be executed and measured as per metric dimensions given in the Schedule of
quantities, drawings etc. (FPS units wherever indicated are for guidance only).

Page 88
29. Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates tendered by the contractor shall
be inclusive of all costs & taxes/levies/royalties etc. and shall apply to all leads and lifts and
nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
30. The foundation trenches shall be kept free from water while works below ground level are in
progress.
31. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing (purchase) of
equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other items required to be carried out
during execution of the work. No delay and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the
Contractor, on account of variation in the foreign exchange rate.
32. All ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labour camp, stores,
fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and ward, temporary ramp required to be made for
working at the basement level, temporary structure for plants and machineries, temporary
barricading or fencing around the working sites, water storage tanks, installation and consumption
charges of temporary electricity, telephone, water etc. required for execution of the work,
protection works, testing facilities / laboratory at site of work, facilities for all field tests and for
taking samples etc. during execution or any other activity which is necessary (for execution of work
and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge), shall be deemed to be included in rates quoted by the
Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts. Before start of the work, the
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, a site / construction yard layout, specifying
areas for construction, site office, positioning of machinery, material yard, cement & other storage,
fabrication yard, site laboratory, water tank etc.
33. For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in two or more shifts
(including night shifts). Normally contractors shall not be allowed to execute the RCC, electrical
and finishing work at night. Work at night shall, however, be allowed if the site
conditions/circumstances so demand. No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this account,
not with-standing the fact that the contractor may have to pay extra amounts for any reason, to the
labourers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly on the work according to the provisions of
the labour and other statutory bodies regulations and the agreement entered upon by the
contractor with them.
34. The contractor shall maintain in perfect condition, all portions executed till completion of the entire
work allotted to him. Where however phased delivery of work is contemplated these provisions
shall apply separately to each phase.
35. All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the Engineer-in-Charge. Any
pre-delivery of the material not required for immediate consumption shall not be accepted and thus
not paid for.
36. The contractor(s) shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding collection and
stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building rubbish shall be stacked on
areas where other buildings, roads, services and compound walls are to be constructed. The
stacking shall take place as per stacking plan however, if any change is required, the same shall
be done with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
37. The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of materials
issued by department/arranged by the contractor.
38. All mass Reinforced Cement Concrete work/RCC in Structural Members shall be design mix
concrete of specified grade. The contractor shall install on/near the project site automatic
batching plant of desired capacity to be approved by Engineer-in-charge for production of
design mix concrete which shall be used in the work or procure it from RMC plant to be
approved by Engineer-in-charge.
39. The terms machine batched, machine mixed, and machine vibrated concrete used elsewhere in
agreement shall mean the concrete produced in concrete batching and mixing plant and if
necessary transported by transit concrete mixers, placed in position by the concrete pumps, tower

Page 89
 crane and vibrated by surface vibrator /needle vibrator / plate vibrator, as the case may be to
achieve required strength and durability.
40. The cost of flooring is inclusive of providing sunken flooring in bath-rooms, kitchen, etc. and
nothing extra on this account shall be payable.
41. Any legal or financial implications resulting out of carriage of earth from outside or disposal of earth
shall be sole responsibility of the contractor. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
42. No chase cutting/dismantling of plaster/RCC/CC shall be allowed, so contractor has to execute the
electrical work accordingly. The work should be planned in a systematic manner so that chase
cuttings in the walls, ceilings and floors are minimized. Wherever absolutely essential, the chase
shall be cut using chase cutting machines. Chases will not be allowed to be cut using hammer /
chisel. The electrical boxes should be fixed in walls simultaneously while raising the brick work.
The contractor shall ensure proper coordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply,
electrical, fire-fighting and any other services.
43. The work of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage etc. shall be carried out as
per CPWD Specifications, NBC-2016 and bylaws of the Municipal Corporation or any other local
body and the contractor shall produce necessary completion certificates from such authority after
completion of work wherever applicable.
44. In case of local Municipal regulations / restrictions by client /non-availability space at site if huts for
labour are not allowed to be erected at the site of work, the contractor shall be required to provide
such accommodation at suitable place at his own cost and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.
45. Any cement slurry added over base surface for continuation of concerting for better bond is
deemed to have been built in the items and nothing extra shall be payable and no extra cement
considered in consumption on this account.
46. Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires, sewer lines, water lines and similar service
encountered in the course of the execution of work shall be protected against the damage by the
contractor at his own expense. In case the same are to be removed and diverted. The same shall
be payable to the contractor. The contractor shall work out the cost and the same shall be
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall not store materials or otherwise occupy any
part of the site in a manner likely to hinder the operation of such services.
47. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward of the building complex and to
safeguard materials, equipment, fittings and fixtures provided by him against pilferage and
breakage during the period of installations and thereafter till the building is physically handed over
to the department. No extra payment shall be made on this account.
48. SETTING OUT
48.1. Contractor shall provide permanent bench marks and other reference points for the proper
execution of work and these shall be preserved till the end of work. All such reference points shall
be in relation to the levels and locations, given in the Architectural and plumbing drawings.
48.2. The contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades, lines, levels and
bench marks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies regarding grades, lines, levels,
dimensions to the Engineer-in-Charge before commencing work. Commencement of work shall be
regarded as the contractor's acceptance of such grades, lines, levels and dimensions and no claim
shall be entertained at a later date for any errors found.
48.3. If at any time, any error in this respect shall appear during the progress of the work, the contractor
shall, at his own expense rectify such error if so required to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
48.4. Though the site levels may be indicated in the drawings the contractor shall ascertain himself and
confirm the site levels with respect to GTS bench mark from the concerned authorities.
48.5. The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of the setting out by the contractor shall not relieve the
contractor of any of his responsibilities.

Page 90
48.6. The contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal, vertical and other
alignment, the level and correctness of every part of the work and shall rectify effectively any
errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications shall be carried out by the contractor at his own
cost to the instructions and satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
49. DE-WATERING
49.1. De-watering required, if any, shall be done conforming to BIS Code IS: 9759 (guide lines for de-
watering during construction) and / or as per the specifications approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. Design of an appropriate and suitable dewatering system shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility.
49.2. Such scheme shall be modified / augmented as the work proceeds based on fresh information
discovered during the progress of work, at no extra cost. At all times during the construction work,
efficient drainage of the site shall be carried out by the Contractor and especially during the laying
of plain cement concrete, taking levels etc. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no
danger to the nearby properties and installations on account of such lowering of water table. If
needed, suitable precautionary measures shall be taken by the Contractor. Also the scheme of
dewatering adopted shall have adequate built in arrangement to serve as stand-bye to attend to
repair of pumps etc. and disruption of power / fuel supply. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
49.3. In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during monsoons, a ring bund of
puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed outside, to the required height, and maintained
by the Contractor. Also, suitable steps shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent back flow of
pumped water into the trench. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
49.4. For works below ground level the contractor shall keep that area free from water. If dewatering or
bailing out of the water is required, the contractor shall do the same at his own cost and nothing
extra shall be paid. Nothing extra shall be paid for execution of work in or under water and / or
liquid mud including pumping out of water as required.
50. PROGRAMME CHART
50.1. The Contractor shall prepare an integrated programme chart in MS Project, Primavera software for
the execution of work, showing clearly all activities from the start of work to completion, with details
of manpower, equipment and machinery required for the fulfilment of the programme within the
stipulated period or earlier and submit the same for approval to the Engineer-in-Charge within ten
days of award of the contract. Non-submission of such programme shall attract the recoveries as
mentioned in the Schedule-F of the tender document.
50.2. The programme chart should include the following:
(a) Descriptive note explaining sequence of the various activities.
(b) Network (PERT/CPM/BAR CHART) in MS Project/Primavera Software (For small works, Bar-
Chart in Excel sheet may be accepted as approved by Engineer-in-charge)
(c) Programme for procurement of materials by the contractor.
(d) Programme of procurement of machinery / equipment having adequate capacity,
commensurate with the quantum of work to be done within the stipulated period, by the
contractor.
50.3. In addition to above, the contractor shall submit shuttering schedule adequate to complete
structure work within laid down physical milestone etc. and to achieve the progress of work as per
programme, he must bring sufficient shuttering material required for cement concrete and R.C.C.
works etc.
50.4. If at any time, it appears to the Engineer-in-Charge that the actual progress of work does not
conform to the approved programme referred above, the contractor shall produce a revised
programme showing the modifications to the approved programme to ensure completion of the
work. The modified schedule of programme shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Non-
submission of such revised programme shall attract the recoveries as mentioned in the Schedule-

Page 91
 F of the tender document.
50.5. The submission for approval by the Engineer-in-Charge of such programme or the furnishing of
such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of the duties or responsibilities under the
contract. This is without prejudice to the right of Engineer-in-Charge to take action against the
contractor as per terms and conditions of the agreement.
51. PROGRESS REPORT
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge on the 7th day of each month, 2 hard copies
and one on soft copy (CD) of monthly progress report of the. Such progress report will include the
project progress, summary, work progress (planned vs actual), CPM chart, status of financial
progress and achievement of milestone, manpower deployment status, inventory of materials and
photographs of important activities. For delay in submission of the report, compensation @ Rs.
2000/- (Rupees Two Thousand only) per day of delay subject to maximum of Rs.20,000/- for each
report will be recovered from the amount payable to the contractor.
52. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
52.1. Contractor shall within two weeks of award of work, submit to the Engineer-in-Charge for his
approval, list of measures for maintaining safety of manpower deployed for construction.
52.2. Contractor at his cost put up the barricading all around the construction site as per
pollution as per guidelines of NGT and Local Bodies/Authorities or Client directions in case
of in campus works, through suitable method for segregating the construction site and also
to control the dust pollution in the campus. Entry to the site shall be controlled for proper
security of man and materials and to avoid accidents.
52.3. The Contractor(s) shall take all precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting necessary caution
boards, day and night speed limit boards, red flags, red lights and providing barriers. He shall be
responsible for all damages and accidents caused to existing/new work due to negligence on his
part. No hindrances shall be caused to traffic during the execution of the work.
52.4. In case of any accident of labours / contractual staff’s the entire responsibility will rest on the part
of the contractor and any compensation under such circumstances if becomes payable the same
shall be entirely borne by the contractor and department shall have no role on this account.
52.5. It shall be ensured by the contractor that no electric live wire is left exposed or unattended to avoid
any accidents in this regard.
52.6. Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be commenced by
the contractor only when all men, machinery’s and materials have been arranged and closing of
the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least possible time.
52.7. For facia work, outer finishing and other RCC works etc. double steel scaffolding having two sets
of vertical supports with steel staircase for inspection of works by engineer in charge shall be used.
The supports shall be sound and strong, tied together with horizontal piece over which scaffolding
planks shall be fixed.
52.8. In the event of the contractor(s) committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of the
Central Public Works Department, Contractor’s Labour Regulations and Model Rules for the
protection of health and sanitary arrangements for the workers as amended from time to time or
furnishing any information or submitting or filing any under the provisions of the above Regulations
and’ Rules which is materially incorrect, he/they shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to
the Government of Rs.25,000/- per day for each day of default subjected to a maximum of 5
percent of the estimated cost of the work put to tender. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be final and binding on the parties.
52.9. The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration certificates, bar charts, other
statements etc. under various labour laws and other regulations applicable to the works, at his site
office.
53. SECURITY MEASURES
53.1. Contractor has to follow the security requirement of the campus and obtain necessary entry

Page 92
 passes for the labour and vehicles and follow security checks at entry / exit gates, restriction on
movement of vehicle, restricted timings of working etc. The Department however shall assist the
contractor in obtaining such passes for movement of vehicles and labour. No claim whatsoever
shall be entertained on account of delay in entry of vehicles and labour including restrictions in
working hours, if there is any.
53.2. The contractor shall employ only Indian Nationals after verifying their antecedents and loyalty. The
contractor shall, on demand submit list of his agents, employees and work people concerned &
shall satisfy antecedents of such people.
53.3. The contractor & his work people shall observe all relevant rules regarding security promulgated in
which work is to be carried out by the Controlling Administrative Authority of the campus/area
(hereinafter referred to as “Administrator”).
53.4. The contractor, his representative, workman shall be allowed to enter through specified gates &
timing as laid down by the controlling authority. They shall be issued an identity card or an
individual pass in accordance with the standing rules & regulations & they should possess the
same while working. The contractor shall be responsible for the conduct & actions of his workmen,
agents/ representatives.
53.5. Normally contractor shall be allowed to carry out work between 7 AM to 6 PM. However, he may
also be allowed to carry out the work beyond 6 PM & up to 7 AM if the site
conditions/circumstances so demand with prior written permission from the “Administrator”.
However, if the work is carried out in more than one shift or at night, no claim on this account shall
be entertained.
53.6. Normally contractor’s material / vehicles etc shall be allowed to move in / go-out between 7 AM to
7 PM only & no movement of material / vehicles out of work site shall be allowed during night
hours unless specific permission is obtained from the “Administrator”.
53.7. In case if a separate entry has been allowed, the contractor has to make all arrangement for
making a separate entry gate and barricading of the working area to segregate/separate the same
from other areas. All these have to be done by the contractor at his own cost including
safeguarding any untoward incident in the restricted area due to separate entry gate and
barricading arranged by the contractor. No extra amount on this account shall be payable by the
department.
53.8. In the event of any restrictions being imposed by the Security agency, CPWD, Traffic or any other
authority having jurisdiction in the area on the working or movement of labour /material, the
contractor shall strictly follow such restrictions and nothing extra shall be payable to the contractor
on such accounts. The loss of time on these accounts, if any, shall have to be made up by
augmenting additional resources whatever required. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
54. INSURANCE POLICIES:
54.1. Before commencing the execution of work, the Contractor shall, without in any way limiting his
obligations and liabilities, insure at his own cost and expense against any damage or loss or injury,
which may be caused to any person or property, at site of work. The Contractor shall obtain and
submit to the Engineer-in-Charge Contractor All Risk Insurance Policy for an amount
equivalent to the contract amount for this work with Engineer-in-Charge as the first beneficiary.
The insurance shall be obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor (who
shall be second beneficiary). Also, he shall indemnify the Department from any liability during the
execution of the work. Further, he shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in- Charge, a third-party
insurance policy for maximum Rs.10 lakh for each accident, with the Engineer-in-Charge as the
first beneficiary. The insurance shall be obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the
Contractor (who shall be second beneficiary). The Contractor shall, from time to time, provide
documentary evidence as regards payment of premium for all the Insurance Policies for keeping
them valid till the completion of the work. The Contractor shall ensure that Insurance Policies are

Page 93
 also taken for the workers of his Sub-Contractors / specialized agencies also. The contractor
including subcontractors shall provide comprehensive group insurance cover for all the workers
and their supervisory staff deployed at site. The details of insurance cover to be provided shall be
submitted by the contractor / associate agencies within 20 days of date of start. In case of a
default, appropriate policy shall be got done by the safety monitoring committee and double the
fee of the policy shall be recovered from the next bill of the contractor. Without prejudice to any of
its obligations and responsibilities specified above, the Contractor shall within 15 days from the
date of letter of acceptance of the tender and thereafter at the end of each quarter submit a report
to the Department giving details of the Insurance Policies along with Certificate of these insurance
policies being valid, along with documentary evidences as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. No
work shall be commenced by the Contractor unless he obtains the Insurance Policies as
mentioned above. Also, no bill payment shall be made to the Contractor on expiry of insurance
policies unless renewed by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. No
claim of hindrance (or any other claim) shall be entertained from the contractor on these accounts.
55. QUALITY ASSURANCE
55.1. The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner. Any sub-
standard material/work beyond set out tolerance limit shall be summarily rejected by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
55.2. The contractor shall ensure quality control measures on different aspects of construction including
materials, workmanship and correct construction methodologies to be adopted. He shall have to
submit quality assurance programme within two weeks of the award of work. The quality
assurance programme should include method statement for various items of work to be
executed along with check lists to enforce quality control.
55.3. The contractor shall depute Quality Manager exclusively for enforcement of quality control. Such
Quality Manager should be a qualified engineer with minimum Eight years of similar experience.
For other staff to be deployed for quality assurance, the contractor may refer to clause 36(i) under
schedule “F” attached.
55.4. Wherever work is specified to be done through specialized agencies, their names shall be
got approved well in advance from Engineer in charge. Failure to do so shall not justify
delay in execution of work. It is suggested that immediately after award of work, contractor
should negotiate with concerned specialist agencies and send their names for approval to
Engineer in charge.
55.5. All materials obtained from Govt. Stores or otherwise shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-
Charge or his any authorized supervisory staff on receipt of the same at site before use.
55.6. The contractor shall provide at his own cost suitable weighing and measuring arrangements at site
for checking the weight / dimensions as may be necessary for execution of work. The sealed
samples are to be handed over to the testing lab by contractor in the presence of Junior
Engineer/Assistant Engineer-in-Charge of work.
55.7. Samples of various materials required for testing shall be provided free of charges by the
contractor. Testing charges, if any, unless otherwise provided shall be borne by the
contractor. All other expenditure required to be incurred for taking the samples;
conveyance, packing etc. shall also be borne by the contractor himself.
55.8. The contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection, preparation,
forwarding and testing of such samples. In case, he or his authorized representative is not present
or does not associate him, the results or such tests and consequences thereon shall be binding on
the contractor.
55.9. For certain items, if frequency of tests not mentioned in the CPWD Specifications and then
relevant IS code shall be followed and tests shall be carried out as per the frequency specified
therein.
55.10. If any load testing or special testing is to be done for any sample whose strength is doubtful, the

Page 94
 cost of the same shall also be borne by the contractor.
55.11. Samples of all materials and fittings to be used in the work in respect of brand manufacturer and
quality shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge, well in advance of actual execution and
shall be preserved till the completion of the work. If a particular brand of material is specified in the
item of work in Schedule of Quantity, the same shall be used after getting the same approved from
Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever brand / quality of material is not specified in the item of work, the
contractor shall submit the samples as per approved list of brand names given in the tender
document / additional specifications for approval of Engineer-in-charge. For all other items,
materials and fittings of ISI Marked shall be used with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
Wherever ISI Marked material / fittings are not available, the contractor shall submit samples of
materials / fittings manufactured by firms of repute conforming to relevant specifications or IS
codes and use the same only after getting the approval.
55.12. In case of non-availability of material of the brands specified in the list of approved materials, an
equivalent brand may be used after getting written approval of the Engineer-in-charge giving
details to indicate the brand proposed to be used is equivalent to the brands mentioned in the
agreement. Decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding in this respect.
55.13. To avoid delay, contractor should submit samples as stated above well in advance so as to give
timely orders for procurement. If any material, even though approved by Engineer-in-Charge is
found defective or not conforming to specifications shall be replaced / removed by the contractor at
his own risk & cost.
55.14. The contractor shall get the source of all other materials, not specified elsewhere in the document,
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall stick to the approved source unless it
is absolutely unavoidable. Any change shall be done with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge for which tests etc. shall be done by the contractor at his own cost. Similarly, the
contractor shall submit brand/ make of various materials not specified in the agreement, to be used
for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge along with samples and once approved, he shall stick
to it.
55.15. The contractor shall get the water tested with regard to its suitability and conforming to the relevant
IS Code. The contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer-in-Charge before he
proceeds by using the same for execution of work. The water testing charges shall be borne by the
contractor. If tube well water is not suitable, the contractor shall arrange Municipal water or from
any other source at his own cost and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. The water shall
be got tested at frequency specified in latest CPWD Specifications / BIS Code.
55.16. The Stone aggregate/stone, sand shall be brought from any quarries subjected to the said
materials conform CPWD specifications.
55.17. The gradation of fine sand to be used in plaster work shall be strictly as per CPWD Specifications
2019, conforming to IS:1542-1977. The plastered surface shall be fairly smooth without any
undulation of any kind for applying paint/white wash.
55.18. The contractor shall submit shop drawings of staging and shuttering arrangement, aluminum work
and other works as desired by Engineer-in-charge for his approval before execution. The
contractor shall also submit bar bending schedule for approval of Engineer-in-charge before
execution.
55.19. The contractor shall invariably prepare the samples of finishing items i.e. flooring of different
types, external & internal finishing i/c colour scheme of paint, tiles in dado, flooring in platforms &
staircase, water supply & sanitary fittings and any other item as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge. The contractor shall proceed with further finishing items only after getting the samples of
these items approved in writing from Engineer-in-charge. Toilets and in case of construction of
suites/dormitories/night stay facilities, one sample room complete in all shape for each category,
shall be prepared by the contractor and got approved from Engineer-in-charge in writing. The
contractor shall be allowed to proceed with further quarters only after getting the sample room

Page 95
 approved in writing from Engineer-in-charge No extra claim whatsoever beyond the payments due
at agreement rates will be entertained from the contractor on this account.
55.20. The construction joints shall the provided in predetermined locations only as decided by Engineer
in charge. The cost of shuttering for these construction joints shall be included in item of Concrete
work / RCC work and nothing extra shall be payable on this account to the contractor.
55.21. Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainages pipes, fittings and accessories should
conform to the specifications provided in bidding documents. The contractor(s) should engage
approved, licensed plumbers for the work and get the materials (fixtures/fittings) tested, by the
municipal Body/Corporation authorities, wherever required, at his own cost. The Contractor(s) shall
submit for the approval to the Engineer-in-Charge the name of the plumbing agency proposed to
be engaged by him.
55.22. All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, conduits, sewers etc. are to be
properly tested in presence of Engineer in charge as per the design conditions submitted before
covering.
55.23. The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standing
specifications before the work is finally accepted by making his own arrangements for water
supply, electricity etc. and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable for the same.
55.24. Door/window frames/shutters and other factory-made materials shall be procured from reputed
and approved manufacturers or their authorized dealers. Decision of Engineer-in-charge in this
regard shall be final and binding.
55.25. The contractor shall render all help and assistance in documenting the total sequence of this
project by way of photography, slides, audio-video recording etc. nothing extra shall be payable to
the contractor on this account. However, cost of photographs, slides, audio-videography etc. shall
be borne by the department.
55.26. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the drawings to be issued from time to time by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Before commencement of any item of work, the contractor shall correlate
all the relevant drawings, nomenclature of item and specification etc. issued for the work and
satisfied himself for the information available there from is complete and unambiguous. The figure
and written dimension of drawing shall be superseding the measurement by scale. The
discrepancy if any, shall be brought to the notice of the engineer-in-charge before execution of the
work. The contractor along shall be responsible for any loss or damage occurring by the
commencement of work on the basis of any erroneous and/or incomplete information and no claim
whatsoever shall be entertained on this account.
55.27. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling of Chemicals:

i) The contractor shall construct storage space for Chemicals materials to ensure that the
storage conditions are as recommended by the manufactures.

ii) All the materials shall be procured and delivered in sealed containers with labels legible
and intact.

iii) All the chemicals (polymers, epoxy, water proofing compound, anti-termite chemicals,
plasticizer, Polysulphide, SBR based elastomeric, APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer),
all exterior and interior paints, polish etc.) shall be procured in convenient packs say 20
litres/Kgs. capacity packing only or as approved by the Engineer-in-charge, and not in
bigger capacity containers, say 200 litre (Kgs.) drums unless otherwise specifically
permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. One sample from each lot of the chemical procured
by the contractor shall be tested in a laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

iv) All material required for the execution of the work shall be got approved, procured and
deposited with the Departmental supervisory staff. The materials shall be kept in joint
custody of the contractor and the Department. The watch and ward of such material shall,

Page 96
 however, remain to be the responsibility of the contractor and no claim, whatsoever, on
this account shall be entertained. Different containers of each chemical shall be serially
numbered on packing and also consumed in that order. Day- to-day account of receipt,
issue and balance shall be regulated by the Department and proper account shall be
maintained at site of work in the prescribed form as per the standard practice.

v) All the chemicals shall be procured by the contractor directly from the manufacturer. In
exceptional circumstances, the contractor may be allowed to procure the materials from
the authorized dealers of the manufacturers, if specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-
charge.

vi) The original copies of challan/cash memos towards the quantity of various chemicals
procured shall be made available by the contractor at the request from the Engineer- in-
Charge and a copy of the same shall be kept in record.

vii) The Name of manufacturers, manufacturer’s product identification, and manufacturer’s

mixing instructions, warning for handling and toxicity and date of manufacturing and shelf
life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the labels of the each container.

viii) The contractor shall submit for the chemicals procured, manufacturer’s and / or authorized
dealer’s certificate regarding supplying and verifying conformance to the material
specifications, as specified.

ix) All filled containers shall be handled in safe manner and in a way to avoid breaking
container seals.

x) Empty containers of the chemicals should not be removed from site till the completion of
work and shall be removed only with the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

xi) All arrangements for measuring, dosing and mixing of material / chemicals at site have to
be made by the contractor.

xii) Contractor shall suitably advise his site Engineer and all the workers as regards safe
handling of chemicals. Necessary protective and safety equipments in form of hand
gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided by the contractor and be also used at site.

xiii) All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage and wastage and safe custody
of material etc. shall be borne by the contractor and no claim, whatsoever, shall be
entertained on this account.

xiv) The chemicals shall be tested in an independent laboratory as approved by the Engineer-
in-charge at the frequency as specified. If required, more samples may have to be tested
as per the directions of the Engineer-in-charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account. However testing charges shall be borne by the department for the samples
satisfying the requirements specified in the tender.

55.28. Testing of Materials:

(i) Laboratory at site: The contractor shall establish a testing lab at site and provide testing
equipment and materials for the field tests mentioned in the list of mandatory tests given in
CPWD Specifications 2019 Vol. 1 & 2. Nothing extra shall be payable to him on this
account. The representatives of the department shall be at liberty to inspect the testing
facilities at site and conduct testing at random in consultation with Engineer in charge.
The contractor shall provide all necessary facilities for the purpose.
Not less than 90% tests for material be performed at site lab, however at least 10% testing
of materials shall be got done from external laboratories. However, for the tests to be
carried out by the external laboratories, the contractor shall supply free of charge all the

Page 97
 materials required for testing, including transportation. If the tests which were to be
conducted in the site laboratory are conducted in other laboratories for any the reasons
the cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor.
(ii) Other Laboratories: The contractor shall arrange carrying out all tests required under the
agreement through the laboratory as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall bear
all charges in connection therewith including charges for testing for all materials
including cement for which separate condition is provided in the tender document.
55.29. Maintenance of Site Registers:
(i) All the Site Registers including Tests registers for tests to be carried out at construction
site or in outside laboratories shall be maintained by the contractor which shall be issued
to the contractor by Engineer-in-Charge in the same manner as being issued to CPWD
field staff.
(ii) The various registers to be issued to the contractor are:

a) Materials at site account register.

b) Cement register.

c) Master test registers.

d) Cube test register.

e) Paint register.

f) Inspection register.

g) Drawing register.

(iii) All the entries in the registers will be made by the designated engineering staff of the
contractor and same should be regularly reviewed by JE/AE/EE.
(iv) All the registers of tests carried out at construction site or in outside laboratories shall be
maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the contractor by Engineer-in-
Charge in the same manner as being issued to CPWD field staff.
(v) All samples of materials including cement concrete cubes shall be taken jointly with
contractor by JE and out of this at least 50% samples shall be taken in presence of AE in
charge. If there is no JE, all samples of materials including cement concrete cubes shall
be taken by AE jointly with contractor. All the necessary assistance shall be provided by
the contractor. Cost of sampling & testing are to be borne by the contractor and he shall
be responsible for safe custody of samples to be tested at site/ outside laboratory.
(vi) All the tests in field lab at construction site shall be carried out by the Engineering staff
deployed by the contractor and shall be 100% witnessed by JE and 50% of tests shall be
witnessed by AE –in-Charge. At least 10% of the tests are to be witnessed by the
Executive Engineer. Minimum 25% of all samples should be tested in outside approved
laboratory/ Govt. Engineering colleges.
(vii) Submission of copy of all test registers, material at site register along with each alternate
running account bill and final bill shall be mandatory. These registers should be duly
checked by AE(P) in division office.
55.30. Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Method of Test for RCC
(i) The under lying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that comparatively higher
velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in terms of density, homogeneity and
uniformly is good. The consistency of the concrete as regards its general quality gets
established. In case of poorer quality lower velocities are obtained. If there are cracks,
voids or flaws inside the concrete which come in the way of transmission of pulse, lower
velocities are obtained.

Page 98
 (ii) Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading: The quality of concrete in terms of
uniformity, incidence or absence of internal flaws, cracks and segregation etc. indicative of
the level of workmanship employed, can thus be assessed using the guidance given in
table below, which have been evolved for characterizing the quality concrete in structure in
term of the ultrasonic pulse velocity.

S. No. Pulse Velocity by Cross Probing (Km/Sec.) Concrete Quality Grading

1 Above 4.5 Excellent

2 4.5 to 3.5 Good

3 3.5 to 3.0 Medium

4 Below 3.0 Doubtful

Note: In Case of “doubtful” quality it may be necessary to carry further tests

(iii)Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted for CPWD works as a routine
test. The acceptance criteria as per the above table will be applicable which is as per IS
13311 (part-1): 1992. From the above “Good” and “Excellent” grading are acceptable and
below these grading the concrete will not be acceptable
(iv) 5% of the total number of RCC members in each category i.e. beam, column, slab and
footing may be tested by UPV test method for establishing quality of concrete. It is
suggested that test be conducted on RCC beam near joint with column, on RCC column
near joint with beam, on RCC footings and rafts. On RCC rafts a suitable grid can be
worked out for determining number of tests. In addition, doubtful areas such as
honeycombed locations, locations, where continuous seepage is observed, construction
joints and visible loose pockets will also be tested.
(v) The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria “Good” and
“Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than required quality as per
acceptance criteria, repairs to concrete will be made. Honeycombed areas and loose
pockets will be repaired by grouting using Portland Cement Mortar/Polymer Modifies
Cement Mortar /Epoxy Mortar etc. after chipping loose concrete in appropriate manner. In
areas where concrete is found below acceptance criteria and defects are not apparently
visible on surface, injecting approved grout in appropriate proportion using epoxy grout
/acrylic Polymer modified cements slurry made with shrinkage compensating cement /
plain cement slurry etc. will be resorted to for repairs. (refer relevant chapters from CPWD
Hand Book on Repairs and Rehabilitation of RCC Buildings). Repair to concrete will be
done till satisfactory results are obtained as per the acceptance criteria by retesting of the
repaired area. If satisfactory results are not obtained dismantling and relaying of concrete
will be done.
55.31. Removal of Rejected / Sub-standard Materials:

The following procedure should be followed in case of removal of rejected/sub-standard materials

from the site of work.

(i) Whenever any material brought by the contractor to the site of work is rejected, entry
thereof should invariably be made in the site order book under the signature of the
AE/AEE giving approximate quantity of such materials.
(ii) As soon as the material is removed, a certificate to that effect may be recorded by the
AE/AEE against the original entry, giving the date of removal a mode of removal i.e.
whether by truck, carts or by manual labour. If removal is by truck, the registration number
of the truck should be recorded.
(iii) When it is not possible for the AE/AEE to be present at the site of work at the time of

Page 99
 actual removal of the rejected/sub-standard materials from the site the required certificate
should be recorded by the Junior Engineer and the AE/AEE should countersign the
certificate recorded by the Junior Engineer.
55.32. Inspection of Work

In addition to the provisions of relevant clauses of the contract, the work shall also be open to
inspection by the senior officers of CPWD in addition of the Engineer-in-Charge and his authorized
representative. The contractor shall at times during the usual working hours and at all times at
which reasonable notices of the intention of the Engineer-in-Charge or other officers as stated
above to visit the works shall have been given to the Contractor, either himself be present to
receive the orders and instructions or have a responsible Site Engineer duly accredited in writing,
to be present for that purpose Senior Officers of CPWD Authorities shall be inspecting the on-
going work at site at any time with or without prior intimation.

55.33. Third Party Quality Assurance:

In order to achieve a high standard of quality, it shall be required to go for Third Party Quality
Assurance. For this purpose, a separate agency shall be appointed by the CPWD who will carry
out independent testing of materials and checking and ensuring overall quality procedures. The
contractor shall be required to fully cooperate with agency and facilitate them in taking samples,
transportation and examination of various activities including documentation at no extra time and
cost to the owner. In case of any adverse findings by the agency, the contractor shall do the
needful rectifications at no extra time and cost to the owner. The Engineer-in-charge shall be at
liberty for getting quality assurance work done through agencies like IIT, NIT or any other agency
approved by competent authority at its own cost (Cost of appointment of TPQA shall be borne
by department. However, charges for testing of material shall be borne by agency). The
successful tenderer shall include the provisions of Quality Assurance while framing the proposed
methodology for tests.

56. AS BUILT DRAWINGS:

56.1. On completion of work, the Contractor(s) shall submit four (04) sets of “As Built Drawings” which
shall include Building Drawings (Architectural & structural drawings) and services drawings like
drainage, sewerage, water supply, road and electrical installations of the completed
buildings/services. These drawings shall have details of layout with diameter of soil waste pipe and
vertical stacks, ground and invert levels of all drainage pipes together with locations of all
manholes and connections, layout of all water supply lines with diameters, locations of control
valves, access panels etc. The agency shall also submit at least 2 sets of above drawings in soft
copy (Both PDF & AutoCAD format) in DVDs.
56.2. Contractor shall submit literatures, manuals, warranty certificates etc. of various fittings, fixtures
and equipment and specialized items installed in the completed building/services.
56.3. Final bill will not be paid, and Security Deposit shall not be released until submission of as
built drawings as above.

57. ADVANCE PAYMENTS:

Contractor shall not divert any advance payments or part thereof for any work other than that
needed for completion of the contracted work. All advance payments received as per terms of the
contract (i.e. mobilization advance, secured advance against materials brought at site, secured
advance against plant & machinery and/or for work done during interim stages, etc.) are required
to be re-invested in the contracted work to ensure advance availability of resources in terms of
materials, labour, plant & machinery needed for required pace of progress for timely completion of
work.

58. PANDEMIC & GRAP RESTRICTIONS:

Page 100
58.1. Contractor shall comply all the Conditions, Procedures, Guidelines issued time to time by
authority of Central/State Govt. in case of pandemic situations (e.g. COVID) and emergency
measures imposed under Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP) to prevent deterioration of
air quality. The Contractor shall quote the rates considering all these factors and nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.

Page 101
 C2. SPECIAL CONDITIONS

1.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT:

1.1. The contractor shall procure 43/53 grade Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) conforming to IS:8112 /
Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) conforming to IS: 1489 (Part-I) as required in the work, from
reputed manufacturers of cement, such as ACC, Ultratech, Shree Cement, Ambuja, J.K. Cement
or from any other reputed cement Manufacturer having a production capacity not less than
one million tonnes per annum as approved by ADG/SDG for the Sub-Region/Region or as
per list of approved makes.
The tenderers may also submit a list of names of cement manufacturers which they propose to use
in the work. The tender accepting authority reserves right to accept or reject name(s) of cement
manufacturer(s) which the tenderer proposes to use in the work. No change in the tendered rates
will be accepted if the tender accepting authority does not accept the list of cement manufacturers,
given by the tenderer, fully or partially.
Supply of cement shall be made in 50 kg. bags bearing manufacturer’s name and ISI marking or
through cement bulker. Samples of cement arranged by the contractor shall be taken by the
Engineer-in-Charge and got tested in accordance with provisions of the relevant BIS codes. In
case the test results indicate that the cement arranged by the contractor does not confirm to the
relevant BIS code the same shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site by the
contractor at his own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-in-charge to do
so.
1.2. The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 10 tonnes or as decided by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.3. The cement godown of the capacity to store a minimum of 400 bags of cement shall be
constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra payment shall be made. Cement
may also be allowed to be stored in Silos for computerised feeding of cement to Batch Mix Plant
with approval of Engineer-in-charge.
1.4. Double lock provision shall be made to the door of the cement godown. The keys of one lock shall
remain with the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative and the key of the other lock
shall remain with the contractor. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward and
safety of the cement godown. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the cement godown
by the Engineer-in-Charge at any time.
1.5. The cement shall be got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be used on the work only after
satisfactory test results have been received. The contractor shall supply free of charge the cement
required for testing including its transportation cost to test laboratories. The cost of tests shall be
borne by the contractor
1.6. The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and proper accounts
maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical consumption of cement shall
be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by
conditions laid therein. Less than theoretical consumption of cement shall not be allowed and in
case of excess consumption, no cost adjustment shall be paid.
1.7. The cement brought to site and the cement remaining unused after completion of the work shall
not be removed from site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.8. The damaged cement shall be removed from the site immediately by the contractor on receipt of a
notice in writing from the Engineer-in-Charge. If he does not do show within three days of receipt
of such notice, the Engineer-in-Charge shall get it removed at the cost of the contractor.
1.9. Cement bags shall be stored in separate godowns to be constructed by the contractor at his own
cost as per sketch (which is only indicative and actual size will depend on the site requirements)
given in CPWD specifications with weather proof roofs and walls. Each godown shall be provided
with a single shutter door with two locks. The key of one lock shall remain with Engineer-in-charge

Page 102
 or his authorized representative and that of the other lock with the authorized agent of the
contractor at the site of work so that the cement is issued from the godown according to the daily
requirements with the knowledge of both parties and proper account for the same is maintained in
the standard proforma.
1.10. Separate cement registers showing the receipt of the OPC and PPC shall be maintained at site.
The contractor shall construct separate godowns for storage of OPC & PPC at site and nothing
extra on this account shall be payable.
1.11. In order to have an effective control over the issue of cement, the following drill should be
observed:
(i) The cement godown(s) should be properly and effectively double locked, keys of one of the locks
remaining with the department and that of the other with the contractor.
(ii) The pages of the Cement Register should be as per Appendix-28 of CPWD Works Manual,
machine numbered and each page initialed by the Executive Engineer.
(iii) Periodical checking of cement godown.: The cement godown and the Cement Register should be
checked by the Assistant Engineer/Executive Engineer in-charge of the work as per following
schedule:
a) At least weekly or fortnightly, respectively, in case of works at the headquarters of the
Assistant Engineer/Executive Engineer.
b) Whenever they visit the site of work in case of works that are located outside the Sub-
Divisional/Divisional headquarters.

2.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STEEL REINFORCEMENT BARS:

2.1. The Contractor shall procure IS marked Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRS) TMT reinforcement
bars of various grades only from Reputed Steel manufacturers such as SAIL, Tata Steel Ltd,
RINL, Jindal Steel & Power Ltd and JSW Steel Ltd.
2.2. For reinforced cement concrete or pre-stressed concrete works, the TMT reinforcement bars shall
be Corrosion Resistant Steel (CRS) i.e. Low Alloy Steel with improved corrosion resistance
conforming to IS:1786 - 2008 (Indian Standard Specification for high strength deformed steel bars
and wires for reinforcement) of the following grades: Fe 415, Fe 415D, Fe 415S, Fe 500D, Fe
500S and Fe 550D as per specification/nomenclature of the item.
2.3. The contractor shall obtain manufacturer’s certificate stating the process of manufacture, chemical
composition, and test sheet giving result of each mechanical test applicable to the material
purchased and submit it to the Engineer-in-charge. Each test certificate shall indicate the number
of the cast to which it applies corresponding to the number or identification mark to be found on
the material.
2.4. The Engineer-in-charge shall get each consignment tested for both chemical composition and
physical properties (including bend and re-bend test) as specified in IS:1786 from approved labs
as per OM No. DG/SOP/24 dated 03.09.2021 as amended from time to time.
2.5. In case the test results indicate that the steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to the
specifications, the same shall stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site of work by the
contractor at his cost within a week time or written orders from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.
2.6. The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 10 tonnes or more as
decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.7. The steel reinforcement shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in such a way as to
prevent distortion and corrosion and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Bars of different
sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate easy counting and checking.
2.8. For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test, re-bend test etc. specimen of sufficient
length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random at frequency not less than that specified
below:

Page 103
 Size of bar For consignment below 100 tonnes For consignment above 100 tonnes

Under 10mm dia. One sample for each 25 tonnes or One sample for each 40 tonnes or
bars part thereof part thereof

10mm to16mm dia One sample for each 35 tonnes or One sample for each 45 tonnes or
bars part thereof part thereof

Over 16mm dia One sample for each 45 tonnes or One sample for each 50 tonnes or
bars part thereof part thereof

2.9. The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for testing including transportation to
testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor.
2.10. The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper accounts
maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical consumption of steel shall be
worked out as procedure prescribed in clause 42 of the contract and shall be governed by
conditions laid therein. Less than theoretical consumption of reinforcement shall not be allowed
and in case of excess consumption, no cost adjustment shall be paid.
2.11. Steel brought to site and steel remaining unused shall not be removed from site without the written
permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
2.12. Steel bars brought by the contractor for use in the work shall be got checked from the Engineer-in-
Charge or his authorized representative of the work on receipt of the same at site before use.
2.13. In case the contractor brings surplus quantity of steel the same after completion of the work will be
removed from the site by the contractor at his own cost after approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.14. Reinforcement including authorized spacer bars and overlaps shall be measured in length of
different diameters, as actually (not more than as specified in the drawing) used in the work,
nearest to a centimetre. Wastage and unauthorized overlaps shall not be measured.
2.15. The standard sectional weights referred to as in Table 5.4 under para 5.3.4 in CPWD
Specifications for works 2019 Vol. 1 will be considered for conversion of length of various sizes of
MS bars, Tor steel bars and TMT bars into standard weight.
2.16. Records of actual sectional weight shall also be kept dia-wise & lot-wise. The average sectional
weight for each diameter shall be arrived at from samples from each lot of steel received at site.
The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final for the procedure to be followed for
determining the average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of each diameter of steel received
at site of work each day will constitute one single lot for the purpose. The weight of steel by
conversion of length of various sizes of bars based on the actual weighted average sectional
weight shall be termed as derived actual weight.
2.17. If the derived weight as in para 2.14 above is lesser than the standard weight as in para 2.13
above, the derived actual weight shall be taken for payment. If the derived actual weight is found
more than the standard weight, then the standard weight as worked out in para 13 above shall be
taken for payment. In such case nothing extra shall be paid for the difference between the derived
actual weight and the standard weight.
2.18. Mixing of different type of steel/different grades of steel shall not be allowed in the same structural
members as main reinforcement to satisfy clause 26.1 of IS:456.
2.19. Tolerances on Nominal Mass (individual sample) shall be as under:

S. No. Nominal size mm Tolerances on the Nominal Mass (in %age)

1 Up to and including 10 mm -8%

2 Over 10 up to & including 16 mm -6%

3 Over 16 mm -4%

Page 104
3.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR PREVENTION OF AIR POLUTION AS PER DIRECTIVES OF
NATIONAL GREEN TRIBUNAL (NGT):
3.1. The contractor shall not store/dump construction material or debris on metalled road.
3.2. The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for the area where the construction
material or debris can be stored beyond the metalled road. This area shall not cause any
obstruction to the free flow of traffic/inconvenience to the pedestrians. It should be ensured by the
contractor that no accidents occur on account of such permissible storage.
3.3. The contractor shall take appropriate protection measures like raising wind breakers of appropriate
height on all sides of the plot/area using CGI sheets or plastic and/or other similar material to
ensure that no construction material dust fly outside the plot area.
3.4. The contractor shall ensure that all the trucks or vehicles of any kind which are used for
construction purpose or are carrying construction material like cement, sand and other allied
materials are fully covered. The contractor shall take all necessary precautions that the vehicles
are properly cleaned and dust free to ensure that enroute their destination, the dust, sand or any
other particles are not released in air / contaminate air.
3.5. The contractor shall provide mask to every worker working on the construction site and involved in
loading, unloading and carriage of construction material and construction debris to prevent
inhalation of dust particles.
3.6. The contractor shall provide all medical help, investigation and treatment to the workers involved in
the construction of building and carry of construction material and debris relatable to dust
emission.
3.7. The contractor shall ensure that C&D waste is transported to the C&D waste site only and due
record shall be maintained by the contractor.
3.8. The contractor shall ensure compulsory use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting.
3.9. The contractor shall comply all the preventive and protective environmental steps as stated in the
MoEF guidelines, 2010.
3.10. The contractor shall carry out on road inspection for black smoke generating machinery. The
contractor shall use cleaner fuel.
3.11. The contractor shall ensure that all DG sets comply emission norms notified by MoEF.
3.12. The contractor shall use vehicles having pollution under control certificate. The emissions can be
reduced by a large extent by reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 KMPH. Speed bumps shall be
used to ensure speed reduction. In cases where speed reduction cannot effectively reduce fugitive
dust, the contractor shall divert traffic to nearby paved areas.
3.13. The contractor shall ensure that the construction material is covered by tarpaulin. The contractor
shall take all other precaution to ensure that no dust particles are permitted to pollute air quality as
a result of such storage.
3.14. The paving of the path for plying of vehicles carrying construction material is more permanent
solution to dust control and suitable for longer duration projects.

4.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR GREEN BUILDING PRACTICE:

The building/project is proposed to be constructed and obtain GRIHA 4 Star Green Building
Certification. Whereas provision for various items/technology to achieve the said level of green
building certification has been made in the contract, the contractor shall also be required to strictly
adhere to the following conditions as part of his contractual obligations so that green building
certification is obtained for the building/project:
SITE
4.1. The contractor shall ensure that adequate measures are taken for the prevention of erosion of the
top soil during the construction phase. The contractor shall implement the Erosion and
Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) provided to him by the Engineer in Charge as part of the
larger Construction Management Plan (CMP). The contractor shall obtain the Erosion and

Page 105
 Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) Guidelines from the Engineer in Charge and then prepare
working plan for the following month activities as a CAD drawing showing the construction
management, staging & ESCP. At no time soil should be allowed to erode away from the site and
sediments should be trapped where necessary.
4.2. The contractor shall ensure that all the top soil excavated during construction works is neatly
stacked and is not mixed with other excavated earth. The contractors shall take the clearance of
the Engineer in Charge before any excavation. Top soil should be stripped to a depth of 20 cm
from the areas to be disturbed, for example proposed area for buildings, roads, paved areas,
external services and area required for construction activities etc. It shall be stockpiled to a
maximum height of 40 cm in designated areas, covered or stabilized with temporary seeding for
erosion prevention and shall be reapplied to site during plantation, landscaping etc. of the
proposed vegetation. Top soil shall be separated from subsoil, debris and stones larger than 50
mm diameter. The stored top soil may be used as finished grade for planting areas.
4.3. The Contractor should follow the construction plan as proposed by the Architect / Engineer in
Charge to minimize the site disturbance such as soil pollution due to spilling. Use staging and spill
prevention and control plan to restrict the spilling of the contaminating material on site. Protect top
soil from erosion by collection storage and reapplication of top soil, constructing sediment basin,
contour trenching, mulching etc.
4.4. No excavated earth shall be removed from the campus unless suggested otherwise by Engineer in
Charge. All subsoil shall be reused in backfilling/landscape, etc as per the instructions of the
Engineer in Charge. The surplus excavated earth shall be disposed of by the contractor at his own
cost for reuse after approval from E-in-C. A certificate of reuse as required by the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be submitted by the contractor.
4.5. The contractor shall not change the natural gradient of the ground unless specifically instructed by
the Engineer in Charge. This shall cover all-natural features like water bodies, drainage gullies,
slopes, mounds, depressions, etc. Existing drainage patterns through or into any preservation area
shall not be modified unless specifically directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.6. The contractor shall not carry out any work which results in the blockage of natural drainage.
4.7. The contractor shall ensure that existing grades of soil shall be maintained around existing
vegetation and lowering or raising the levels around the vegetation is not allowed unless
specifically directed by the Engineer-in-charge
4.8. Contractor shall reduce pollution and land development impacts from automobiles use during
construction.
4.9. Overloading of trucks is unlawful and creates the erosion and sedimentation problems, especially
when loose materials like stone dust, excavated earth, sand etc. are moved. Proper covering must
take place. No overloading shall be permitted.
4.10. The dismantle material/building rubbish received from dismantling/demolishing shall be dumped to
the dumping ground in properly covered truck with precaution. Agency shall submit the hard copy
of photograph showing the properly covered truck disposing the dismantles material/building
rubbish. Failure of which shall be sternly dealt and a penalty @Rs.500/- per trip of truck shall be
levied and the decision of Engineer-in-Charge shall be final & binding.
4.11. Agency/contractor shall not dump the construction material on the metalled road and shall keep
the construction material on the physically demarcated space by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.12. All the building material responsible for pollution shall be brought at site from sources covered by
tarpaulin and shall take all precautionary measure to ensure that no dust particles are permitted to
pollute the air quality, failure of which Agency shall be liable to pay damages as decided by
Engineer-in-Charge. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge shall be final & binding.
4.13. There shall be no burning of leaves, plastic etc. at construction site.

CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND WORKER FACILITIES

Page 106
4.14. The contractor shall specify and limit construction activity in pre-planned/ designated areas and
shall start construction work after securing the approval for the same from the Engineer in Charge.
This shall include areas of construction, storage of materials, and material and personnel
movement.

PRESERVE AND PROTECT LANDSCAPE DURING CONSTRUCTION

4.15. The contractor shall ensure that no trees, existing or otherwise, shall be harmed and damage to
roots should be prevented during trenching, placing backfill, driving or parking heavy equipment,
dumping of trash, oil, paint, and other materials detrimental to plant health. These activities should
be restricted to the areas outside of the canopy of the tree, or, from a safe distance from the
tree/plant by means of barricading. Trees will not be used for support; their trunks shall not be
damaged by cutting and carving or by nailing posters, advertisements or other material. Lighting of
fires or carrying out heat or gas emitting construction activity within the ground, covered by canopy
of the tree is not to be permitted.
4.16. The contractor shall take steps to protect trees or saplings identified for preservation within the
construction site using tree guards of approved specification.
4.17. Contractor should limit all construction activity within the specified area as per the Construction
Management Plan (CMP) approved by Engineer in Charge.
4.18. The contractor shall avoid cut and fill in the root zones, through delineating and fencing the drip
line (the spread limit of a canopy projected on the ground) of all the trees or group of trees.
Separate the zones of movement of heavy equipment, parking, or excessive foot traffic from the
fenced plant protection zones.
4.19. The contractor shall ensure that maintenance activities during construction period shall be
performed as needed to ensure that the vegetation remains healthy.
4.20. Contractor shall be required to develop and implement a waste management plan, quantifying
material diversion goals. He shall establish goals for diversion from disposal in landfills and
incinerators and adopt a construction waste management plan to achieve these goals. A project-
wide policy of nothing leaves the Site, should be followed, in such a case when strictly followed,
care would automatically be taken in ordering and timing of materials such that excess does not
become waste. The Contractor ingenuity is especially called towards meeting this prerequisite/
credit (as per IGBC LEED India, New Construction v1.0 & GRIHA, MNRE). Consider recycling
cardboard, metal, brick, acoustical tile, concrete, plastic, clean wood, glass, gypsum wallboard,
carpet and insulation. Designate a specific area(s) on the construction site for segregated or
commingled collection of recyclable material, and track recycling efforts throughout the
construction process. Identify construction haulers and recyclers to handle the designated
materials. The diversion may include donation of materials to charitable organizations and salvage
of materials on-site.
4.21. Contractor shall collect all construction waste generated on site. Segregate these wastes based on
their utility and examine means of sending such waste to manufacturing units which use them as
raw material or other site which require it for specific purpose. Typical construction debris could be
broken bricks, steel bars, broken tiles, spilled concrete and mortar etc.
4.22. The contractor shall provide potable water for all workers
4.23. The contractor shall provide the minimum level of sanitation and safety facilities for the workers at
their camp/labour site. The contractor shall ensure cleanliness of workplace with regard to the
disposal of waste and effluent; provide clean drinking water and latrines and urinals as per
applicable standard. Adequate toilet facilities shall be provided for the workman within easy access
of their place of work. The total no. to be provided shall not be less than 1 per 30 employees in any
one shift. Toilet facilities shall be provided from the start of building operations, connection to a
sewer shall be made as soon as practicable. Every toilet shall be so constructed that the occupant
is sheltered from view and protected from the weather and falling objects. Toilet facilities shall be

Page 107
 maintained in a sanitary condition. A sufficient quantity of disinfectant shall be provided. Natural or
artificial illumination shall be provided.
4.24. The contractor shall ensure that air pollution due to dust/generators is kept to a minimum,
preventing any adverse effects on the workers and other people in and around the site. The
contractor shall ensure proper screening, covering stockpiles, covering brick and loads of dusty
materials, wheel-washing facility, gravel pit, and water spraying. Contractor shall ensure the
following activities to prevent air pollution during construction:
 Clear vegetation only from areas where work will start right away
 Vegetate / mulch areas where vehicles do not ply.
 Apply gravel / landscaping rock to the areas where mulching / paving is impractical
 Identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Upgrade vehicular roads (if these
are unpaved) by increasing the surface strength by improving particle size, shape and mineral
types that make up the surface & base. Add surface gravel to reduce source of dust emission.
Limit of fine particles (smaller than 0.075mm) - 10 to 20%.
 Water spray, through a simple hose for small projects, to keep dust under control. Fine mists
should be used to control fine particulate. However, this should be done with care so as not to
waste water. Heavy watering can also create mud, which when tracked onto paved public
roadways, must be promptly removed. Also, there must be an adequate supply of clean water
nearby to ensure that spray nozzles don’t get plugged.
 Water spraying shall be done on:
 Any dusty materials before transferring, loading and unloading
 Area where demolition work is being carried out
 Any un-paved main haul road
 Areas where excavation or earth moving activities are to be carried out
 The contractor shall ensure that the speed of vehicles within the site is limited to 10 km/hr.
 All material storages should be adequately covered and contained so that they are not
exposed to situations where winds on site could lead to dust / particulate emissions.
 Spills of dirt or dusty materials will be cleaned up promptly, so the spilled material does not
become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent of seepage of pollutant laden water into
the ground aquifers. When cleaning up the spill, ensure that the clean-up process does not
generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes should be
contained / leaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil / ground or runoff in
nearby areas
 Provide barricading of not less than 6 meter or higher as per direction of Engineer-in-charge,
along the site boundary, next to a road, around batching plant or other public area.
 Provide dust screens, sheeting or netting to scaffold along the perimeter of the building
 Cover stockpiles of dusty material with impervious sheeting
 Cover dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave the site
4.25. Contractor shall be required to provide an easily accessible area that serves the entire building
and is dedicated to the separation, collection and storage of materials for recycling including (at a
minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, and metals. He shall coordinate the size
and functionality of the recycling areas with the anticipated collections services for glass, plastic,
office paper, newspaper, cardboard, and organic wastes to maximize the effectiveness of the
dedicated areas. Consider employing cardboard balers, aluminium can crushers, recycling chutes,
and collection bins at individual workstations to further enhance the recycling program
4.26. The contractor shall ensure that no construction leachate (e.g. cement slurry etc.), is allowed to
percolate into the ground. Adequate precautions are to be taken to safeguard against this
including, reduction of wasteful curing processes, collection, basic filtering and reuse. The
contractor shall follow requisite measures for collecting drainage water run-off from construction

Page 108
 areas and material storage sites and diverting water flow away from such polluted areas.
Temporary drainage channels, perimeter dike/swale, etc. shall be constructed to carry the
pollutant-laden water directly to the treatment device or facility (municipal sewer line).
4.27. Staging (dividing a construction area into two or more areas to minimize the area of soil that will be
exposed at any given time) should be done to separate undisturbed land from land disturbed by
construction activity and material storage.
4.28. The contractor shall comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines (as applicable) as
outlined in the document Part 7 Constructional practices and safety, 2005, National Building code
of India, Bureau of Indian Standards. A copy of all pertinent regulations and notices concerning
accidents, injury and first-aid shall be prominently exhibited at the work site. Depending upon the
scope & nature of work, a person qualified in first-aid shall be available at work site to render and
direct first-aid to causalities. A telephone may be provided to first-aid assistant with telephone
numbers of the hospitals displayed. Complete reports of all accidents and action taken thereon
shall be forwarded to the competent authorities.
4.29. The contractor shall ensure the following activities for construction workers safety, among other
measures:
 Guarding all parts of dangerous machinery.
 Precautionary signs for working on machinery
 Maintaining hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes, and other lifting tackles in good
condition.
 Durable and reusable formwork systems to replace timber formwork and ensure that formwork
where used is properly maintained.
 Ensuring that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound construction and are provided
with safety rails or belts.
 Provide protective equipment; helmets etc.
 Provide measures to prevent fires. Fire extinguishers and buckets of sand to be provided in
the fire-prone area and elsewhere.
 Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during night time.
4.30. The storage of material shall be as per standard good practices, Storage, stacking & Handling
practices, NBC 2016 and shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge to ensure minimum
wastage and to prevent any misuse, damage, inconvenience or accident. Watch and ward of the
Contractor’s materials shall be his own responsibility. There should be a proper planning of the
layout for stacking and storage of different materials, components and equipment with proper
access and proper manoeuvrability of the vehicles carrying the materials. While planning the
layout, the requirements of various materials, components and equipment at different stages of
construction shall be considered.
4.31. The contractor shall provide for adequate number of garbage bins around the construction site and
the workers facilities and will be responsible for the proper utilization of these bins for any solid
waste generated during the construction. The contractor shall ensure that the site and the workers
facilities are kept litter free. Separate bins should be provided for plastic, glass, metal, biological
and paper waste and labelled in both Hindi and English with suitable symbols.
4.32. The contractor shall prepare and submit spill prevention and control plans. before the start of
construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of the spill, to contain the spill, to dispose
the contaminated material and hazardous wastes, and stating designation of personnel trained to
prevent and control spills. Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners, and petroleum
products.
4.33. Contractor shall collect & submit the relevant material certificates for materials with high recycled
(both post-industrial and post-consumer) content, including materials like RMC mix with fly-ash,
glass with recycled content, calcium silicate boards etc.

Page 109
4.34. Contractor shall collect the relevant material certificates for rapidly renewable materials such as
bamboo, wool, cotton insulation, agrifiber, linoleum, wheat board, strawboard and cork etc.
4.35. Where possible, the contractor shall select materials/vendors, harvested and manufactured
regionally, within a 800-km radius of the project site.
4.36. Contractor shall adopt an IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) management plan to protect the HVAC system
during construction, control pollutant sources, and interrupt pathways for contamination. He shall
sequence installation of materials to avoid contamination of absorptive materials such as
insulation, carpeting, ceiling tile, and gypsum wallboard. He shall also protect stored on-site or
installed absorptive materials from moisture damage.
4.37. The contractor shall ensure that a flush out of all internal spaces is conducted prior to handover.
This shall comprise an opening of all doors and windows for 14 days to vent out any toxic fumes
due to paints, varnishes, polishes, etc.
4.38. Contractor shall make efforts to reduce the quantity of indoor air contaminants that are odorous or
potentially irritating harmful to the comfort and well-being of installer and building occupants.
Contractor shall ensure that the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) content of paints, coatings
and primers used must not exceed the VOC content limits mentioned below:

Paints:

Non-flat - 150 g/L

Flat (Mat) - 50 g/L

Anti-corrosive/ anti rust - 250 g/L

Coatings / Clear wood finishes

Varnish - 350 g/L

Lacquer - 550 g/L

Floor coatings - 100 g/L

Stains - 250 g/L

Sealers:

Waterproofing sealer - 250 g/L

Sanding sealer - 275 g/L

Other sealers - 200 g/L

The VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) content of adhesives and sealants used must be less
than VOC content limits mentioned:

Architectural Applications VOC Limit (g/l less water)

Indoor Carpet adhesives - 50 g/L

Carpet Pad Adhesives - 50 g/L

Wood Flooring Adhesive - 100 g/L

Rubber Floor Adhesives - 60 g/L

Sub Floor Adhesives - 50 g/L

Ceramic Tile Adhesives - 65 g/L

VCT and Asphalt Tile adhesives - 50 g/L

Dry Wall and Panel Adhesives - 50 g/L

Page 110
 Structural Glazing Adhesives - 100 g/L

Multipurpose Construction Adhesives - 70 g/L

Substrate Specific Application VOC Limit (g/l less water)

Metal to Metal - 30 g/L

Plastic Foams - 50 g/L

Porous material (except wood) - 50 g/L

Wood - 30 g/L

Fiber Glass - 80 g/L

4.39. Wherever required, Contractor shall meet and carry out documentation of all activities on site,
supplementation of information, and submittals in accordance with GRIHA program standards and
guidelines. Towards meeting the aforementioned building environmental rating standard(s) expert
assistance shall be provided to him up on request.
WATER USE DURING CONSTRUCTION
4.40. Contractor should spray curing water on concrete structure and shall not allow free flow of water.
Concrete structures should be kept covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and water should be
sprayed on them. Contractor shall do water ponding on all sunken slabs using cement and sand
mortar.
4.41. The Contractor shall remove from site all rubbish and debris generated by the Works and keep
Works clean and tidy throughout the Contract Period. All the serviceable and non-serviceable
(malba) material shall be segregated and stored separately. The malba obtained during
construction shall be collected in well-formed heaps at properly selected places, keeping in a view
safe condition for workmen in the area. Materials which are likely to cause dust nuisance or undue
environmental pollution in any other way, shall be removed from the site at the earliest and till then
they shall be suitable covered. Glass & steel should be dumped or buried separately to prevent
injury. The work of removal of debris should be carried out during day. In case of poor visibility
artificial light may be provided.
4.42. The contractor shall provide O & M Manuals wherever applicable.
4.43. The contractor shall make himself conversant with the Site Waste Management Program Manual
and actively contribute to its compilation by estimating the nature and volume of waste generated
by the process/installation in question.
MATERIALS & FIXTURES FOR THE PROJECT
4.44. Contractor will produce wherever feasible certificate regarding distance of the source of the
relevant material.
Unless otherwise stated cement used at site for reinforced concrete, precast members, mortar,
plaster, building blocks, etc. shall be PPC (Portland Pozzolana Cement). The PPC must meet the
requirements of IS 1489 (Part I) as regards to fly ash content in cement The contractor shall obtain
from the PPC manufacturer the certificate regarding fly ash content in the PPC in each batch of
consignment.
The contractor has to comply as per MoEF issued notification 8.0.763(E) dated 14th Sept.1999 &
latest notification of Jan. 2016 containing directive for greater fly ash utilization.
The contractor shall ensure that all paints, polishes, adhesives and sealants used both internally
and externally, on any surface, shall be Low VOC products. The contractor shall get prior approval
from the Engineer in Charge before the application of any such material.
All plumbing and sanitary fixtures installed shall be as per the direction of the Engineer in Charge
and shall adhere to the minimum LPM (liters per minute) and LPF (liters per flush) mentioned. The
contractor shall employ 100% zero ODP (ozone depletion potential) insulation; HCFC (hydro-

Page 111
 chlorofluorocarbon)/ and CFC (chlorofluorocarbon) free HVAC and refrigeration equipment
and/halon-free fire suppression and fire extinguishing systems.
4.45. RESOURCES CONSUMED DURING CONSTRUCTION
(i) The contractor shall ensure that the water and electricity is not wasted during construction.
The Engineer in Charge can bring to the attention any such wastage and the contractor
will have to ensure that such bad practices are corrected.
(ii) The contractor shall install necessary meters and measuring devices to record the
consumption of water, electricity and diesel on a monthly basis for the entire tenure of the
project.
(iii) The contractor shall ensure that all run-off water from the site, during construction is
collected and reused to the maximum.
(iv) The contractor shall use treated recycled water of appropriate quality standards for
construction, if available.
(v) No lights shall be turned on during the period between 6:00 AM to 6:00 PM, without the
permission of the Engineer in Charge.
4.46. CONSTRUCTION WASTE
(i) Contractor shall ensure that wastage of construction material is within 3%.
(ii) All construction debris generated during construction shall be carefully segregated and
stored in a demarcated waste yard. Clear, identifiable areas shall be provided for each
waste type. Employ measures to segregate the waste on site into inert, chemical, or
hazardous wastes.
(iii) All construction debris shall be used for road preparation, back filling, etc, as per the
instructions of the Engineer in Charge, with necessary activities of sorting, crushing, etc.
(iv) No construction debris shall be taken away from the site, without the prior approval of the
Engineer in Charge.
(v) The contractor shall recycle the unused chemical/hazardous wastes such as oil, paint,
batteries, and asbestos.
(vi) If and when construction debris is taken out of the site, after prior permissions from the
Engineer in Charge, then the contractor shall ensure the safe disposal of all wastes and
will only dispose of any such construction waste in approved dumping sites.
4.47. DOCUMENTATION
(a) The contractor shall, during the entire tenure of the construction phase, submit the
following records to the Engineer in Charge on a monthly basis:
(i) Water consumption in litres
(ii) Electricity consumption in kwh units
(iii) Diesel consumption in litres
(iv) Quantum of waste (volumetric/weight basis) generated at site and the egregated
waste types divided into inert, chemical and hazardous wastes.
(v) Digital photo documentation to demonstrate compliance of safety guidelines as
specified here and in the Appendix on Safety Conditions.
(b) The contractor shall, during the entire tenure of the construction phase, submit the
following records to the Engineer in Charge on daily basis:
(i) Quantities of material brought into the site, including the material issued to the
contractor by the Engineer in charge.
(ii) Inventories of materials used in the work i/c. fly ash, fly ash bricks etc.
(iii) Quantities of construction debris (if at all) taken out of the site
(iv) Digital photographs of the works at site, the workers facilities, the waste and other
material storage yards, pre-fabrication and block making works, etc as guided by
the Engineer in Charge.
(v) No. of different categories of labours deployed at site for work (shift wise).

Page 112
(c) The contractor shall submit a document after construction of the buildings, a brief
description along with photographic records to show that other areas have not been
disturbed during construction. The document should also include brief explanation and
photographic records to show erosion and sedimentation control measures adopted.
(Document CAD drawing showing site plan details of existing vegetation, existing
buildings, existing slopes and site drainage pattern, staging and spill prevention measures,
erosion and sedimentation control measures and measures adopted for top soil
preservation during construction
(d) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge after construction of the buildings, a
detailed as built quantification of the following:
(i) Total materials used,
(ii) Total top soil stacked and total reused
(iii) Total earth excavated
(iv) Total waste generated,
(v) Total waste reused,
(vi) Total water used,
(vii) Total electricity, and
(viii) Total diesel consumed.
(e) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge, before the start of construction, a
site plan along with a narrative to demarcate areas on site from which top soil has to be
gathered, designate area where it will be stored, measures adopted for top soil
preservation and indicate areas where it will be reapplied after construction is complete.
(f) The contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge, a detailed narrative (not more than
250 words) on provision for safe drinking water and sanitation facility for construction
workers and site personnel.
(g) Provide supporting document from the manufacturer of the cement specifying the flyash
content in PPC used in reinforced concrete.
(h) The contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer-in-charge at the end
of construction, for all material brought to site for construction purposes, including
manufacturer’s certifications, verifying information, and test data, where Specifications
sections require data relating to environmental issues including but not limited to:
(i) Source of products: Supplier details and location of the supplier.
(ii) Project Recyclability: Submit information to assist Owner and Contractor in recycling
materials involved in shipping, handling, and delivery, and for temporary materials
necessary for installation of products.
(iii) Recycled Content: Submit information regarding product post-industrial recycled
and post-consumer recycled content, Use the Recycled Content Certification Form,
to be provided by the Commissioning Authority appointed for the Project.
(iv) Product Recyclability: Submit information regarding product and products
component’s recyclability including potential sources accepting recyclable materials
where ever applicable.
(v) Provide final certification of well-managed forest of origin to provide final
documentation of certified sustainably harvested status: Acceptable wood, certified
sustainably harvested, certifications shall include:
(vi) Clean tech: Provide pollution clearance certificates from all manufacturers of
materials
(vii) Indoor Air quality and Environmental Issues: Submit emission test data, sourced
from the manufacturers, produced by acceptable testing laboratory listed in Quality
Assurance Article for materials as required in each specific Specification section.
(viii) Certifications from manufacturers of Low VOC paints, adhesives, sealant and

Page 113
 polishes used at this particular project site.
(ix) Certification from manufacturers of composite wood products/agro fibre products on
the absence of added urea formaldehyde resin in the products supplied to them to
this particular site.
(x) Submit environmental and pollution clearance certificates for all diesel generators
installed as part of this project. Provide total support to Engineer in Charge and
Green Building Consultants appointed by the Engineer in charge in completing all
Green Building Rating related formalities, including signing of forms, providing
signed letters in the contractor’s letterhead whenever required.
4.48. EQUIPMENT

To ensure energy efficiency during and post construction all pumps, motors and engines used
during construction or installed, shall be subject to approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.

All lighting installed by the contractor around the site and at the labour quarters during construction
shall be CFL bulbs of the appropriate illumination levels. This condition is a must, unless
specifically prescribed.

The contractor is expected to go through all other conditions of the GRIHA rating stipulations.
Failure to adhere to any of the above-mentioned items, without approval of the Engineer in
Charge, shall be deemed as a violation of contract and the contractor shall be held liable for
penalty as per terms of the agreement.

In case any penalty is imposed by any Hon’ble Court, NGT or any other authority due to non-
compliance of any statutory order, or law or guidelines or pollution control or environmental norms,
the same will be borne by the contractor and noting extra shall be payable in this regard.

4.49. SUBMISSION OF POLLUTION CONTROL PLAN`

The contractor shall submit the detailed action plan for control of pollution and for adherence to all
the environmental guidelines/Laws/statutes/Court Orders/NGT orders/orders of pollution control
authorities through the entire period of construction at site. The detailed action plan shall be
submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge within 15 days of the stipulated date of start of work and shall
be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge.

The contractor shall arrange for control measures of all dust/noise/emission from the construction
activities at site of work and shall install screens/curtains/ covers/dust trappers etc. as per
guidelines/orders of the NGT/Court of law/ statutory authorities etc. No hindrance shall be
allowed, arising out of any stay/stopping of work from any court/statutory authority/NGT/Govt.
Authorities as a consequence of the contractor not adhering to any pollution control
guideline/law/order of the state bodies during the construction period. Nothing shall be paid to the
contractor on account of expenses for any dust/pollution/emission control measures at the site of
work or any delay in work due to any orders passed by any court/ statutory authority/Govt.
Authorities during the period of construction.

The contractor is strongly advised to study all dust/Noise/emission/ pollution control

norms/laws/Court Orders before bidding for the work and quote his rates accordingly for any
liability which may arise on this account during the period of construction.

Page 114
 C3. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL WORKS

Minimum Requirements and Technical Specifications for execution of work shall be as given below
however the work being executed on Turnkey basis i.e. EPC Mode-II, the contractor has to plan,
design & execute complete work including missing fittings / fixtures / finishing items not mentioned
here to make the building/services to the full use and functional. Nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.
The user requirements and specifications provided herein are indicative only and not comprehensive. The
contractor’s consultant shall work as per detailed conceptual Architectural Drawings and Specifications,
Schedule of Finishes based on functional requirements of Office Building and Services to complete the
building and services in all respects. The specifications or fittings & fixtures, finishes etc. not specifically
mentioned shall also be provided by the contractor based on user requirements & specifications provided
for similar functional spaces. Also, the finishing items not specifically mentioned herein shall be provided
based on modern Office Buildings and matching with the theme of Architectural Design as provided in the
3-D Views of the Buildings and similar internal finishing items proposed herein this document. All such
provisions are included in the scope of work of the contractor and nothing extra shall be paid.

1.0 BUILT-UP PLINTH AREA & FUNCTIONAL SPACES/FACILITIES

1.1 As per the requirement of user the architectural design of the complex with elevations have been
developed based on a Modern/Contemporary/Architectural Concept and attached herewith in this
bid document. The contractor will be required to prepare more detailed architectural drawings,
detailed Structural design as per scope of work and specifications provided in this bid document
and thereafter construction, installation/testing and commissioning accordingly.
1.2 The Office Building consists two basements and G+9 floors as detailed in table under
para 1.4 below.
1.3 The work, in general, has to be executed as per architectural drawings and services design
attached with this bid document. Structural design and drawings to be prepared by the EPC
contractor/agency as per specifications, NBC 2016 and relevant BIS codes. Building shall
comply with all features of Accessible India. Agency has to submit pre-audit report (for
accessibility) to department for approval. Agency has to execute all items required under
accessibility norms and submit post audit report and certificate for accessibility after
completion. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.4 Built-up Plinth area, Floor Height and Functional Spaces / Utilities to be provided in the
buildings shall be as given below:

S. Description Area in Floor height Functional Spaces / Facilities Proposed

No Sqm

A. BASEMENT (i/c Raft Foundation)

1. Lower 3348 3.30 m Parking, Raw Water Storage, Fire Water

Basement Storage, LT Panel Room, Pump Room,
Toilets, Staircase, Passenger lifts, 6 Mtr
Wide Ramps

2. Upper 2047 3.30 m Parking, Toilets, Staircase, Passenger

Basement lifts, 6 Mtr Wide Ramps
1212 4.50 m

Total Built-up Plinth Area of BASEMENT = 6607 sqm (A)

B. SUPER-STRUCTURE (i/c Foundation Except where Basement is provided)

Page 115
3. Ground 971.60 3.60 m ITEF Room, IT GOA Room, Library, Bar
Floor Association, Security Room with Guard
Room,2.50 & 3.0 meter wide Passage,
Income Tax Service Center, Double
Height Entrance Lobby, Recreation
240.00 7.20m
Hall, Gym Carom, Lift Lobby,1 No.
Electrical Room, waiting area, Reception,
Fire Fighting room, CCTV/IT/Server
room He & She Toilet with drinking water
area, 1 No. Officer Toilet, 1 No
Handicapped Toilet, 2 Nos. Staircase

4. First Floor 1110.00 3.60 m ADDL CIT with Toilet & Ante Room,
Record Room, Waiting Area, Cabin, 3
Nos. DCIT Room with Record Room,
ITO Room with Record Room, Store
Room, Kitchen with washing area,
Cafeteria/Canteen, Crèche Room, Lift
Lobby, 1 No. Electrical Room, He & She
Toilet with drinking water area, 1 No.
Officer Toilet, 1 No Handicapped Toilet,
2.40 & 3.0 meter wide Passage, 2 Nos.
Staircase

5. Second 1239.30 3.60 m 2 Nos. ADDL CIT with Toilet & Ante
Floor Room, 2 Nos. Record Room with
Waiting Area & Cabin, 2 Nos. DCIT
Room with Record Room, 8 Nos. ITO
Room with Record Room, 15 Nos. ITI,
Lift Lobby, 1 No. Electrical Room, He &
She Toilet with drinking water area, 1
No. Officer Toilet, 1 No Handicapped
Toilet, 3.6 & 3.0 & 1.50 meter wide
Passage, 2 Nos. Staircase.

6. Third Floor 1239.30 3.60 m 4 Nos. CIT Room with Toilet & Ante
Room, 3 Nos. Record Room, Waiting
Area, 8 Nos. Cabin, 4 Nos. PSO Room,
1 No. Conference Room with Pre-
Conference Area, Lift Lobby, 1 No.
Electrical Room, He & She Toilet with
drinking water area, 1 No. Officer Toilet,
1 No Handicapped Toilet, 3.0 meter
wide Passage, 2 Nos. Staircase.

7. Fourth Floor 1203.50 3.60 m 1 No. DCIT Room, 2 Nos. Record

Room, Waiting Area, 4 Nos. AO Cabin,
1 No. PSO Room, 1 No. Conference
Room with Pre Function Area, 5 Nos.
ITO Room, 3 Nos. Cabin, 1 No. P.CIT
Room with Ante Room & Toilet, 1 No.

Page 116
 ADDL.CIT Room with Ante Room &
Toilet, 8 Nos. ITI, Lift Lobby, 1 No.
Electrical Room, He & She Toilet with
drinking water area, 1 No. Officer Toilet,
1 No Handicapped Toilet, 3.0 & 1.45
meter wide Passage, 2 Nos. Staircase

8 Fifth Floor 1207.60 3.60 m 2 No. DCIT Room with Record Room, 2
Nos. Record Room, Waiting Area, 4
Nos. Cabin, 2 No. PSO Room, 1 No.
IRS Association, 5 Nos. ITO Room, 1
No. CIT Room with Rest Room & Toilet,
2 No. ADDL.CIT Room with Ante Room
& Toilet, 10 Nos. ITI, Lift Lobby, 1 No.
Electrical Room, He & She Toilet with
drinking water area, 1 No. Officer Toilet,
1 No Handicapped Toilet, 3.0 & 2.285 &
1.20 meter wide Passage, 2 Nos.
Staircase.

9 Sixth Floor 1239.30 3.60 m 3 Nos. Record Room, Waiting Area, 3

Nos. Cabin, 1 No. DCIT Room with
Record Room, 10 Nos. ITO Room, 1
No. ADDl.CIT Room with Rest Room &
Toilet, 2 No. ADDL.CIT Room with Ante
Room & Toilet, 12 Nos. ITI, Lift Lobby, 1
No. Electrical Room, He & She Toilet
with drinking water area, 1 No. Officer
Toilet, 1 No Handicapped Toilet, 3.0 &
2.285 & 1.20 meter wide Passage, 2
Nos. Staircase

10 Seventh 1192.25 3.60 m 2 Nos. Record Room, Waiting Area, 5

Floor Nos. Cabin, 4 No. DCIT Room with
Record Room, 4 Nos. ITO Room, 3
Nos. PSO Room, 1 No. ADDl.CIT Room
with Ante Room & Toilet, 1 No. PCIT
Room with Ante Room & Toilet, 1 No.
CIT Room with Ante Room & Toilet, 10
Nos. ITI, Lift Lobby, 1 No. Electrical
Room, He & She Toilet with drinking
water area, 1 No. Officer Toilet, 1 No
Handicapped Toilet, 2.40 & 1.575 &
1.450 meter wide Passage, 2 Nos.
Staircase.

11 Eighth Floor 966.47 3.60 m 1 No. C.CIT with ante Room & Toilet, 1
No. Addl.CIT Room with Ante Room &
Toilet,2 Nos. ITO,3 Nos. Cabin,Waiting
Area,Record Room, Lift Lobby, 1 No.
Electrical Room, He & She Toilet with
drinking water area, 1 No. Officer Toilet,

Page 117
 1 No Handicapped Toilet, 3.00 meter
wide Passage, 2 Nos. Staircase.

12 Nineth Floor 383.00 3.00 m 4 Nos Guest Room,Seating Area,Mumty

+ Lift Machine Room + AHUs

13 Guard 33.00 3.00 m Guard Room with toilet at entry and exit
Rooms of the office building premise.

14 Electrical 35.00 4.80m Electrical Sub-Station, DG and HT/LT

Sub-Station Panels

Total Built Up Plinth Area of SUPER STRUCTURE = 11060 Sqm (B)

Note:

1. The area of the buildings mentioned above are as per detailed conceptual architectural
drawings. Consultant of contractor has to plan and design the buildings as per scope of the
work given in the NIT.

2. Area of SS Glass Canopy at Entrance /Porch shall be measured 100% in Built up Plinth
Area at Ground Floor.

3. Actual Built-up Plinth Area of Buildings shall be measured as per provisions of CPWD PAR-
2023 (Annexure-II) for payment.

4. Superstructure includes foundation except where Basement is provided

5. Cost of Raft Foundation is included in the Basement cost.

6. Area of Basement Entry/Exit Ramps shall be measured in Basement. The Water Tanks, LT
Panel room, Lift Lobbies, Staircases, Pump Rooms etc. and other Rooms Provided in the
Basement shall be part of Basement and thus will not be measured separately and their cost is
included in the Basement

7. Any projections / façade features, Terrace Projections or other elevation features shall not be
considered in plinth area measurement.

2.0 EARTH WORK

2.1 Preliminary Soil Investigation report (report attached in Section-F) is indicative only and
detailed soil investigation to collect desired data on soil strata and SBC etc. for design of
foundations shall be done by the contractor.
2.2 Earth work, by mechanical and manual means in excavation for foundation, Basement, roads,
footpaths, drains and trenches etc. in all kind of soil/strata/ordinary rock/ hard rock as per
terrains and drawings. Boring for pile (if required) as per structural drawings. In case of very
hard rock where excavation using machinery is not possible or taking lot of time, hydraulic
splitters or chemical can be used for rock fragmentation for which nothing extra shall be paid.
2.3 Filling in foundation with available excavated moorum/earth (excluding rock) in trenches,
plinth, sides of foundations, roads, drains and footpaths etc. in layers not exceeding 20 cm in
depth, consolidating each deposited layer by ramming and watering. Additional
moorum/earth, if required for the filling, for the work shall be procured from outside of the
campus at his own cost. Only moorum/earth shall be used for plinth filling.
2.4 Top layer of plinth filling just below PCC shall be minimum 100mm thick with local available
sand.
2.5 Any other excavation or filling required at open areas other than building like landscaping,
horticultural works, road works etc. for completion of work as per approved drawings shall be
in the scope of work.

Page 118
2.6 The surplus or unusable earth / boulder / stone etc. received in excavation shall be property of
the contractor and their disposal up to any lead shall be responsibility of the contractor and
nothing extra shall be paid towards the same.
2.7 Black cotton soil (if present) shall be removed at all places where permanent structure will be
constructed.
2.8 The Contractor shall make, at his own cost, all necessary arrangements for maintaining water
level low enough in the area where works are under execution, so as not to cause any harm
to the works or problems in carrying out with the execution and the rates for all items of work
shall be considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water, if required, for which no
extra payment shall be made. This will include water coming from any source, such as rains,
accumulated rain water, floods, leakages from sewer and water mains subsoil water table
being high or due to any other cause whatsoever. The Contractor shall make necessary
provision of pumping, dredging, and bailing out water coming from all the above sources and
excavation and other works shall be kept free of water by providing suitable system approved
by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.9 Any other type of earthwork not specifically mentioned herein up to the completion of project
shall be in the scope of work.
3.0 LEAN CONCRETE / PCC
3.1 100 mm thick Lean Concrete under foundation, plinth, footpath, ramp, and any other place as
required of M-10 grade (design mix) shall be provided and laid in position ready mixed or
site batched design mix cement concrete using coarse aggregate and fine aggregate derived
from natural sources, Portland Pozzolana/Ordinary Portland /Portland Slag cement,
admixtures in recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to accelerate / retard setting of
concrete, to improve durability and workability without impairing strength; including pumping
of concrete to site of laying, curing, carriage for all leads.
3.2 Lean Concrete of M-10 grade (design mix) as specified above shall be executed on ground
and above all floor below flooring to accommodate ducts/ Raceways etc. required for laying
LAN cables, wires etc. with thickness of PCC as per actual requirement to accommodate all
ducts, wiring, LAN cables, Raceways etc.
3.3 In case of small quantity, 1:4:8 (1 Cement: 4 coarse sand (zone-III): 8 graded stone aggregate 40
mm nominal size derived from natural sources) as per CPWD specifications may be done with
prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
4.0 FOUNDATION & BASEMENT
4.1 Basement shall be constructed with RCC Raft Foundation. The foundation for other buildings
without basement shall be as per structural design.
4.2 Brick work below plinth as and wherever required shall be executed with common burnt clay
F.P.S. (non-modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in foundation and plinth in 1:4 mortar
(1cement: 4 coarse sand).
4.3 Any Retaining wall etc. required to be constructed as per site condition and as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge shall be executed by agency without extra cost.
4.4 Provision of adequate number of holes by core cutting in raft footing along with proper
drainage facility up to pit/ sump provided in basement for taking out rain water is to be made
for release of uplift pressure due to rise in water table during construction in rainy season.
5.0 SUPER-STRUCTURE
5.1 Earthquake resistant structure for office building by using one of the Construction
Technology\methods mentioned in schedule ‘F’ to be proposed by working agency.
5.2 Earthquake resistant structure designed based on relevant BIS/IS Codes and NBC 2016,
including Basement by using the proposed technology of construction. In case of RCC
Framed structure, Minimum grade of concrete shall be M-30.
5.3 Walls: 200mm thick AAC blocks work (confirming to IS 2185 Part III of grade I) shall be laid

Page 119
 as per IS:6041 in super structure and terrace with RCC band at sill level and lintel level, fixed
with approved block laying polymer modified adhesive mortar all complete as per CPWD
specifications and direction of Engineer of in-charge. AAC Block shall be of grade-I having
density between 651 to 750 kg per cum as per table I of IS 2185 Part III. All internal walls
shall be minimum 150mm thick constructed with fly ash bricks/AAC blocks.
5.4 Band/lacing course of RCC 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size) of minimum thickness 100mm at window sill and 200 mm at lintel level with 2
nos. 12mm bar at top & bottom as per CPWD specifications 2019 (Vol-I & II).
5.5 Admixtures to be used in recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to accelerate/ retard
setting of concrete, improve workability without impairing strength and durability as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
5.6 Beam Depth shall be designed in such a way that the clear height from top of the finished
floor level to the soffit of the false ceiling shall be generally 3.3 meters (minimum).However,
wherever the desired clear height as mentioned above is not achievable due to provision of
various service ducts, than in that case the False Ceiling level shall be kept at different levels
i.e., on the periphery at lower level and in the middle at higher level, as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
6.0 PLINTH PROTECTION
6.1 Making plinth protection 50mm thick of cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III)
derived from natural sources : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size derived from natural
sources) over 75mm thick bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal size, well rammed and
consolidated and grouted with fine sand, including necessary excavation, levelling & dressing
&finishing the top smooth and Brick edging 7cm wide 11.4 cm deep to plinth protection with
common burnt clay F.P.S. (non-modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 including grouting with
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand). Min. Width of plinth protection shall be 900mm.
7.0 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE WORKS
7.1 All RCC works shall be with ready mixed or site batched design mix cement concrete for reinforced
cement concrete work (Minimum M30 Grade); using coarse aggregate and fine aggregate derived
from natural sources, Portland Pozzolana / Ordinary Portland /Portland Slag cement, admixtures in
recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to accelerate / retard setting of concrete, to improve
durability and workability without impairing strength; including pumping of concrete to site of laying,
curing, carriage for all leads as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
7.2 RCC in column, beams, shear walls & slabs shall be as per the approved structural drawings with
design mixed concrete/ RMC mixed with permissible admixtures, centering, shuttering &
reinforcement. Suitable Centering /shuttering and scaffolding material unless & otherwise specified
shall be used for all R.C.C. work to give an even finish of concrete surface. However, concreting
will be done after inspection and approval of the centering\ shuttering the Engineer-in-charge. The
detailed dimensions &design mix for building structural elements to be adopted shall be as per
provisions of IS: 456, IS:1642, IS: 1893, IS: 3792, IS: 6073, IS: 13920, IS: 11447, IS: 15916, IS:
15917
8.0 STEEL REINFORCE-MENT
8.1 R.C.C. work including supplying, straightening, and cutting, bending, placing in position and
binding including Reinforcement Coupler/ Mechanical Splice after testing and all complete as per
CPWD Specification Vol. I 2019 with up-to-date correction slips for both sub-structure and super-
structure. Only Corrosion Resistant Reinforcement bars will be allowed for RCC works.
Reinforcement coupler shall be approved (if used) before execution of work.
9.0 MASONRY WORKS
9.1 Masonry work shall generally be done with Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Blocks (AAC) conforming
to IS:2185/1984, except otherwise desired such as wet areas etc. where brick work is proposed,
FPS Bricks shall be used in all items of brick work.

Page 120
9.2 The Blocks wherever used shall be of minimum 200 mm thickness except partition walls where
150mm thickness may be allowed.
9.3 Polymer modified adhesive mortar shall be used for construction of AAC Block Masonry walls as
per the approval of Engineer in Charge and manufacturer’s specifications. Adequate mesh
mechanism of membrane fabric as per manufacturer specification will be necessary to avoid
ingress / transgress of thermal cracks in the joints of the masonry.
9.4 Preferably Pre-Cast Concrete Solid Block M10 as per CPWD Specifications will be used in the toe
wall, boundary wall and other masonry work below plinth / foundation. These Blocks shall be
manufactured from C&D materials from the approved manufacturers.
10.0 STEEL WORKS
10.1 To be provided as per requirement of the work and as proposed by agency and approved by
Engineer-in-Charge in final working drawings in support for facade structure, Solar PV Panel, lift
machine room, structure of domes, Rolling Shutter, UG/OH Tank Ladders etc. and other such
works as per functional requirements of the Building and Services.
10.2 As and where the Structural Steel work is proposed, the same shall be done as per approved
structural design using Tubular Sections (round, square or rectangular hollow tubes etc.), Single
Section (fixed with or without connecting plate), including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position or
riveted, bolted or welded Built up Sections including use of chequered plate wherever required, all
complete.
10.3 Steel Work in Doors/shutters as per functional requirements shall be done as below:
(i) Providing and fixing 1 mm thick M.S. sheet sliding-shutters, with frame and diagonal braces of
40x40x6 mm angle iron, 3 mm M.S. gusset plates at the junctions and corners, 25 mm dia
pulley, 40x40x6 mm angle and T- iron guide at the top and bottom respectively
(ii) Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required size M.S. laths,
interlocked together through their entire length and jointed together at the end by end locks,
mounted on specially designed pipe shaft with brackets, side guides and arrangements for
inside and outside locking with push and pull operation complete, including the cost of
providing and fixing necessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel
wire of adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover of required
thickness for rolling shutters using 80x1.25 mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover,
including ball bearing for rolling shutters, mechanical device chain and crank operation for
operating rolling shutters, grilled rolling shutters manufactured out of 8 mm dia M.S. bar
instead of laths as per design approved by Engineer-in- charge.
10.4 All structural steel work and steel work shall be done with applying a priming coat of approved
steel primer and painting with epoxy paint, as per design approved by Engineer-in-Charge
including any cutting, hoisting, welding, placing bolts, washers, cleats, erection etc. required for
completion of work.
11.0 EXPANSION JOINT / SEISMIC JOINT
11.1 Gap of the expansion joints shall be provided as proposed in the structural design of the building.
Specifications of the Expansion joints shall be as below.
11.2 Floor Joints: Expansion joint system related with floor location as per drawings and direction of
Engineer-In-Charge. The joints system will be of extruded aluminium base members, self-aligning /
self-centring arrangement and support plates etc. as per ASTM B221-02. The system shall be
such that it provides floor to floor /floor to wall expansion control system for various vertical
location in load application areas that accommodates multi directional seismic movement without
stress to its components. System shall consist of metal profiles with a universal aluminium base
member designed to accommodate various project conditions and finish floor treatments. The
cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness required to satisfy projected movement and
loading requirements and secured to base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered
self- centring arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all directions. The Self - centring

Page 121
 arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the corresponding
aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all directions including
vertical displacement. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have
watertight joint is mandatory requirement all as per the manufactures design and as approved by
Engineer-in-Charge. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063)
11.3 Wall Joints: Expansion joint system related with wall joint (internal/external) location as per
drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminium base
members, self-aligning / centring arrangement and support plates as per ASTM B221- 02. The
material shall be such that it provides an Expansion Joints System suitable for vertical wall to wall/
wall to corner application, both new and existing construction in office Buildings & complexes with
no slipping down tendency amongst the components of the Joint System. The Joint System shall
utilize lightweight aluminium profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminium surfaces mechanically
snap locking the multicellular to facilitate movement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063)
11.4 Roof Joints: Expansion joint system of approved make and manufactures for various roof
locations as per approved drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall be of
extruded aluminium base members with, self-aligning and self-centring arrangement support
plates asper ASTM B221-02. The system shall be such that it provides watertight roof to roof/roof
to corner joint cover expansion control system that is capable of accommodating multidirectional
seismic movement without stress to its components. System shall consist of metal profile that
incorporates a universal aluminium base member designed to accommodate various project
conditions and roof treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness required
to satisfy movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by utilizing
manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-centring arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all
directions. The Self centring arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide
inside the corresponding aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in
all directions including vertical displacement. The Joint System shall resist damage or deterioration
from the impact of falling ice, exposure to UV, airborne contaminants and occasional foot traffic
from maintenance personnel. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have
water tight joint is mandatory requirement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063
12.0 SS GLASS CANOPY AT MAIN ENTRANCE
12.1 SS Glass canopy shall be provided at porch areas for at ground floor as per approved drawings
and specifications given below. Dimension of Glass Porch are given in architectural drawings
attached. Length and width are fixed; however, height can be modified as per site conditions
Agency has to submit the shop drawing / structural drawing along with fixing details to Engineer-in-
Charge for approval. Specification of the Canopy work shall be as below.
12.2 Providing, designing, fabricating installing and fixing in position of glass canopy frame structure
using 316 grade stainless steel rectangular section. The entire canopy frame structure should be
dividing the into equal parts & the SS fabrication work should be completed in welding and buffed
for smooth finishing as per CPWD specifications, included with the required min. 10mm thick SS
brace plates & Anchor fasteners of the size min. M10 x 75 to 100mm length SS & 16mm OD outer
body as per the requirement. The item also includes fixing of the canopy with suitable arrangement
using any method as per design proposed by design consultant and drawing approved by
engineer in charge.
12.3 The item also includes supply & fixing 12mm thick clear toughened glass with 3M or equivalent
Safety film (bottom of the glass). The glass will be fixed with the Spider fittings. The glass grid
joints shall be sealed with Dow Corning make Clear weather proof sealants.
13.0 DOOR FRAMES & SHUTTERS
13.1 Door Frames and shutters shall be provided as given in the Schedule of Doors. All door
frame/Shutter are included in the scope of work even if not included in the said Schedule of Doors
and specification of such doors shall be as per specifications of doors at similar locations and

Page 122
 functional use of the area.
13.2 Main Entrance Manual Glass Doors : Main front Entrance door - 3 nos. manual operated along
with fixed glass portion. (Entry and exit) shall be provided with following specifications:
Providing and fixing 12mm thick frameless toughened glass door shutter of approved brand and
manufacture, including providing and fixing top & bottom pivot & double acting hydraulic floor
spring type fixing arrangement and making necessary holes etc. for fixing required door fittings, all
complete as per direction of Engineer in charge. Door (Each Leaf) shall be fitted using (i) Bottom
Patch with insert for floor spring spindle or round pivot 14mm dia SS finish DPF322 of Dorset or
equivalent (ii) Top Patch with plastic socket for top pivot 15mm dia SS finish DPF321 of Dorset or
equivalent (iii) Corner Lock prepared for Euro Profile cylinder single throw bolt projection 20mm i/c
epc both side key operation and lock key per plate SS finish DPL325 of Dorset or equivalent
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (iv) Stainless Steel H shape handle Dorset SH
900 X 32 or equivalent shall be fitted on each leaf of the gate i/c all fittings/fixtures required.
13.3 Spider Glazing System: Main front Double height Entrance portion, left and right side entrances
of building and any other locations shown in 3-D views shall have spider glazing system around
the main entrance doors as per approved drawings with following specifications:
Design supply & installation of suspended Spider Glazing system designed to withstand the wind
pressure as per IS 875 (Part-III). The Suspended System held with Spider Fittings of SS-316
Grade Steel of approved manufacturer with glass panel having 12 mm thick clear toughened glass
held together with SS- 316 Grade Stainless steel Spider & bolt assembly with laminated glass fins
21 mm thick. The Glass fins and glass panel assembly shall be connected to Slab/ beams by
means of SS- 316 Grade stainless steel brackets & Anchor bolts and at the bottom using SS
channel of 50x25x2mm using fastener & anchor bolts, non-staining weather sealants of approved
make, Teflon/ nylon bushes and separators to prevent bi-metallic contacts, all complete to perform
as per specification and approved drawings. The complete system to be designed to
accommodate thermal expansion & seismic movements etc. The joints between glass panels (6 to
8 mm) and gaps at the perimeter & in U channel of the assembly to be filled with non-staining
weather sealant, so as to make the entire system fully water proof & dust proof. The rate shall
include all design, Engineering and shop drawing including approval from structural designer,
labour, T&P, scaffolding, other incidental charges including wastage, enabling temporary services
all fitting fixers nut bolts, washer, Buffer plates, fastener, anchors, SS channel laminated glass etc.
all complete
13.4 Flush Doors with WPC Frame (As per of Schedule of Doors) :
Frame : Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid
door frames/Chowkhat with frame size of 65x150 mm comprising of virgin PVC polymer of K value
58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat
husk) and non-toxic additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms) fabricated with miter
joints after applying PVC solvent cement and screwed with full body threaded star headed SS
screws having minimum frame density of 750 kg/ cum, screw withdrawal strength of 2200 N (Face)
& 1100 N (Edge), minimum compressive strength of 58 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 900 N/mm2
and resistance to spread of flame of Class A category with property of being termite/borer proof,
water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixed in position with M.S hold fast/lugs/SS dash
fasteners of required dia and length complete as per direction of Engineer-In- Charge.
For WPC solid door frames, minus 5mm tolerance in dimensions i.e depth and width of profile shall
be acceptable. Variation in profile dimensions on plus side shall be acceptable but no extra
payment on this account shall be made.
Color, shade, pattern etc of the frame shall be matching with door shutter finishes.
Shutter : Providing and fixing ISI marked 35 mm thick flush door shutters conforming to IS : 2202
(Part I) non-decorative type, core of block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood
and well matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or cross bands and face veneers

Page 123
 on both faces of shutters including ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws.
Lipping with 2nd class teak wood battens 25 mm minimum depth shall be provided on all edges of
flush door shutters and vision panels.
1mm thick decorative high pressure laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss / matt/ suede
finish as required with high density protective surface layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding
quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S, including adhesive of approved quality shall be provided
on both sides of door shutter.
Rectangular or square Vision Panel, hermitically sealed & Radiation shielding, of min. opening size
of 450x600 in each shutter in double shutter doors and. 200x600 in single shutter doors shall be
provided as per functional requirements and as per detailed drawing to be prepared by consultant
and approved by Engineer-in-charge.
Aluminum die cast body tubular type universal hydraulic door closer (having brand logo with ISI, IS
: 3564, embossed on the body, door weight up to 35 kg and door width up to 700 mm), with
necessary accessories and screws etc. complete shall be provided as per requirement as
mentioned in door schedule.
13.5 WPC Doors (As per Schedule of Doors i.e Toilet & Bath Doors) :
Frame: Providing and fixing factory made single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid
door frames/Chowkhat with frame size of 65x100 mm comprising of virgin PVC polymer of K value
58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat
husk) and non toxic additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms) fabricated with miter
joints after applying PVC solvent cement and screwed with full body threaded star headed SS
screws having minimum frame density of 750 kg/ cum, screw withdrawal strength of 2200 N (Face)
& 1100 N (Edge), minimum compressive strength of 58 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 900 N/mm2
and resistance to spread of flame of Class A category with property of being termite/borer proof,
water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixed in position with M.S hold fast/lugs/SS dash
fasteners of required dia and length complete as per direction of Engineer-In- Charge.
For WPC solid door frames, minus 5mm tolerance in dimensions i.e depth and width of profile shall
be acceptable. Variation in profile dimensions on plus side shall be acceptable but no extra
payment on this account shall be made.
Shutter : Providing and fixing 30mm thick factory made single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer
Composite) solid plain flush door shutter of required size comprising of virgin polymer of K value
58-60 (Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and natural fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat
husk) and non-toxic additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms) having minimum density
of 650 kg/cum and screw withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) & 900 N (Edge), minimum
compressive strength 50 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to spread of
flame of Class A category with property of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire
retardant and fixing with stainless steel butt hinges of required size with necessary full body
threaded star headed counter sunk S.S screws, all as per direction of Engineer-In- Charge.
1.5mm thick decorative high pressure laminated sheet of plain / wood grain in gloss / matt/ suede
finish as required with high density protective surface layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding
quality conforming to IS : 2046 Type S, including adhesive of approved quality shall be provided
on both sides of door shutter.
All the work shall be executed as per CPWD specification 2019 with up to date correction slips.
13.6 Glazed/Metal Fire Rated Doors/Windows/Partitions :
Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining “No objection Certification from Fire Department for
the executed work. Accordingly, Glazed/Metal Fire check door/ Partition shall be provided in all
Staircase, Passage, Lobby, Electric Shafts etc. as per requirement of Fire safety norms, provisions
of NBC-2016 guidelines, IS 3614-2021 for which detailed drawings in compliance of applicable
guidelines/norms shall be prepared by Fire consultant to the satisfaction of the concerned fire
authorities and Engineer-in-charge. The details of Fire rated Doors marked in the Drawings and

Page 124
 listed in Schedule of Doors is indicative only and the contractor shall provide Glazed/Metal Fire
Rated Doors/Partitions for compartmentalisation as per applicable guidelines/norms of fire safety
as per approved fire drawings and nothing extra shall be payable for providing such doors and
partitions in addition to those marked in drawings and listed in schedule of Doors.
Glazed Fire Rated Doors / Partitions as above shall be provided as per Specifications of Glazed
Fire Rated Doors and Partitions give in Particular Specification in this document and CPWD
specifications.
13.7 Film on Glass doors : Filming shall be done on Glass doors wherever required as per directions
of Engineer-in-Charge. Filming shall be 30-35 micron (minimum) thick 3M, Garware or equivalent
make non-reflective matter, frosted/horizontal strips, scratch resistant, high performance resin
coated polyester film on the glass surface.
13.8 Doors Fittings and Fixtures : Fittings and Fixtures, Hinges in all doors shall be Stainless Steel
Grade 316. Design (size & thickness) of the Fittings and Fixtures shall be as per Schedule Doors
Fittings and Fixtures and same shall be approved by Engineer in Charge.
14.0 WINDOWS
14.1 The Windows shall be provided in the building as per detailed conceptual architectural drawings.
The windows shall be planned to meet guidelines of NBC and as per details in the detailed
architectural Drawings. All the windows, Ventilators, Fixed Glass window etc. shall be of uPVC as
per following Technical Specifications.
14.2 Sliding uPVC Windows : Sliding uPVC windows at all locations except WCs, bathrooms as per
Schedule of Windows or any other location as per approved Drawings shall be provided as per
specifications given below.
Framing: Providing and fixing factory made uPVC white colour sliding glazed window in required
height dimension comprising of uPVC multi-chambered frame with in-built roller track and sash
extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section made from
roll forming process of required length (shape & size according to uPVC profile), appropriate
dimension of uPVC extruded glazing beads, uPVC extruded interlocks and uPVC extruded Inline
sash adaptor (if required), EPDM gasket, wool pile, zinc alloy (white powder coated) handle on one
side of extreme panel along with zinc plated mild steel multi point locking having transmission gear
with keeps, zinc alloy (white powder coated) touch lock with hook (if required for wire mesh panel),
stainless steel (SS 304 grade) body with adjustable double nylon rollers (weight bearing capacity
to be 120 kg), G.I fasteners 100 x 8 mm size for fixing frame to finished wall and necessary
stainless steel screws etc. Profile of frame & sash shall be mitered cut and fusion welded at all
corners, including drilling of holes for fixing hardware's and drainage of water etc.
The whole setup will be installed with Three track three panels sliding window with fly proof S.S
wire mesh (Two nos. glazed & one no. wire mesh panels) made of (big series) frame 116 x 45 mm
& sash 46 x 62 mm both having wall thickness of 2.3 ± 0.2 mm double glazing bead of appropriate
dimension all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Glazing: Providing and fixing double glazed hermetically sealed glazing in uPVC windows,
ventilators and partition etc. with 6 mm thick clear float glass both side, having 12 mm air gap,
including providing EPDM gasket, perforated PVC spacers, desiccants, sealant (Both primary and
secondary sealant) etc. as per specifications, drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge
complete.
After fixing frame the gap between frame and adjacent finished wall shall be filled with weather
proof silicon sealant over backer rod of required size and of approved quality,
14.3 Partly Fixed Partly Openable uPVC Window with Ventilator : Partly Fixed Partly Openable
uPVC Window with Ventilator in Toilets, WCs, Bathrooms and kitchen as per Schedule of
Windows or any other location as per approved Drawings shall be provided as per specifications
given below.
Framing: Providing and fixing factory made uPVC white colour sliding glazed window in required

Page 125
 height dimension comprising of uPVC multi-chambered frame with in-built roller track and sash
extruded profiles duly reinforced with 1.60 ± 0.2 mm thick galvanized mild steel section made from
roll forming process of required length (shape & size according to uPVC profile), appropriate
dimension of uPVC extruded glazing beads, uPVC extruded interlocks and uPVC extruded Inline
sash adaptor (if required), EPDM gasket, wool pile, zinc alloy (white powder coated) handle on one
side of extreme panel along with zinc plated mild steel multi point locking having transmission gear
with keeps, zinc alloy (white powder coated) touch lock with hook (if required for wire mesh panel),
stainless steel (SS 304 grade) body with adjustable double nylon rollers (weight bearing capacity
to be 120 kg), G.I fasteners 100 x 8 mm size for fixing frame to finished wall and necessary
stainless steel screws etc. Profile of frame & sash shall be mitered cut and fusion welded at all
corners, including drilling of holes for fixing hardware's and drainage of water etc.
Fixed portion shall be installed with fixed window / ventilator made of (small series) frame 47 x 50
mm & mullion 47 x 68 mm both having wall thickness of 1.9 ± 0.2 mm and double glazing bead of
appropriate dimension all complete as per approved drawing & direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Glazing: Providing and fixing double glazed hermetically sealed glazing in uPVC windows,
ventilators and partition etc. with 6 mm thick clear float glass both side, having 12 mm air gap,
including providing EPDM gasket, perforated PVC spacers, desiccants, sealant (Both primary and
secondary sealant) etc. as per specifications, drawings and direction of Engineer-in-charge
complete.
After fixing frame the gap between frame and adjacent finished wall shall be filled with weather
proof silicon sealant over backer rod of required size and of approved quality.
14.4 Granite in Window/Opening Sills, Jambs & Soffits & Parapet Top : All windows in full width
and height at all faces, Glass Doors, Railing bottom Sill, Parapet Top shall be provided with
Granite Lining as per specifications given below :
Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, pre-moulded and pre-polished,
machine cut for window sills, facias, jambs, soffits and similar locations of required size, approved
shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including
rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing of edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all
levels.
14.5 Roller Blinds: All windows / Openings facing structural Glazing in ITEF Room, Addl. CIT Room,
Record Room, ITO, Ante Room, CIT Room, Conference Room, D.CIT Room etc. or any other
similar location wherever required as per approved drawings shall be provided with Roller Blinds
as per specifications given below:
Hardware Specification: Top Tube: Roller tube made of extruded aluminium alloy 6063 – T6 not
less than 38mm dia. with wall thickness of minimum 1.2mm with spline adoptable to accommodate
clutch as per manufacturer's approved make.
Clutch Mechanism: The control clutch drive unit made with engineered heavy-duty chain drive
pulley operating system consisting of gear clutch housing and locking plug containing minimum 6
ribs and inserted at minimum of 38mm into roller tube. It shall be self-lubricating exclusive clutch
with safety pins for secure bracket installation and unlocking pin for quick manual removal. Clutch
should be convenient for large windows down to the smallest windows and driven by a ball chain
pulley with ball chain and can be positioned at right hand or left-hand side of the shade. Clutch
gear ratio of 1.75:1 for reduced operating force on larger blinds. Clutch mechanism shall be crash
proof, prevent slippage and shall raise and lower smoothly to any desired height.
Operating Chain : Roller tube circular-shaped aluminum tube extruded from alloy 63400 and
temper WP. Bottom rail flat-shaped extruded aluminum from alloy 63400 and temper WP. Ball
chain shall be 2mm diameter cord with plastic balls molded to form an endless ball chain. It is used
for raising or lowering action of the shades. Top Aluminum profile should have temper WP
consisting of alloy 63400 along with anodizing of 10 micron and powder coating of 60 micron. The

Page 126
 tensile strength of profile should be minimum 9.10 Kg/mm square.
Locking Member : #12 steel stop locks for limit setting adoptable to the steel chain or as per
manufacturer's standard.
Bottom Bar / Weight : Aluminium extruded circular section with powder coated finish matching
the roller fabric ‐Min weight to be 365 gms / Rmt for a perfect fall of fabric to avoid warpage /
floating. Installation to be insert type with end caps to give a neat look.
Fabric : The fabric shall be made of spun-bonded 100% polyester fibre. Fabric weight should be
447 gsm (+_5%). Fire retardant fabric with pass American standard NFPA701.
All parts, components & hardware are in approved shade as per direction of engineer-in-charge
14.6 Exhaust Fan Provision : Provision shall be made for fixing 230/300 mm dia Heavy Duty Exhaust
fan in kitchen, toilets and any other area as per requirement of office and as per approved
drawings.
14.7 Curtain Rods and End Brackets : Stainless Steel (304 grade) Curtain rods of 25 mm dia and wall
thickness min. 1.20 mm thick including decorative brackets and designer finials of SS 304 grade
as approved by the Engineer in charge including required supports shall be provided on windows
/Openings facing Structural Glazing in all the Rooms other than where Roller Blinds are provided.
Supply and fixing of curtain is not in the scope of this tender.
14.8 Window grill : Providing and fixing M.S. grills of required pattern in frames of windows etc. shall
be done as per functional requirement built with M.S. flats, square or round bars etc. (minimum
weight 15 kg per sqm of window opening) as per approved drawings as per DSR Item No.9.48.1
and CPWD specification 2019 with up to date correction slips.

15.0 FLOORING
Floor Finishes in the buildings shall be done as per Schedule of Finishes and specifications given
below. In case any location is not specifically mentioned in the Schedule of Finishes, Flooring shall
be done as per functional requirement or as provided in locations in similar functional uses and
nothing extra shall be paid on this account as scope of work includes providing floor finishes in all
areas within and outside of Buildings as per functional, aesthetic and other requirements.
15.1 Granite Flooring : Granite Flooring shall be provided in Entrance Porch & External Ramps and
all Staircases with following specifications :
Entrances of building & External Ramps: 18mm thick lappato finish Granite stone flooring in
required design and patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building all complete by
using lappato finish granite stone slab of Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite Brown, Cat Eye or
equivalent shade as per the architectural drawings over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement
mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white
cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc.
all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
Staircase: 18 mm thick granite stone in single piece of approved colour/texture (Jet Black, Cherry
Red, Elite Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent shade) with lappato finish in treads and polished finish in
risers and as per CPWD specification and as per details mentioned in above para with double
nosing and 3 nos. horizontal grooves in nosing as approved by Engineer in charge.
All granite slab shall be minimum 18mm thick and minimum price shall be Rs.1000 per sqm.
Pattern and shades of flooring shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge.
15.2 Full Body Vitrified Tile Slab Flooring (min. size 800 x 2400 mm & Thickness 15mm : Full
Body Vitrified Tile Slab Flooring (min. size 800 x 2400 mm & Thickness 15mm shall be provided in
Entrance Lobby, Corridors, Waiting Areas and Other similar heavy movement common areas in
the buildings with following specifications :
Providing and laying full body vitrified floor tiles slab polished/matt finish using tile slabs of min.
size 800x2400mm and min. thickness 15mm with water absorption less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid with min.

Page 127
 6mm thick Polymer modified Quick Set Tile adhesive (water based) conforming to IS:15477 and
with 4mm size spacers including grouting the groove/joints with Epoxy Grout of matching shade
etc. complete. The tiles must be cut with the zero-chipping diamond cutter only. Laying of tiles will
be done with the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber
mallet for placing the tiles gently and easily.
15.3 Full body Vitrified Tile Flooring (Polished) : Full body Vitrified Tile Flooring (Polished) shall be
provided in Rooms & Other similar areas where flooring not specified in any other sub-para in all
the floors with following specifications :
Providing and laying full body vitrified floor tiles polished finish using tile of min. size 800x800mm
(thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid with
min. 6mm thick Polymer modified Quick Set Tile adhesive (water based) conforming to IS:15477,
and with 4mm size spacers including grouting the groove/joints with Epoxy Grout of matching
shade etc. complete. The Tile should be Germ Free and confirm to JIS Z2801 2010. The tiles must
be cut with the zero chipping diamond cutter only. Laying of tiles will be done with the notch trowel,
plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber mallet for placing the tiles
gently and easily.
15.4 Full Body Vitrified Tiles (Matt/Antiskid Finish) : Full Body Vitrified Tiles Matt/Antiskid Finish
shall be provided in Toilets / Wet Areas with following specifications :
Providing and laying full body vitrified floor tiles matt/anti-skid finish using tile size of 600x600mm
(thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS:15622, of approved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, laid with min.
6mm thick Polymer modified Quick Set Tile adhesive (water based) conforming to IS:15477, and
with 3mm size spacers including grouting the groove/joints with Epoxy Grout of matching shade
etc. complete. The tiles must be cut with the zero-chipping diamond cutter only. Laying of tiles will
be done with the notch trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness, leveling system and rubber
mallet for placing the tiles gently and easily.
15.5 Laminated Wooden Flooring: Laminated Wooden Flooring shall be provided in area as specified
in Schedule of Finishes with following specifications:
Base preparation : Providing levelling for wooden laminated flooring of 2-3 mm average thick
layer of cementations smoothening compound, UZIN NC 149 or equivalent including priming coat
of UZIN PE 360 or equivalent.
Flooring : Providing and laying laminated flooring/ skirting (Class of use 33, wear resistance AC-5,
impact resistance - IC 3, as per EN 13329), Top surface having a Multi-Layer Composite high
pressure laminate treated with Aluminium Oxide surface guard layer of high density fibreboard
substrate specially developed cores of plank size 1200mm x 190`mm (Approximate) and min.
thickness 12mm having smart lock tongue and groove joints to secure long lasting joint. The edge
of the tongue and groove joints of planks shall be impregnated with paraffin. The approved decor
planks shall be placed on underlay of 0.2 mm thick alkali resistant polyethylene sheet (To resist
any moisture movement from the sub floor and secure floating floor installation) complete as per
the directions of Engineer-in-charge including edge profile, skirting etc. complete.
15.6 Kota Stone Flooring : Kota Stone Flooring shall be provided in area as specified in Schedule of
Finishes e.g. store rooms etc. with following specifications :
Kota stone flooring by using 25mm thick Kota stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base laid
over and jointed with grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab,
including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) and matching skirting of 100mm height with same Kota stone slab.
Flooring level of services, store room, washroom etc. in basement should be at least 150mm
above the driveway and parking level.
15.7 Vacuum Dewatered Flooring (VDF):

Page 128
 VDF flooring shall be provided in the whole basement area including the ramps of basement with
minimum thickness of 100mm over the RCC raft. The areas where there is no RCC raft, VDF
flooring shall be provided over the firm base prepared by preparing the sub-grade with proper
rolling and laying 100mm thick PCC using M-10 grade of concrete. Minimum 200mm thickness of
VDF flooring shall be provided in such areas. The specifications for VDF flooring shall be as below:
Providing and laying C.C. pavement of mix M-30 with ready mixed concrete from batching plant.
The ready mixed concrete shall be laid and finished with screed board vibrator, vacuum
dewatering process and finally finished by floating, brooming with wire brush etc. complete as per
specifications and directions of Engineer-in-charge.
Marking: Line marking with hot thermoplastic material as per the layout pattern in approved colour
and allow it to dry.

15.8 Cement Concrete flooring with Concrete hardener:

Cement concrete flooring shall be provided in Electric Sub-station and at any other places as per
functional requirement with following specifications:
Providing and laying 62 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concrete hardener topping, under
layer 50 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate
20mm nominal size) and top layer 12mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement
hardener mix : 2 graded stone aggregate, 6mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compound
mixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacture’s specifications.

15.9 Rubberised Flooring: Rubberised flooring shall be provided at Gym and Carrom. Above
Locations of Rubberised flooring are indicative and minimum. If as per functional requirement/
MCI/ IPHS guidelines any additional area/ room is required to be provided with Rubberised
flooring, then same has to be provided without any extra cost. Rubberised Flooring shall be done
with following specifications
Flooring : Providing and fixing Roll flooring of thickness of 10mm with the size of 1m x 10m
of make sunzone or equivalent. The Rubberized flooring shall be homogeneous single layer.
Material consisting of a single layer with antiskid property manufactured directly to its final
thickness (Except for a possible sanding down) from a mixture of uniform composition. The
sheet composition shall be composed of rubber compound and silicon carbide particles or any
other anti-skid property enhancing material. Same composition, colour and pattern will extend
throughout the thickness of Rubberized flooring. The length & width of the rolls/sheets shall
be as specified by the purchasing authority. The tolerance in length shall not be less than the
nominal value specified. Tolerance in width shall be + 10/-0 mm. The nominal thickness shall
be 2 mm or as specified by the purchaser. The variation between any two measurements at
different places on the same roll/sheet shall not exceed 0.15 mm. The method of test of
thickness & width shall be as per Clause 3 of IS: 3464

15.10 Skirting : 100 mm high skirting matching the floor material unless Wall Lining /Wall Tiles/Dado is
specified.

16.0 DADO / WALL LINING :

16.1 Full Body Vitrified Tiles of size min. 600 x 600 mm : Dado/wall lining with full Body Vitrified
Tiles of size min. 600 x 600 mm shall be provided in Kitchen Pantry, Toilet, Washrooms, Wet
Areas and Wash-Basin etc.in full height up to ceiling or 50mm above the bottom of false ceiling as
per the requirement, with following specifications.

Page 129
 Providing and fixing full body vitrified polished finish tiles using tile size of 600x600mm conforming
to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all colours,
shades as approved by Engineer-in-Charge, laid with min. 6mm thick Polymer modified Quick Set
Tile adhesive (water based) conforming to IS:15477 including grouting the groove/joints with
Epoxy Grout of matching shade etc. complete.

16.2 Full Body Vitrified Tiles Slabs of size min. 800 x 2400 mm & Thickness 15mm :
16.2Dado/wall lining with full Body Vitrified Tiles Slabs of size min. 800 x 2400 mm shall be
provided in Recreation Hall, Cafeteria (Full height), etc. and other similar areas required as per
approved drawings with following specifications.
Providing and fixing full body vitrified tiles slab of thickness 15mm, min. size of 800 x 2400 mm
conforming to IS: 15622 of any colours, shades and finish as approved by Engineer-in-Charge for
wall lining (veneer work) in required design and pattern wherever required, on any type of levelled
surface (Masonry, RCC, Gypsum Partition, Plaster etc.) with minimum 6mm thick stone fixing
Epoxy Adhesive(Type-5 as per IS-15477) including grouting the groove/joints with Epoxy Grout of
matching shade, to be secured to the backing by means of cramps/fasteners etc. complete.

16.3 WPC Fluted Wall paneling of size min. 160 x 2900 mm & Thickness 23mm : Dado/wall lining
with WPC Fluted Wall Panels shall be provided in Entrance Lobby,Waiting Areas,ADDL.CIT,P.CIT
& CIT (Full height), etc. and other similar areas required as per approved drawings with following
specifications.
Providing and fixing WPC Fluted Wall paneling of size min. 160 x 2900 mm & Thickness 23mm of
any colours, shades and finish as approved by Engineer-in-Charge for wall lining (veneer work) in
required design and pattern wherever required, on any type of levelled surface (Masonry, RCC,
Gypsum Partition, Plaster etc.) with minimum 6mm thick stone fixing Epoxy Adhesive(Type-5 as
per IS-15477) including grouting the groove/joints with Epoxy Grout of matching shade, to be
secured to the backing by means of cramps/fasteners etc. complete.

16.4 Top of the dado shall be fixed with same material used in dado or 18mm thick granite with nose
moulding projected 1cm outside the dado.

17.0 GRANITE COPPING (POLISHED FINISH) :

17.1 Granite copping (Polished Finish) shall be provided at Wall and Parapet Top outside of building
and other such locations with following specifications:
Providing and laying polished finish Granite stone flooring in required design and patterns, in linear
as well as curvilinear portions of the building all complete by using polished finished granite stone
slab of Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent shade as per the architectural
drawings with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white cement slurry
admixed with pigment of matching shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete
as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
All granite slab shall be minimum 18mm thick and minimum price shall be 1000 Rs per sqm.
Pattern and shades of flooring shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge.

18.0 STAINLESS STEEL RAILING, HAND RAILS & OTHER FITTINGS

All works of SS Railings in Staircases Ramps, Parapet, Balcony, Courtyard., fittings in disabled
friendly toiles etc. as per approved Architectural Drawings and functional requirement of office
Buildings shall be done with SS 316 Grade Stainless Steel Modular Weld Free Railing System
Railing with Matt Finish of 420 grit done with minimum 4 times finishing process in automatic

Page 130
 polishing machine to achieve smooth and long-lasting hairline finish. On site welding strictly not
allowed, all components shall be developed in factory only & wherever welding required, it should
be in factory only with TIG weld process with accurate precision & invisible of joints. Specifications
of Railing Systems/fittings shall be as below:
18.1 Side Mounted Stainless Steel Railing for Stairs : Side mounted Stainless Steel Railing shall be
provided in Staircase and other Similar locations as per approved architectural Drawings with
following specifications:
Providing and Fixing Side mounted SS 316 Grade Stainless Steel Modular Weld Free Railing
System Railing as per attached drawing and comprising of (i) ø 50mmx1.5mm thick Pipe Handrail
containing high grade Stainless Steel Bushings at every Bend/Joint of Railing to provide extra
strength, fixed on top of Baluster with the help of Hand Rail Connectors (as per detail given in
Railing drawing) and M5 X 12 mm Handrail Clamping Screws (ii) ø 40x40mm x 1.5mm thick
Stainless Steel Square Baluster with c/c spacing of 1000 to 1200mm to provide railing height of
875 mm above floor finish level mounted to side face with 125x100mm x 8mm thick specially
designed investment casted Base Plate secured by Anchor Fasteners (for extra strength Bolt
should be with Zinc coating of size M10 X100 (SS 304 Grade) concealed with SS 316 grade cover
Cap to conceal the mounting anchor fasteners (iv) 4 Nos.ø 16 mm x 1.5mm thick Midrails
connected to the side of Baluster with ø 25mm Midrail Connectors, for Providing strength to the
Connectors, brass bushes should be used and bolted with high precision investment casted T
Bracket having brass bushes.
The Handrail, Midrails, Balustrade, Connectors and in-fill members should be of Matt Finish of 420
grit done with minimum 4 times finishing process in automatic polishing machine to achieve
smooth and long lasting hairline finish. On site welding strictly not allowed, all components shall be
developed in factory only & wherever welding required, it should be in factory only with TIG weld
process with accurate precision & invisible of joints.
18.2 Accessibility Compliant SS Wall mounted Hand Rail & SS Top Mounted Railing for Ramps
shall be provided in Entrance Porch, Ramps, Internal Ramps and other Similar locations as per
guidelines of “CPWD Manual on Accessible Built Environment” with following specifications:
Top Mounted SS Railing on open sides : Providing and Fixing Side mounted SS 316 Grade
Stainless Steel Modular Weld Free Railing System Railing as per guidelines of “CPWD Manual on
Accessible Built Environment” and comprising of (i) ø 50mmx1.5mm thick Pipe double Handrails
containing high grade Stainless Steel Bushings at every Bend/Joint of Railing to provide extra
strength, fixed on top of Baluster with the help of Hand Rail Connector (as per detail given in
Railing drawing) and M5 X 12 mm Handrail Clamping Screws (ii) ø 40x40mm x 1.5mm thick
Stainless Steel Square Baluster with c/c spacing of 1000 to 1200mm to provide railing height of
875 mm above floor finish level mounted to side face with 125x100mm x 8mm thick specially
designed investment casted Base Plate secured by Anchor Fasteners (for extra strength Bolt
should be with Zinc coating of size M10 X100 (SS 304 Grade) concealed with SS 316 grade cover
Cap to conceal the mounting anchor fasteners (iv) 4 Nos.ø 16 mm x 1.5mm thick Midrails
connected to the side of Baluster with ø 25mm Midrail Connectors, for Providing strength to the
Connectors, brass bushes should be used and bolted with high precision investment casted T
Bracket having brass bushes.
Wall Mounted SS Hand Rail on wall side: Providing and Fixing wall mounted SS 316 Grade
Stainless Steel Modular Weld Free Railing System Railing as per attached drawing and comprising
of ø 50mmx1.5mm thick Pipe Handrail containing high grade Stainless Steel Bushings at every
Bend/Joint of Railing to provide extra strength, fixed on top of Wall Brackect made from 16mm dia
SS Bend Rod which is conneceted to dia 72mm & 8mm thick Wall Plate secured on wall by Anchor
Fasteners (for extra strength Bolt should be with Zinc coating of size M10 X100 (SS 304 Grade)
concealed with SS 316 grade cover Cap to conceal the mounting anchor fasteners
The Handrails, Midrails, Balustrade, Bracket, Connectors and in-fill members should be of Matt

Page 131
 Finish of 420 grit done with minimum 4 times finishing process in automatic polishing machine to
achieve smooth and long lasting hairline finish. On site welding strictly not allowed, all components
shall be developed in factory only & wherever welding required, it should be in factory only with
TIG weld process with accurate precision & invisible of joints.
18.3 Top Mounted Stainless Steel & Toughned Laminated Glass Railing : Stainless Steel &
Toughned Laminated Glass Railing shall be provided in double height Courtyard and other Similar
locations as per approved architectural Drawings with following specifications :
Providing and Fixing top mounted SS 316 Grade Stainless Steel & Toughned Laminated Glass
Modular Weld Free Railing System Railing as per attached drawing and comprising of (i) Two Nos.
ø 50mmx1.5mm thick Pipe Handrails containing high grade Stainless Steel Bushings at every
Bend/Joint of Railing to provide extra strength, one of them fixed on top of Baluster and other on
side of Baluster with the help of Hand Rail Connectors and M5 X 12 mm Handrail Clamping
Screws (ii) 80mm x 10mm Stainless Steel Flat Baluster with c/c spacing of 1000 to 1200mm and
height of 1100 mm above floor finish level mounted on Top of Floor Finish with 150x150mm x
10mm thick specially designed investment casted Base Plate secured by Anchor Fasteners (for
extra strength Bolt should be with Zinc coating of size M10 X100 (SS 304 Grade) concealed with
SS 316 grade cover Cap to conceal the mounting anchor fasteners (iv) 13.52 mm thick (6 +1.52 +
6 mm) & 1100mm high Toughned Laminated Glass mounted on side of the Balusters with
connectors, for Providing strength to the Connectors, brass bushes should be used and bolted
with high precision investment casted T Bracket having brass bushes.
The Handrail, Balustrade, Connectors and in-fill members should be of Matt Finish of 420 grit done
with minimum 4 times finishing process in automatic polishing machine to achieve smooth and
long lasting hairline finish. On site welding strictly not allowed, all components shall be developed
in factory only & wherever welding required, it should be in factory only with TIG weld process with
accurate precision & invisible of joints. The glass railing should be fixed above CC parapet of 0.23
m high (230mm thick) with plaster, granite top & side cladding as per approved drawings.
SS Fittings for disabled Toilet : Providing and Fixing top mounted SS 316 Grade Stainless Steel
Drop down support grab bar, Wall mounted horizontal grab bar, wall mounted vertical grab bar and
other necessary fittings in toilets as per “CPWD Manual on Accessible Built Environment” available
on CPWD website, “Harmonised Guidelines and Space Standards for Barrier Free Built
Environment for Persons With Disability and Elderly Persons” issued by Ministry of Urban
Development, Govt. Of India.

19.0 COLUMN GUARD

All column corners of the basement area shall be guarded by using column guard up to a minimum
height of 1.5m with following specifications:
Providing and fixing column and corner guard in parking of WALLPRO COLUMM/ CORNER
GUARD (SF-76-CG) or equivalent made with extruded thermos e-polymer having minimum sizes :
76mm x 76 mm with PVC reflector strip on both flanges. Minimum outer wall thickness of 3mm and
supporting beams thickness 4 mm having minimum tensile strength 83 Kg per cm (as per ASTM
E8), elongation 140% as per (ASTMD 1149), hardness 70+/-5 shore A (ASTM D414), Impact
Resistance – PASS (as per ASTM D 25690 B) , Class A Fire Rating (as per ASTM D 543) with
excellent UV resistance (as per ASTM D 4262-05) along with effective ROHS Compliance test (as
per ISO 17025) and water resistance including two PVC reflector strip of 17mm width on the top of
profile Including Rigid PVC reinforcement bar of size 4.5 mm wide x 12mm long to hold the 6mm
steel Anchor fastener. All fixing and fitting shall be done as per manufacturer’s specifications.
Color and design shall be approved by engineer-in-charge.

20.0 PARAPET

Page 132
20.1 Terrace : RCC parapet wall of height and thickness as required to support the projected
elevational element as per the approved drawings and design. Finishing of the same to be done as
per the schedule of external finishing.
21.0 GRANITE PLATFORM
21.1 Granite Platform : Kitchen & Laboratory Platform or other similar locations shall be provided with
Granite Platform as per approved drawings with following specifications :

Platform : Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, pre-molded and pre-
polished, machine cut for kitchen platform, facias and similar locations of required size, approved
shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including
rubbing, curing, molding and polishing of edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels.
(in kitchen with provision for Cylinder gas pipe). Granite shall rest on Kota stone slab (min 35 mm
thick). To support Kota stone slab, vertical Kota stone (minimum 35mm thick) cladded with granite
(18mm min) from all sides shall be provide at regular intervals.

21.2 Sink : Providing and fixing Stainless Steel 304 Grade (18/8) kitchen sink as per IS:13983 with C.I.
brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm, including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and
making good the walls wherever required for Kitchen sink with drain board and size 510x1040 mm
bowl depth 250 mm.

22.0 COUNTERS
Reception and or other similar locations shall be provided with Counters as per approved drawings
with following specifications:

22.1 Counters : Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut, mirror polished, pre-molded and pre-
polished, machine cut Granite for counter platform, facias and similar locations of required size,
approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand), joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups,
including rubbing, curing, molding and polishing of edges to give high gloss finish etc. complete at
all levels. Granite shall rest on Kota stone slab (min 35 mm thick). To support Kota stone slab,
vertical Kota stone (minimum 35mm thick) cladded with granite (18mm min) from all sides shall be
provide at regular intervals.

22.2 Glass Partition on counter: Providing and fixing 10 mm thick toughened Glass partition on
counter of Pharmacy with required cut out at bottom.

23.0 INTERNAL FINISHES

23.1 Internal finishing i.e. Plastering, Wall Cladding, Painting work shall be done as per Schedule of
Finishes and specifications given below. In case any location is not specifically mentioned in the
Schedule of Finishes, finishing shall be done considering over all Architectural theme of the
building and functional requirement or as provided in locations with similar functional uses and
nothing extra shall be paid on this account as scope of work includes finishing the entire buiding as
per functional, aesthetic and other requirements.

23.2 Gypsum Plaster : Internal wall/exposed celling surfaces shall be finished with 12 mm thick
(average) premixed formulated one coat gypsum lightweight plaster having additives and light
weight aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively conforming to IS: 2547 (Part - I & II) 1976,

Page 133
 applied on hacked / uneven background to finished in smooth line and level Including provision of
GI chicken wire mesh 22 gauge at RCC-masonry junctions and 65 GSM fiber glass mesh (as per
manufacturer specification) with Alkali Resistant coating at locations of conduits, pipes etc. with
necessary nails/ screws at junction of concrete and masonry work (AAC or concrete block) or
between different materials, application of bonding agent, finishing, curing etc. complete as per
BIS/CPWD/Manufacturer Specifications. Plaster shall be done over chicken wire mesh at junctions
of AAC Block and RCC.
23.3 Wall Putty and Paint : All walls & exposed ceiling including gypsum board false ceiling to be
treated with minimum 1 mm thick (average) cement-based putty to give smooth and plain finish &
painted with acrylic emulsion paint/PU paint/plastic paint whichever required as per internal
finishes schedule. Two or more coats required shall be applied for smooth and even finish.
23.4 In addition to this, the paint considered should have Anti Fungal/ Anti bacterial/ Anti microbial
properties with silver ion technology recommended by Indian Medical Association. Nothing extra
shall be paid for this.
23.5 Acoustic Paneling : Acoustic Paneling shall be done in Conference/ Seminar/ Lecture Room and
other such location as per functional requirement. The acoustic boards to be used for Panelling
should be of approved Makes. They shall be cladded with fabric. The installation work of this
Section shall be performed by an authorized applicator, licensed by the manufacturer. Install
materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and comply with governing regulations,
fire resistance rating requirements, as indicated, and industry standards applicable to the work.
The technical details for the board are mentioned under the particular specifications of this NIT
document.

23.6 WPC Board Wall Panelling: WPC board wall panelling with shade, pattern and design appoved
by Engineer-in-charge shall be provided in entrance lobby, waiting area, PCIT rooms, ACIT
Rooms, CIT Rooms and at any other similar locations with following specifications:

Providing and fixing factory made 25 mm thick single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite)
solid plain board panelling upto false ceiling comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60
(Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and natural fibres (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat husk)
and non toxic additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms) having minimum density of 650
kg/cum and screw withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) minimum compressive strength 50
N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to spread of flame of Class A category
with properties of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant, placed at the
bottom of the wall at 0.9 m high or as per requirement at site with corner profile (1"x1") of same
shade with necessary stainless steel fasteners and SS screws etc., all complete as per direction of
Engineer-In- Charge

24.0 EXTERNAL FINISHES & FACADE WORKS

24.1 External finish shall be done with Plastering, Painting, Texture Finish, Stone Cladding, ACP
Cladding, Structural Glazing and other Façade works as shown in Conceptual Architectural
Drawings and 3D Views of the Buildings. In case any location is not specifically mentioned / seen
in the Conceptual Architectural Drawings and 3D Views of the Buildings, finishing shall be done
considering over all Architectural theme of the buildings. Detailed External elevation is to be
designed/ developed by the architect appointed by agency using mix of all these external
finishings as per over all Architectural theme of the buildings. Specification of various external
finishing items shall be as follows.
24.2 Plastering: All External wall surfaces shall be Plastered with polymer added Ready-Mix mortar
containing recron fibre @ 5 to 10% of thickness 15 mm on the AAC/ masonry work to achieve
smooth plastered surface Including provision of GI chicken wire mesh 22 gauge at RCC-masonry

Page 134
 junctions and 65 GSM fibre glass mesh (as per manufacturer specification) with Alkali Resistant
coating at locations of conduits, pipes etc. with necessary nails/ screws at junction of concrete and
masonry work (AAC or concrete block) or between different materials, hacking of concrete/
application of bonding agent, finishing, curing etc. complete as per BIS/CPWD/Manufacturer
Specifications.
24.3 Structural Glazing :
24.3.1 Structural Glazing along with all associated works shall be provided on external surfaces as shown
in Architectural Drawings / 3D views and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge as per Particular
specifications given in this tender document with following Technical Specifications and installation
procedure:
Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and fixing in position semi (grid) unitized
system of structural glazing (with open joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the
building for all heights and all levels, including:
(i) Providing, supplying and installing aluminium extruded tubular and other aluminium sections
as per the architectural drawings and approved shop drawings, the aluminium quality as per
grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474, including super durable powder coating of 60-80
microns conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour and shade as approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
(ii) Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop drawings for the specified design loads
conforming to IS 875 part III (the system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times design wind
pressure without any failure), including functional design of the aluminum sections for fixing
glazing panels of various thicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and splice plates etc.
gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps etc., structural and weather silicone sealants,
flashings, fire stop (barrier)- cum-smoke seals, microwave cured EPDM gaskets for water
tightness, pressure equalisation & drainage and protection against fire hazard including:
(iii) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanized / Aluminum alloy of 6005 T5
brackets of required sizes, sections and profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimensional
movement for achieving perfect verticality and fixing structural glazing system rigidly to the
RCC/ masonry/structural steel framework of building structure using stainless steel anchor
fasteners/ bolts, nylon separator to prevent bimetallic contacts with nuts and washers etc. of
stainless steel grade 316, of the required capacity and in required numbers.
(iv) Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural silicone sealant and one part weather
silicone sealant compatible with the structural silicone sealant of required bite size in a clean
and controlled factory / work shop environment, including double sided spacer tape, setting
blocks and backer rod, all of approved grade, brand and manufacture, as per the approved
sealant design, within and all around the perimeter for holding glass.
(v) Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminum sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes,
shapes and profiles, as required as per the site conditions, to seal the gap between the
building structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing to make it watertight.
(vi) Making provision for drainage of moisture/ water that enters the curtain glazing system to
make it watertight, by incorporating principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable
gutter profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary holes of required sizes and of
required numbers etc. complete. This item includes cost of all inputs of designing, labour for
fabricating and installation of aluminum grid, installation of glazed units, T&P, scaffolding and
other incidental charges including wastages etc., enabling temporary structures and services,
cranes or cradles etc. as described above and as specified. The item includes the cost of
getting all the structural and functional design including shop drawings checked by a
structural designer, dully approved by Engineer-in-charge. The item also includes the cost of
all mock ups at site, cost of all samples of the individual components for testing in an
approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled working structural glazing as specified,

Page 135
 cleaning and protection till the handing over of the building for occupation. In the end, the
Contractor shall provide a water tight structural glazing having all the performance
characteristics etc. all complete as required, as per the Architectural drawings, as per item
description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by the
Engineer- in-Charge.
(vii) Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-
sealed 6-12- 6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision panel units of size and shape as
required and specified, comprising of an outer heat strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of
approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and
shade, an inner Heat strengthened clear float glass 6mm thick, spacer tube12mm wide,
desiccants, including primary seal and secondary seal (structural silicone sealant) etc. all
complete for the required performances, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the
approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The IGUs
shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop of the glass processor by using Coloured tinted
float glass 6mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12mm Airgap + 6mm
Heat Strengthened clear Glass of approved make having properties as visible Light
transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external
10 to 20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/ m2 degree K etc.
The properties of performance glass shall be decided by technical sanctioning authority as
per the site requirement.
(viii) Providing, fabricating and supplying shadow box of required size and shape, for fixing in the
spandrel portion of the structural glazing, in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the
building by providing semi -rigid, inorganic, non-combustible fiber glass wool insulation 50 mm
thick, conforming to IS: 8183 and BS: 3958 Part 5. The insulation layer shall have facing
(factory bonded on surface # 1 of the fiber glass insulation layer), of black non-woven fiber
glass tissue of nominal thickness 0.5 mm and nominal mass not less than 60 gm /sqm, made
of randomly oriented glass fibers distributed in a binder by a wet-lay process including fixing
1.5 mm thick solid aluminum sheet backing using, 6 mm thick cement board including SS
rivets, nuts, bolts, washers etc. complete.
24.4 ACP Cladding :
24.4.1 ACP Cladding along with all associated works shall be provided on external surfaces as shown in
Architectural Drawings / 3D views and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge as per Particular
specifications given in this tender document with following Technical Specifications and installation
procedure:
Designing, fabricating, testing, installing and fixing in position Curtain Wall with Aluminum
Composite Panel Cladding, with open grooves for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the
building, for all heights and all levels etc. including:
(i) Providing, supplying and installing aluminium extruded tubular and other aluminium sections
as per the architectural drawings and approved shop drawings, the aluminium quality as per
grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474, including super durable powder coating of 60-80
microns conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour and shade as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
(ii) Structural analysis & design and preparation of shop drawings for pressure equalization or
rain screen principle as required, proper drainage of water to make it watertight including
checking of all the structural and functional design.
(iii) Providing, fabricating and supplying and fixing panels of aluminum composite panel cladding
in pan shape in metalic colour of approved shades made out of 4mm thick aluminum
composite panel material consisting of 3mm thick FR grade mineral core sandwiched
between two Aluminum sheets (each 0.5mm thick). The aluminum composite panel cladding
sheet shall be coil coated, with Kynar 500 based PVDF / Lumiflon based fluoropolymer resin

Page 136
 coating of approved colour and shade on face # 1 and polymer (Service) coating on face # 2
as specified using stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts, washers, cleats, weather silicone
sealant, backer rods etc.
(iv) The fastening brackets of Aluminum alloy 6005 T5 / MS with Hot Dip Galvanized with
serrations and serrated washers to arrest the wind load movement, fasteners, SS 316 Pins
and anchor bolts of approved make in SS 316, Nylon separators toprevent bi-metallic
contacts all complete required to perform as per specification and drawing The item includes
cost of all material & labour component, the cost of all mock ups at site, cost of all samples of
the individual components for testing in an approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled
working curtain wall with aluminum composite panel cladding, cleaning and protection of the
curtain wall with aluminum composite panel cladding till the handing over of the building for
occupation. The Contractor shall provide curtain wall with aluminum composite panel
cladding, having all the performance characteristics all complete, as per the Architectural
drawings, as per item description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings and as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
24.5 Natural Texture Finish:
24.5.1 External surfaces as shown in Architectural Drawing/3D views shall be finished by Exterior Natural
Texture Finish (Granito Atellio of Ultratech Texture Paints or equivalent) over plastered surface as
approved by Engineer-in-charge on such external surfaces not covered with Exposed Concrete
Texture Finish/Cladding/Structural Glazing as per following specifications.
Providing and applying surface Natural Texture finish with natural ceramic chips and granite stone
textured finish of approved shade comprising of water-borne, penetrating, water repellent Exterior
masking primer with water based Fluorocarbon resin and silicon resin dirt and dust resistant
protection coat which shall be highly water repellant, Anti-algae & anti-fungal in nature to external
wall surface. The coating shall also cover hairline cracks with application method which includes 2
coats of External masking Primer, 2 coats (Simultaneously) of 100% natural Ceramic & granite
crushed stone, all in approved colour and texture including preparation of surface, appropriate
primer coat etc. applied as per manufacturer's specifications complete with all scaffolding, staging
etc. as required. It also includes all necessary grooves cutting etc. The finish shall be natural
colour/ non pigmented, water repellant, resistant to condensate formation, ultra violet, covers
hairline cracks/ crazing, UV & alkali resistant & ensure good breathability for the substrate all to
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

24.6 WPC Fluted Louvers: WPC Fluted louvers with shade, pattern and design appoved by Engineer-
in-charge shall be provided in building elevations as shown in 3-D views with following
specifications:

Providing and fixing factory made 25 mm thick single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite)
solid plain board panelling upto false ceiling comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60
(Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and natural fibres (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat husk)
and non toxic additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100 gms) having minimum density of 650
kg/cum and screw withdrawal strength of 1800 N (Face) minimum compressive strength 50
N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to spread of flame of Class A category
with properties of being termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and fire retardant, placed at the
bottom of the wall at 0.9 m high or as per requirement at site with corner profile (1"x1") of same
shade with necessary stainless steel fasteners and SS screws etc., all complete as per direction of
Engineer-In- Charge

24.7 Heat Reflective Tiles on Terrace : Heat Reflective Tiles of size 600x600mm shall be laid over
waterfroofing on Terrace.

Page 137
24.8 Painting on Steel work including Rolling Shutters : Painting with Epoxy paint of required colour
to give an even shade with Two or more coats prepared and applied as per manufacturer’s
specifications including appropriate priming coat, preparation of surface, etc. complete.
24.9 Painting of exposed soil/waste and water supply Pipes : Painting with synthetic enamel paint
of required colour to give an even shade with Two or more coats over a coat of suitable steel
primer as per CPWD specifications.
25.0 FAÇADE CLEANING SYSTEM:
25.1 Scope of work includes detailed Engineering Design, Fabrication and Installation of Building
Façade Access System. The system necessarily includes (i) Aluminium Alloy C-130 Track with
Soffit mounted brackets for space frame level and 6th Floor level Refuse Area. (ii) Aluminium Alloy
C-130 Track with face mounted brackets for Terrace level (iii) one set of two men Power cradle (iv)
Scaffolding Tower (12m working height) for access up to 3rd Floor Level.

26.0 FALSE CEILING

26.1 False ceiling in different locations shall be done as per Schedule of Finishes and specifications
given below. In case any location is not specifically mentioned in the Schedule of finishes, false
ceiling shall be done considering over all Architectural theme of the building and functional
requirement or as provided in locations with similar functional uses.

26.2 Baffle False Ceiling: At Entrance lobby at Ground Floor with following specifications:

Providing & fixing Vertical Linear Baffle Ceiling made out of Aluminum Extrusion in Aluminum alloy
grade 6063. The baffle blade shall be in 100x25x3600mm Size of in powder coated Black finish.
The baffle blade shall be suspended using Slotted U-profile at on- center spacing in multiples of
25mm.Longer lengths of Baffle to be connected by Baffle Joiner and the ends to be fixed with End
caps. Installation of U-Grid: The U profile to be suspended at every 1200mm on-centre using 6mm
threaded rod from the structural soffit using U- profile hanger U-profile splice to be used to join
more than one profiles of length 3.75M. 1st U-Grid Channel must be no more than 400mm from
the perimeter Installation of Baffles: Locate the slot for Baffle langers in U Profile section at
1200mm centres. Hangers are inserted into the slot, then rotated 90° and fixed into position by
tightening the grub screw. Baffle to be lifted into position and hangers engage over lip of U-Grid
Channel. Each Hanger to be secured into position by inserting the Locking Clip. When doing
continuous installation, Baffles blades are to be connected at ends with Baffle Joiner, which are
inserted into the top and bottom slots of the Baffle closed profile for alignment only. The bottom
Joiner to be located first and fastened on one side only. The top Joiner to be fitted then and
secured with grub screws on one side. Then the two Baffle sections shall be joined and the top
Joiner is screw fastened on the 2nd Baffle profile. End Caps to be located by pushing the End Cap
tongues into open Baffle slots. Installation to be carried out by Trained Installation team &
Installation should be carried out as per approval and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

26.3 GRG False Ceiling : At Waiting Area, Recreation Hall, Gym/Carrom, Income tax Service Centre,
Library, Guard Room, Security Room, ITEF Room, IT GOA Room, Bar Association, Addl. CIT,
D.CIT, P.CIT, CIT, Ante Room, Record Room, Cabin, PSO, ITO, ITI, Workstation at each floor,
Conference Hall and any other area not mentioned in any false ceiling subheads with following
specifications.

Providing & fixing false ceiling at all heights with GRG (Glass Fibre Reinforced Gypsum) false
ceiling tiles of Size 595x595 mm of approved texture, design and patterns having moisture content
less than 2%, humidity resistance of 99%, NRC 0.50 to 0.75 as per IS 8225:1987 Non combustible

Page 138
 as per BS 476 (part 4)-1970 and light reflectance of 85% (minimum) to be laid in true horizontal
level suspended on interlocking metal T-Grid of hot dipped galvanised iron section of 0.33mm thick
(galvanized @ 120 grams per sqm including both sides) comprising of main-T runners of size
15x32 mm of length 3000 mm, cross - T of size 15x32 mm of length 1200 mm and secondary
intermediate cross-T of size 15x32 mm of length 600mm to form grid module of size 600 x 600
mm, suspended from ceiling using galvanised mild steel items (galvanizing @ 80 grams per sqm)
i.e. 50 mm long, 8 mm outer diameter M-6 dash fasteners, 6 mm dia fully threaded hanger rod
upto 1000 mm length and L-shape level adjuster of size 85x25x2 mm. Galvanised iron perimeter
wall angle of size 24x24x0.40 mm of length 3000 mm to be fixed on periphery wall / partition with
the help of plastic rawl plugs at 450 mm center to center and 40 mm long dry wall wood screws.
The work shall be carried out as per specifications, drawing and as per directions of the Engineer-
in-Charge. All work shall be done with semi perforated 12 mm thick micro tegular edged GRG false
ceiling.

26.4 Gypsum False Ceiling: This ceiling shall be provided for making borders etc. With the GRG false
celing wherever required with following specifications:

Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height including providing and fixing of frame work made of
special sections, power pressed from M.S. sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120
gms/sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x
1.6 mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at 1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to
the ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat
fixed to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of required length with nuts & bolts of required size
and other end of angle hanger fixed with intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running at the
spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom wedge of 80
mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to centre, shall
be fixed in a direction perpendicular to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips made out of
2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire at every junction, including fixing perimeter channels 0.5 mm
thick 27 mm high having flanges of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling fixed to
wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall screws @ 230
mm interval, including fixing of gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter channel with the
help of dry wall screws of size 3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and finishing to a
flush finish of tapered and square edges of the board with recommended jointing compound ,
jointing tapes , finishing with jointing compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on both sides of
joint and two coats of primer suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's specification and also
including the cost of making openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts made with frame of
perimeter channels suitably fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification and direction of the
Engineer in Charge.
All works to be done with 12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum plain board conforming to IS: 2095-
(Part I) :2011 (Board with BIS certification marks).
tiles.
26.5 Metal False Ceiling : At Toilets, wet areas etc. with following specifications.

Providing and fixing tiled false ceiling of specified materials of size 595x595 mm in true horizontal
level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanized steel sections (galvanized @
120 grams/ sqm, both side inclusive) consisting of main "T" runner with suitably spaced joints to
get required length and of size 24x38 mm made from 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced at
1200 mm center to center and cross "T" of size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum)
sheet, 1200 mm long spaced between main "T" at 600 mm center to center to form a grid of
1200x600 mm and secondary cross "T" of length 600 mm and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm

Page 139
 thick (minimum) sheet to be interlocked at middle of the 1200x600 mm panel to form grids of
600x600 mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3 mm and laying false ceiling tiles of approved
texture in the grid including, required cutting/making, opening for services like diffusers, grills, light
fittings, fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T" runners to be suspended from ceiling using GI
slotted cleats of size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash
fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanised butterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm
spaced at 1200 mm center to center along main T, bottom exposed width of 24 mm of all T-
sections shall be pre-painted with polyester paint, all complete for all heights as per specifications,
drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
All work shall be done by using GI Metal Ceiling in plain Tegular edge Global white color tiles of
size 595x595 mm, and 0.5 mm thick with 8 mm drop; made of G I sheet having galvanizing of 100
gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and electro statically polyester powder coated of thickness 60
microns (minimum), including factory painted after bending.

26.6 Light Weight Calcium Silicate (Anti-Microbial Bio-Safe Coated) False Ceiling: At
Administration unit, Consultant room, doctors’ room, Pharmacy store, waiting area at each floor,
Conference/ Seminar/ Lecture Hall and any other area not mentioned in above with following
specifications:
Providing and fixing false ceiling at all heights with integral densifiedcalcium silicate reinforced with
fibre and natural filler false ceilingtiles of Size 595x595mm of approved texture, design and
patternsas per CPWD Specifications, to be laid in true horizontal levelsuspended on inter-locking
metal T-Grid of hot dipped galvanisediron section of 0.33mm thick (galvanized @ 120 grams per
sqmincluding both sides) comprising of main-T runners of size 24x38mm of length 3000mm, cross-
T of size 24x32mm of length1200 mm and secondary intermediate cross-T of size 24x32mmof
length 600mm to formgrid module of size 600 x 600 mm,suspended from ceiling using galvanised
mild steel items (galvanizing@ 80 grams per sqm) i.e. 12x50 mm long dash fasteners, 6 mm
diafully threaded hanger rod upto 1000 mm length and L-shape leveladjuster of size 76x25x25x1.6
mm fixed with grid and Z cleat of size25x37x25x1.6mm thick with precut hole on both 25mm flange
topierce into 12x50mm or even bigger size dash fastener if require, fixed with Glavanised iron
perimeter wall angle or size 24x24x0.40mm of length 3000mm to be fixed on periphey wall /
partition with the help of plastic rawl plugs at 450mm center to center and 40 mmlong dry wall S.S
screws. The workshall be carried out as perspecifications, drawing and as per directions of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
All work to be done with 15 mm thick tegular/butt edged with or without perforationplain/designer
light weight calcium silicate Anti-MicrobialBio-Safe coated false ceiling tiles Confirming to JIS-
Z2801and ASTM G-21 sqm 1820.0
27.0 WATER PROOFING
27.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the waterproofing design, proper installation and
performance of waterproofing systems to make the sub-structure and super-structure completely
watertight and free from leakages/seepage.
27.1.2 Water proofing system shall be provided at various locations in the building with specifications,
method of applications and other terms and conditions as provided in the Particular Specifications.
27.2 Crystalline Water Proofing Compound: RCC/Concrete work in Basement Raft, Retaining walls,
Basement slabs, Water tanks, STP, Pump house, Lift pit, Terrace slab, waterproofing protection
screed at terrace and other water retaining structures shall be admixed with Crystalline Water
Proofing Compound to reduce permeability of concrete in addition to proposed Waterproofing
System as per following specifications :
Providing and mixing integral crystalline admixture for water proofing treatment to RCC structures
at the time of transporting of concrete into the drum of the ready-mix truck, using integral
crystalline admixture @ 0.80% (minimum) to the weight of cement content per cubic meter of

Page 140
 concrete) or higher as recommended by the manufacturer's specification in reinforced cement
concrete at site of work. The material shall meet the requirements as specified in ACI-212-3R2010
i.e. by reducing permeability of concrete by more than 90%, compared with control concrete as per
DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure. The crystalline admixture shall be capable
of self-healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per
specification and the direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The product performance shall carry
guarantee for 10 years against any leakage.
27.3 HDPE Membrane Water Proofing System under Basement Raft: Water proofing under
Basement Raft shall be done with fully bonded & weldable HDPE membrane water proofing
system, to be laid abobe lean concrete of grading M-10 (design mix) of thickness not less than
100mm as per Particular specifications.
27.4 PU Membrane Water Proofing System for Basement Walls : Water proofing on outer face of
Basement walls shall be done with two componant hybrid PU membrane water proofing system as
per Particular specifications.
Dimple Board : Providing and installing of 8mm thick dimple board of approved make to prevent
the damage of membrane during backfilling. The protection board is to be spot-bonded on the
applied waterproofing. The dimpled protection board should have compression resistance > 120
kPa, elongation > 20 % according to EN 12311-2 and unit weight ~400 g/sqm, can be installed on
damp and wet substrates. The backfilling shall be done within 2-3 days of fixing drainage boards.
All systems to be installed as per manufacturers recommendation etc.
27.5 Water Proofing at Construction Joints: To be provided in structural members below Plinth in
Raft, Retaining Walls, Water Tank, STP, Lift Pit and similar locations.
Providing and applying of swellable type water stop tape, 20mm x 10mm thick in linear meter
(expansive nature) for construction joints treatment of RCC structure, such as raft slab, retaining
walls, water storage tank and at the junctions of raft slab with the retaining walls, STP, Lift Pit
below plinth etc. After cleaning the surface, the swellable water stop tape shall be applied
throughout the length shall be applied using single component swellable PU adhesive. The work
shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the engineer-in-charge.
27.6 Water Proofing at Expansion Joints:
The joints shall be provided with Shalitex Expansion Joint Filler Board, over which a solvent-free,
thixotropic two part epoxy based adhesive for bonding Modified Flexible Poly-olefin (FPO)
Waterproofing tape shall be provided to cover the prepared substrate as per Particular
specifications.
27.7 Waterproofing System in Toilets:
Providing and applying Two-part acrylic polymer modified cementitious elastomeric waterproof
coating having minimum 1 N/mm2 tensile strength, at average 1.5mm thickness DFT, and shall
cover 2.00 kg / sqm. The coating shall have an elongation of a minimum of 120% when tested as
per ASTM D 412 and having crack bridging ability of up to 2mm as per Particular specifications.
27.8 Waterproofing System for Roof / Terrace Insulation):
Terrace Slabs shall be provided with Elastomeric PU coating composite Waterproofing and
Insulation systems as per Particular specifications.
27.9 Water Proofing System for UG & OH Water Tanks:
Food grade epoxy coating (approved colour & shade) water proofing system for water tank as per
manufacturer specification and as approved by Engineer- In-charge as per Particular
specifications.
27.10 Water Proofing of Basement Roof (Landscape/Hardscape)/ Podium Water Proofing:
Providing and applying by spray 2 component Root-Resistant hybrid Polyurea water proofing
system over a surface prepared and cleaned mechanically to remove all laitance by mechanical
grinding, treatment of cracks and honey combing by suitable epoxy putty etc. The suitable primer
for the polyurea system shall be applied earlier to reach a tack-free state as per Particular

Page 141
 specifications.
27.11 Treatment of Pipe Penetrations :
Grouting & Sealing around the periphery joints of pipes passing through the floor and walls in
various locations by filling micro concreteof approved manufacturer in the gap between the cut
outs in the slab and the pipe surface and sealing around the periphery joints of the pipes using two
component (1:1) moisture insensitive epoxy putty conforming to ASTM C882. The waterproofing
should be continued over the pipes
Detailed procedure, Specifications, materials with properties and method of application for
all above mentioned water proofing treatments shall be as per particular specifications of
this tender document.

28.0 SANITARY & CP FITTINGS / FIXTURES :

28.1 Sanitary fittings and fixture shall be of premium quality of approved make, minimum as per
indicative schedule of finishes and Architectural drawings, requirement of space, location complete
in all respects including accessories, labour, workmanship etc. Colour shade, shape, size shall be
selected and approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
28.2 All appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be tested before and after installation. Water seals of all
appliances shall be tested. The Contractor shall block the ends of waste and ventilation pipes and
shall conduct an air test with a pressure of 38mm water gauge for minimum of 3 minutes in
accordance with BS: 5572.
28.3 Fitting and fixtures in Toilets/Bathrooms shall be provided as geven below. In case any bath room
is not covered, fittings shall be provided as per fittings provided in the similar functional use areas.
The list given herein includes only main fittings, however the scope of work includes all
fittings/fixtures to make the bathrooms functional. All CP fittings in toilets/ bathrooms shall be of
same series of the manufacturer.
28.4 Urinal Partitions: 12mm thick frosted toughened glass urinal partition of required curved shape
and size (900mm high and 450mm wide average dimensions) including S.S. 316 grade
bracket/clamp with required fasteners etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
28.5 Common Toilets at all Floors :
EWC: Providing rimless wall hung W.C. with UF soft close slim seat cover with all
hinges/accessories) similar to code: CNS-WHT-963UFSM of Jaquar make or equivalent.
Flush Valve : Providing and fixing metropole flush valve with dual flow similar to code: FLV-CHR-
1085N of Jaquar make or equiv alent with 32 mm/40mm size as per plumbing pipe (concealed
body) with exposed shut off provision & round flange (3.0/6.0 litre per flushing).
Hand Shower (Health Faucet) : Supply and fixing Health Faucet similar to code no: ALD-CHR-
573 of JAQUAR or equivalent with 8mm dia. 1.2 m long Flexible tube and wall hook SHA-549D12
of Jaquar or equivalent fitted with two-way bib cock similar to code no :CON-CHR-041KN of
Jaquar make or equivalent. Health faucet shall rest on wall bracket of similar to code no: SHA-555
of Jaquar make or equivalent.
Indian WC : Providing and fixing water closet squatting pan (Indian type W.C. pan ) with 100 mm
sand cast Iron P or S trap, 10 litre low level white P.V.C. flushing cistern, including flush pipe, with
manually controlled device (handle lever) conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and fixtures
complete, including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required by using
White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan of size 580x440 mm with integral type foot rests.
Bib Cock : Providing and fixing CP brassBib cockwithcode: CON-CHR-107KNP of Jaquar
make or equivalent with all necessary fittings and making good walls etc. complete as per
directions of Engineer-in-charge.
Wash Basin : Providing and fixing under counter wash basin oval shape similar to code: (CNS-
WHT-705) of Jaquar or equivalent make of minimum size 605 x 430 x 200mm, pillar cock auto
closing similar to code: (PRS-CHR-031) of J aquar or equivalent make, 32mm C.P brass waste of

Page 142
 similar to code: (ALD-CHR-705) of Jaquar or equivalent make with bottle trap similar to code:
(ALD-769L300 X 190) of Jaquar or equivalent i/c painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and
making good the walls wherever require etc complete in all respect. Counter shall be prepared
using 18mm thick granite slab supported on kota stone and kota stone slab. Verical kota stone
shall be finished by covering it with 18 mm thick granite from all sides. Front side of kota stone slab
shall also be fixed with 18mm thick granite of approved shade.
Angular Stop Cock: Providing and fixing CP brass Angular stop cock of code: CON-CHR-
053KN of Jaquar make or equivalent with all necessary fittings and making good walls etc.
complete as per directions of Engineer-in-charge.
Connection Pipe : (For flush tank, Gyser, wash basin etc.) Supply and fixing Connection
pipesimilar to code: ALD-CHR-805Bof Jaquar make or equivalent450/600 mm long braided hose
with two 15mm nuts & rubber washers andf all necessary fittings complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Urinals : Providing and fixing Urinal similar to code: URS-WHT-13261 of Jaquar or equivalent with
urinal valve auto closing system WITH BUILT-IN CONTROL COCK & WALL FLANGE similar to
code:PRS-CHR-077of Jaquar or equivalent with all fixing accessories.
Urinal partition shall be of 12mm thick frostd glass fixing with SS fittings as required and as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
Wall Mixer : Providing and fixing wall mixer with provision for overhead shower with 115MM long
bend pipeon upper side connecting legs&wall flanges similar to code: FUS-CHR-29273UPRof
Jaquar make or equivalent
Shower arm cast 160MM long light body round shape forwall mounted showers with flange similar
to code: SHA-CHR-477of Jaquar make or equivalent
Over head shower single flow 100MM dia (ABS CP) similar to code: OHS-CHR-1989of Jaquar
make or equivalent
Mirror : Providing and fixing Minimum 8mm thick mirror of approved make and design covering full
wall width (from 1st wash basin to last wash basin) of height min. 750 mm over wooden/ PVC
backdrop of approved design and min. 50x25 moulded teak frame with melamine finish.
Double Hook : Providing and fixing Double Hook Jaquar make code No. ACN-CHR-1161N or
equaivalent
28.6 PCIT, CIT , Addl. CIT Room toilets:
EWC: Providing rimless wall hung W.C. with UF soft close slim seat cover with all
hinges/accessories) similar to code: CNS-WHT-963UFSM of Jaquar make or equivalent.
Flush Valve : Providing and fixing metropole flush valve with dual flow similar to code: FLV-CHR-
1085N of Jaquar make or equiv alent with 32 mm/40mm size as per plumbing pipe (concealed
body) with exposed shut off provision & round flange (3.0/6.0 litre per flushing).
Hand Shower (Health Faucet) : Supply and fixing Health Faucet similar to code no: ALD-CHR-
573 of JAQUAR or equivalent with 8mm dia. 1.2 m long Flexible tube and wall hook SHA-549D12
of Jaquar or equivalent fitted with two-way bib cock similar to code no :CON-CHR-041KN of
Jaquar make or equivalent. Health faucet shall rest on wall bracket of similar to code no: SHA-555
of Jaquar make or equivalent.
Toilet Roll Holder : Providing and fixingtoilet roll holder with SS flap of similar to code no ACN-
CHR-1153S of Jaquar make or equivalent fixing with SS screws and other required fittings all
complete.
Wash Basin : Providing and fixing under counter wash basin oval shape of similar to code no
(FNS-WHT-40701) of Jaquar or equivalent make, pillar cock auto closing similar to code no (PRS-
CHR-031) of Jaquar or equivalent make, Pillar cock auto closing similar to code no (PRS-CHR-
031) of Jaquar or equivalent make. 32mm C.P brass waste of similar to code no (ALD-CHR-705)
of Jaquar or equivalent, BOTTLE TRAP (WITH INTERNAL PARTITION) 32MM SIZE WITH
300MM & 190MM LONG WALL CONNECTION PIPES & WALL FLANGE of Jaquar (ALDCHR-

Page 143
 769L300X190) or equivalent, i/c painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and making good the
walls wherever require etc complete in all respect. Counter shall be prepared using 18mm thick
granite slab supported on kota stone and kota stone slab. Verical kota stone shall be finished by
covering it with 18 mm thick granite from all sides. Front side of kota stone slab shall also be fixed
with 18mm thick granite of approved shade.
Angular Stop Cock: Providing and fixing CP brass Angular stop cock of code: CON-CHR-
053KN of Jaquar make or equivalent with all necessary fittings and making good walls etc.
complete as per directions of Engineer-in-charge.
Connection Pipe : (For flush tank, Gyser, wash basin etc.) Supply and fixing Connection
pipesimilar to code: ALD-CHR-805B of Jaquar make or equivalent450/600 mm long braided hose
with two 15mm nuts & rubber washers andf all necessary fittings complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Wall Mixer : Providing and fixing concealed body for single lever diverter 40mm cartridge with
button assembly, cartridge sleeve (button on top) but without exposed parts similar to code no
ALD-CHR-065Nof Jaquar make or equivalent, single lever exposed parts kit of diverter consisting
of operating lever wall flange (with seals) & button only (compatible with item ALD-065N) or
equivalent, over head shower singleflow 100mm dia (ABS CP) similar to code no OHS-CHR-1989
of Jaquar make or equivalent, all fixing with SS screws and SS fittings.
Mirror : (all wash basin counters) Providing and fixing 600x450 mm beveled edge mirror of
superior glass (of approved quality) complete with 6 mm thick hard board ground fixed to wooden
cleats with C.P. brass screws and washers complete.
Glass Shelf : Glass Shelf 600mm long of similar to code no (ACN- 1171N) Jaquar or equivalent
make
Soap Dispenser With Glass Bottle : Soap Dispenser With Glass Bottle similar to code no (ACN-
CHR-1135N) Jaquar or equivalent make
Towel Ring : Towel Ring Round With Round Flange similar to code no (ACN-CHR-1121BN)
Jaquar or equivalent make
Single Towel Rail : Single Towel Rail 600mm Long, Stainless Steel similar to code no (ACN-
CHR-1111SM) Jaquar or equivalent make.
Double Hook : Providing and fixing Double Hook Jaquar make code No. ACN-CHR-1161N or
equaivalent
28.7 Universal Toilet :
EWC : Providing and fixing EWC with COUPLED WC with PP soft close seat cover with all
hinges/accessories, similar to code no: CNSWHT-755S220SPPZ of Jaquar make or equivalent
fitted with (dual flushing system) with trap 220mm.
Flush Valve : Providing and fixing metropole flush valve with dual flow similar to code: FLV-CHR-
1085N of Jaquar make or equiv alent with 32 mm/40mm size as per plumbing pipe (concealed
body) with exposed shut off provision & round flange (3.0/6.0 litre per flushing).
Hand Shower (Health Faucet) : Supply and fixing Health Faucet similar to code no: ALD-CHR-
573 of JAQUAR or equivalent with 8mm dia. 1.2 m long Flexible tube and wall hook SHA-549D12
of Jaquar or equivalent fitted with two-way bib cock similar to code no :CON-CHR-041KN of
Jaquar make or equivalent. Health faucet shall rest on wall bracket of similar to code no: SHA-555
of Jaquar make or equivalent.
Toilet Roll Holder : Providing and fixingtoilet roll holder with SS flap of similar to code no ACN-
CHR-1153S of Jaquar make or equivalent fixing with SS screws and other required fittings all
complete.
Wash Basin : Providing and fixing Wall Hung Basin with Fixing Accessories of similar to code no :
(FNS-WHT-40701) of Jaquar or equivalent make, Florentine Pillar Cock with Extended Lever
Handle similar to code no : (FLR-CHR-5031N) of Jaquar or equivalent make, 32mm C.P brass
waste of Jaquar (ALD-CHR-705) of Jaquar or equivalent, Bottle Trap (with Internal Partition)

Page 144
 32MM size with 300MM & 190MM long wall Connection Pipes & Wall Flange similar to code no :
(ALDCHR-769L300X190) of Jaquar or equivalent, i/c painting of fittings and brackets, cutting and
making good the walls wherever require etc complete in all respect. Counter shall be prepared
using 18mm thick granite slab supported on Cuddapah stone and Cuddappah slab.
VericalCuddapah (min. 35mm thick) shall be fixed with 18 mm thick granite from all sides. Front
side of Cuddappah slab shall also be fixed with 18mm thick granite.
Angular Stop Cock : Providing and fixing Angular stop cock of similar to code no CO N-CHR-
053KN of Jaquar make or equivalent with all srews, flanges and other required
fittings of SS material.
Connection Pipe : Providing and fixing connection pipesimilar to code no ALD-CHR-805Bof
Jaquar make or equivalent450/600 mm long braided hose with two 15mm nuts& rubber
washers and all other fittings in complete.
Wall Mixer : Providing and fixing concealed body for single lever diverter 40mm cartridge with
button assembly, cartridge sleeve (button on top) but without exposed parts similar to code no
ALD-CHR-065Nof Jaquar make or equivalent, single lever exposed parts kit of diverter
consisting of operating lever wall flange (with seals) & button only (compatible with item ALD-
065N) or equivalent, over head shower singleflow 100mm dia (ABS CP) similar to code no
OHS-CHR-1989of Jaquar make or equivalent, over head shower single flow 100mm dia (ABS
CP) similar to code no OHS-CHR-1989of Jaquar make or equivalent all fixing with SS
screws and SS fittings.
Soap Dish Holder : SOAP DISH HOLDER similar to code no : (ACN-CHR-1131N) of Jaquar or
equivalent make.
Single Towel Rail : SINGLE TOWEL RAIL 600MM LONG, STAINLESS STEEL similar to code no
: (ACN-CHR-1111SM) of Jaquar or equivalent make.
Double Hook : DOUBLE HOOK similar to code no : (ACN-CHR-1161N) of Jaquar or equivalent
make.
Grab Bar : GRAB BAR VERTICAL SWING, SATIN similar to code no : (WAC-SAP-BG0800CS) of
Jaquar or equivalent make
Grab Bar : GRAB BAR 692MM LONG, SATIN similar to code no : (WAC-SAP-BR0600CS) of
Jaquar or equivalent make
Mirror : Providing and fixing 600x450 mm beveled edge mirror of superior glass (of approved
quality) as par DSR 2021 Iteam No 17.31
28.8 Kitchen
Piller Cock for Kitchen SINK : Providing and fixing Piller Cock for Kitchen SINK WITH
EXTENDED SWINGING SPOUT (WALL MOUNTED MODEL) WITH WALL FLANGE similar to
code no : (FLR-CHR-5347SD) of Jaquar or equivalent make.
28.9 Concealed Stop Cock : (Provided in each Toilet block, every floor at every inlet pipe to control the
water for maintance works) Providing and fixing Concealed stop Cock of similar to code no:FUS-
29083K of Jaquar make or equivalent.
29.0 PLUMBING WORK WITH SS PIPE
29.1 Dual plumbing system to be considered. Plumbing system is to be designed as per CPWD
Specification/ NBC 2016/ relevant IS Code and approval of Engineer in Charge. All external
exposed plumbing line should pass though duct/ shaft. No line should be visible in elevation.
Internal work - Concealed Pipe : Domestic, Flushing Water, Soft Water and RO Water inside the
toilets, kitchens etc. shall be concealed Stainless Steel 316 Grade pipes sizes of dia shall be
properly designed by the agency and approved by engineer in charge. Pipes shall be Stainless
Steel 316 Grade with properties and dimensions conforming EN:10312, Series 2, including all
bends, tee, union, coupling, adaptor, etc. Pipes shall have a smooth outer surface, with external
weld bead removed. Pipes to be brought with ends capped to prevent ingress of deleterious
material. Pipes shall be horizontally marked with Brand, Standard and Size (outer dia & x

Page 145
 thickness). Pipe fittings like bends, tees, union, coupling, adaptors etc. shall also be of stainless
steel 316 Grade with press ends and shall be made as per relevant code suitable for hot and cold
water applications and be capable of withstanding pressures up to 16 bar.
Internal work - Exposed on wall (From Roof /Overhead tanks to Inlet in shafts etc.): For
supply of water from Roof/Overhead Tanks upto inlet to Toilets i.e. at Terrace & Shaft shall be
properly designed by the agency suitable for hot and cold water applications and be capable of
withstanding applicable pressures. Work shall be done by providing and fixing Chlorinated
Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) pipes, having thermal stability for hot & cold water supply, including all
CPVC plain & brass threaded fittings, including fixing the pipe with clamps at 1.00 m spacing. This
includes jointing of pipes & fittings with one step CPVC solvent cement and testing of joints
complete as per direction of Engineer in Charge. All fittings and fixtures required for plumbing are
included in the scope of plumbing works.
30.0 RAIN WATER PIPES
30.1 Location of pipe should be such that distance between two pipes is not greater than 30.00m. Also,
pipe should not be visible inelevation (all side) and should be properly hidden in ducts.
30.2 Rain water pipe line from terrace/ roof, balconies, fire refuge floor, VRV outdoor & indoor units,
condensate drain shall be fixed on wall face using low noise system rain water pipes made of
mineral reinforced Poly Propylene (PP) push fit (Rubber Ring)/Solvent Weld type piping system
conforming as per EN 1329 with minimum dia of 160 mm or more if required as per approved
design and drawing and noise measured as per EN14366 including all fittings, grating at inlet face
of bend/Tee, Clamps in the vertical lines should be between 1-2 mtrs and as recommended by the
manufacturer and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
31.0 SOIL, WASTE, VENT PIPES:
31.1.1 The soil, waste system above ground has to be planned as “Two Stack System” [Double Stack
System] as defined in IS:5329 having separate pipes for waste of wash basins, showers, kitchen
sink and separate pipe for soil discharge. All piping work shall be executed as per CPWD
specification and shall got tested. All soil waste, vent, pipes & fittings shall be minimum 150mm or
if required more diameter as per design and approved drawing and shall be hubless centrifugally
C.I. (Spun) pipe epoxy coated inside & outside as per IS:15905.
31.1.2 Centrifugally CI Hub-Less Pipe: Soil, waste, vent, anti-siphon age pipes, fittings and accessories
like P-traps, bends, ‘Y’, elbows, Tee’s, swept tee’s etc. shall be of CI Hubless. All pipes shall be
straight and smooth and their inside free from irregular bore, blow holes, cracks and other
manufacturing defects. CI Hubless Pipes and Fittings shall be conforming to IS: 15905 or EN-877,
EN-681-1, EN13501-1, EN 13823, EN 14366.
31.1.3 Floor trap to vertical waste pipe shall be CI. Floor drain to floor trap shall be CI pipe, Wash basin to
floor trap shall be uPVC SWR Type B and urinal to urinal trap shall be uPVC SWR Type B.
Balcony drain to vertical rain water pipe shall be uPVC.
31.1.4 All vertical stacks shall be 100 mm away from the wall by providing adjustable clamps/angle etc.
whichever required.
31.1.5 All pipes supports and clamps shall be as per specifications and recommendations of the
manufacturer.
32.0 POLYCARBONATE SHEET WITH TRUSS SUPPORT
Basement Ramp and Ducts shall be covered with Poly-carbonate Dome as per approved drawings
and specifications given below :
Supply and Installation of polycarbonate multi-layered, Multicell Connectible modular panel system
for curved Dome Application, a complete assembly of coextruded UV protected polycarbonate
panels incorporated into a complete system. Standing seam polycarbonate panel system of
minimum 25 mm thick (Min.) (6 layers) with min 1200mm (min.) width. Panels with bigger width
will be preferred for reducing number of joints in the roof. Panels shall be with grip lock double
tooth locking mechanism with interlocking connectible connectors running lengthwise at both sides

Page 146
 of the panel. Panels shall be fixed on Purlins of MS structure with 3 numbers of self-drilling screws
and specials Trapezoidal Heavy-Duty Fastener to ensure a pull-out load of min. 7000N (7KN)
tested as per ISO 6892:1998 and IS 1608: 2005. Panels shall be solo opaque type in opaque and
translucent clear combination with seven layers for required lux level along with all fixing
accessories to ensure best performance for wind uplift, vibration, oil canning and visual
appearance. Panels with more layers will be preferred for better insulation and improved shading
coefficient. Prices includes All acceosries including Aluminum profiles with EPDM Gaskets, at
alernate edges with taper cutting to achieve the required profile, aesthetics and performance
cirterias. U value shall not be more than 1.6 Watt/m2K as per EN ISO 1077-2:2018 and respective
third Party test certificate shall be produced before procurement. Panels must satisfy Dart drop
impact test as per IS 14443-97 shall show no sign of breakage on Polycarbonate sheets which
have been exposed to UV for a min. of 500 Hours as per ASTM G 155.Panels shall not have
Yellowness Index as per ASTM D 1925 of 15 units when tested on a sample exposed to UV for
500 Hours as per ASTM G 155. Panel shall be with additional End cap/Aluminium U/F profile/
Glazing Bar for ends as required. Panel shall be fixed over MS structural steel/MS purlin
conforming to the detail technical specifications as per approved architectural drawings. Trained
and factory authorized labour with supervision to complete the entire panel installation as per
drawing and direction of the engineering in charge.
(PVC Pigeon net should be provided on vertical gaps and at first floor slab level).
33.0 ACCESSIBILITY OF BUILDING
The agency shall construct the Office building considering the built environment accessibility and
implement it in the buildings. All measures shall be taken to eliminate obstacles and barriers
indoors and outdoors and workplaces. An accessible building is where persons with disabilities
have no barrier in entering it and using all the facilities therein. This covers the built environment –
services, steps and ramps, corridors, entry gates, emergency exits, lifts, parking, toilets in GF – as
well as indoor and outdoor facilities including lighting, signage, alarm systems and public toilets as
per “CPWD Manual on Accessible Built Environment 2019”.
34.0 MISCELLANEOUS
34.1 RCC Slabs in Shaft and Duct Area : RCC slab shall be provided as per approved drawings and
directions of Engineer-in-charge including providing necessary sleeves for pipes, cables etc.
34.2 Working Platforms for Maintenance of Plumbing and Drainage Systems in Shafts : Suitable
platforms in MS frame work shall be provided at suitable levels for ease of maintenance of toilet
shafts with ease of access.
34.3 Cable Trenches in Basement : Location of cable trenches is not limited to location mentioned. As
per Elec. provision, there is requirement of cable trenches at any other location which is not
mentioned here, agency shall provide the cable trenches as per given specifications.
Cable Trenches shall be with 200 mm thick cement concrete block masonry as per drawings using
polymer modified adhesive mortar and RCC bands of minimum 100 mm thickness including
centering and shuttering and reinforcements including internal 12 mm thick Ready- Mix plaster, MS
Cover shall be 8 mm chequered plates fixed to MS frame of 40x40x6mm angle iron
includingpainting with two or more coats synthetic enamel paint of required colour over approved
steel primer as per the approved drawing.
Wherever cable is to be laid beneath road / pathways etc., Cables shall be provided inside RCC
NP2 pipe of dia 250 mm or more.
34.4 Basement Ramp : The RCC Ramps for Entry & Exit for Basement Floor shall be done as per the
approved designs/drawings, Architectural drawings, Technical Specifications mentioned in the Bid
document and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Basement ramp is a part of building hence
nothing extra shall be paid for the same.
34.5 Floor Marking in Parking Area in Basement : Providing and applying 2.5 mm thick road marking
strips (retroreflective) of specified shade/ colour using hot thermoplastic aterial by fully/ semi

Page 147
 automatic thermoplastic paint applicator machine fitted with profile shoe, glass beads dispenser,
propane tank heater and profile shoe heater, driven by experienced operator on road surface
including cost of material, labour, T&P, cleaning the road surface of all dirt, seals, oil, grease and
foreign material etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and accordance with
applicable specifications.
34.6 Convex Mirror in Parking : Providing & Fixing Convex Mirror for road safety in parking, 80cm dia.
Made of glass with PVC cover fitted 1.50m above road level etc. complete as approved by
Engineer in charge.
35.0 SIGNAGES
35.1 Internal Signages :
Signages should be multilingle as per Accessible India norms wherever required and as per
specifications given heren beow. Quantities given herein below are tentetive and nothing extra
shall be paid if required quantities are higher as per norms and functional requirement.
35.1.1 Building Identification Signage : These Signage shall be made of 3D channel Letter, made from
Following :
Front: Front is to be made of 3.5 mm Acrylic and 3M/Avery/LG Cast vinyl of desired shade as per
approval.
Side: Signage made of CNC channel bending machine made of extruded alloy 6063 thickness of
1.00mm confirming to BS 1474-1987. 125 to 130 mm as side of 3D letter extruded alloy profile with
front edge and border with provisioning of housing front Acrylic inside. Back of the extrusion must
be provided with built in weatherproof layer to prevent dust, moisture etc. Alloy to be anodize to 18
to 20 microns in copper/ bronze/ silver colour of approval shades.
Illumination: Signage is to be illuminated with LED module base LED made of BAJAJ or
equivalent (with required power supplies).
Back : Back is to be made of 4mm thick ACP with 0.5 mm thickness Aluminum Foil on both sides.
Timer : Auto operated using L&T/Havells/schneider timer of required capacity.
Size : Minimum size of Building Identification Signage shall be as be below :
(i) INCOME TAX DEPARTMENT : 26.42 sqm min.
(ii) AAYKAR BHAWAN (Hindi) 26,42 sqm min.
35.1.2 Reception Signage : Providing and fixing Signage made of SS 304 (brush finish) 1mm thick sheet
for Logo and letters with raising (letter depth of 50mm). Including all fittings, accessories, fixtures,
fabrication. The signage will be front illuminated / hollow illuminated either back or front of the
signage to be made of 4 mm thick acrylic. 3M/Avery/LG cast vinyl for desired colour with BAJAJ or
equivalent IP 67 grade approved LED's along with SMPS fixed on the wall with necessary fixtures.
Size : Minimum size of Reception Signage (1 No.) shall be 6.80 sqm min.
35.1.3 Fire Evacuation Photoluminescent Signages :
(a) Emergency Evacuation Signage: - Round Corner signages with radius 8 to 12 mm, made of
2 mm Rigid PVC sheet with premium photoluminescent of illumination upto minimum 4 hours.
With UV printing for Graphic and text. Adhering to latest NBC Standards. Mounted using SS
scews OR 3M VHB tape, as per directions of engineer in charge
(i) Stair Direction at landing - 300X125mm - 45 Nos min.
(ii) Stair No. - 400X125mm - 45 Nos min.
(iii) Stair Floor Level Indicator - 382X382mm - 45 Nos min.
(iv) Fire Safety Disclaimer - 300X300mm - 105 Nos min.
(v) FHC - 150X200mm - 45 Nos min.
(vi) Fire Alarm - 150X200mm - 45 Nos min.
(vii)Fire Extinguishers - 150X200mm - 45 Nos min.
(viii) Fire Exit - 600X175mm - 52 Nos min.
(ix) Fire Tower - 400X125mm - 18 Nos min.

Page 148
 (b) Evacuation Route Identification : Sandwitch Acrylic frame work of 5 mm + 5mm thickness.
Signages made of premium photoluminescent of illumination upto minimum 4 hours. With
eco-solvent printing for Graphic and text. Adhering to latest NBC Standards. Mounted using
SS Spacers 18 mm x 25 mm, as per directions of engineer-in-charge. Signages to be
bilingual/trilingual language.
(i) Evacuation plan B - 450X600mm - 53 Nos min.
(c) Emergency Evacuation signage with Battery Backup :
ITEM Name:- Edge Lit Emergency Signage MODEL - EMEX3726- Premium
Casing:- Anodized Aluminum with Plastic / Metal Side Caps.
Signages Overall size :- 375 x 260 mm
Text Panel:- 8 mm Acrylic
Back Up Duration :- 180 Minutes Primary Power Source:-AC - 150-240 Volt
Luminaire:- LED Battery Disconnection Switch
Power Consumption :- (3-5) Watt (0.018 to 0.023 Amp).
Battery Capacity:- 2000 MAH
Battery Type: Lithium ION AC to DC Built in Adaptor Fuse for Circuit protection AC,
Charging, EMERGENCY Indicators Emergency Test Switch Battery Minimum Discharge
Protection Battery Maximum Charge Protection
Installation:
(i) Battery Backup Directional - 375X260mm - 81 Nos min.
(ii) Battery Backup Exit - 375X260- 20 Nos min.
35.1.4 Prohibition / Instructions Signages : Signage to be made of stainless-steel sheet of 1 mm thick
304 grade brush finish including engraving/etching of letters of required size filled with colour as
desired by engineer, fixing with ss screws on walls. Signages to be bilingual/trilingual language.
(i) No smoking - 300X400mm – 46 Nos min.
(ii) No Littering - 300X400mm- 46 Nos. min.
(iii) Instructional signs - 600X900MM min.
35.1.5 Area Indetification Signs : Curved Signages made of extruded 6063 grade alloy confirming to
B.S. 1474-1987 with copper/brass finish anodizing in 18-20 microns. Minimum 1.5mm wall
thickness of extrusion with provisioning of housing print and 1mm protective sheet in front side.
Fixing arrangement made of anodized aluminum in Brass / Copper shade to be fixed at back side
with Fastener. Alloy to be anodized to 18 to 20 microns. Side caps with 3 mm Thickness in molded
PVC of matching color as that of anodizing without paint, side caps to be fixed to main plate using
SS L key screws or same color coated L key screws as anodising. signages to be
bilingual/trilingual language with pictograph as required.
(i) Room identification – 600X150mm - 691Nos min.
(ii) Department identification – 900X210mm - 79Nos min.
(iii) Washroom (Wall mounted) - 250X150mm- 161 Nos min.
(iv) Room No. – 150X105mm - 684 Nos min.
(v) Lift Lobby – 600X150mm - 79 Nos. min.
(vi) Lift No. – 300X120mm – 134 Nos. min.
(vii)
FLI Lift – 300X120mm - 44 Nos. min.
35.1.6 Directory Signs : Curved Signages made of extruded 6063 grade alloy confirming to B.S. 1474-
1987 with copper/brass finish anodizing in 18-20 microns. Minimum 1.5mm wall thickness of
extrusion with provisioning of housing print and 0.8- 1mm protective sheet in front side. Fixing
arrangement made of anodised aluminum in Brass / Copper shade to be fixed at back side with
Fastner. Alloy to be anodized to 18 to 20 microns. Side caps with 2mm aluminum anodised in
same colour as main profile, side caps to be fixed to main plate using SS L key screws or same
color coated screws as anodising. signages to be bilingual/trilingual language with pictograph as

Page 149
 required.
(i) Service Directory (Top header profile 120 mm, 16 contant profile 105mm.) – 1200X1695mm-
2Nos. min.
(ii) Floor Directory (Top header profile 120 mm, 10 contant profile 105mm.) – 1200X1050mm-
64Nos. min.
35.1.7 Internal Signs : Curved Signages made of extruded 6063 grade alloy confirming to B.S. 1474-
1987 with copper/brass finish anodizing in 18-20 microns. Minimum 1.5mm wall thickness of
extrusion with provisioning of housing print and 1mm protective sheet in front side. Fixing
arrangment made of anodisedaluminium in Brass / Copper shade to be fixed at back side with
Fastner. Alloy to be anodized to 18 to 20 microns. Side caps with 3 mm Thickness in molded PVC
of matching color as that of anodising without paint, side caps to be fixed to main plate using SS L
key screws or same color coated L key screws as anodising. signages to be bilingual/trilingual
language with pictograph as required.
(i) Wash room (Wall Projected double side) – 300X210mm- 40Nos. min.
(ii) Way Finding (Celling Hung Double Side) – 1500X250mm- 115Nos. min.
(iii) Waiting Lobby (Celling Hung double side) – 900X250mm- 36Nos. min.
(iv) Reception & Help desk (Celling Hung Single side) – 900X250mm- 19 Nos. min.
35.1.8 Parking Way Finder Sign for Basement : Double sided signage will be fabricated using 12+12
mm thick twin ultra slim edge modular aluminium extruded profile of copper/brass shade anodising
in 18-20 microns with approved ACP as base duly fixed over on both sides and retro reflective
vinyl duly digitally cut and pasted on ACP panels on both side. Signage will be hanged using SS
cable/ SS chain with fastners.**6/**000000000000
Double Sided - 1500X300mm- 23 Nos. min.
35.1.9 Entry Sign for Basement with Height Limit : Single Sided signage will be fabricated using
12+12 mm thick twin ultra slim edge modular aluminium extruded profile of copper/brass shade
anodising in 18-20 microns with approved ACP as base duly fixed over on single sides and retro
reflective vinyl duly digitally cut and pasted on ACP panels on single side. Signage will be hanged
using SS cable/ SS chain with fastners. BRAND / MAKE- 247SIGN/ ASB Neon/ VISTA System.
Single sided – 3600X600mm- 2 Nos. min.
35.1.10 Led Light Display Panels :
External Profile & Front Clip On: Made of alloy 6063 confirming to BS 1474-1987. Main load
bearing frame profile to have minimum 2.5mm wall thickness made in Synchronization with front
clip-on profile having 1mm wall thckness. Main profile of depth 100 mm while 75 mm clip on front
profile visible as front border
Internal Frame: To be fixed using concealed MS frame work in shape of 'T' section using 2 nos of
SHS 40x40x2 mm and 50x25x2 mm duly welded and coated with primer and two coats of enamel
paint.
Front: Front made of 450 Gsm flex with Ecosolvent Printing. Tied using eyelet @ 3" interval. Back
is to be made of 4mm thick ACP with 0.45 mm thickness Aluminum Foil on both sides.
Illumination: Signage is to be illuminated with LED module of make OSRAM (with required power
supplies
Size - 60sqm. min.
35.1.11 Poster Frame : Poster Frame made of alloy 6063 heavy copper/bronze anodizing, clip on
arrangement for easy change of insert. Use 2mm clear acrylic as a protection layer in the front.
Size - 450X600mm- 48 Nos. min.
35.2 External Signages :
35.2.1 Building Branding Signage : Signage is made of 3D channel Latter, made from Following :
Front: Front is to be made of 3.5 mm Acrylic and 3M/Avery/LG Cast vinyl of desired shade as per
approval. Dual color vinyl film in desired day shade to be of cast acrylic without prininting the face

Page 150
 of vinyl.
Side: Signage made of CNC channel bending machine made of exturded alloy 6063 thickness of
1.00mm confirming to BS 1474-1987. 125 to 130 mm as side of 3D letter exturded alloy profile with
front edge and border with provisioning of housing front Acrylic inside. Back of the extrusion must
be provided with built-in weather-proof layer to prevent dust, moisture etc. Alloy to be anodize to
18 to 20 microns in copper/ bronze/ silver colour of approval shades.
Illumination:- Signage is to be illuminated with LED module base LED made of OSRAM (with
required power supplies).
Back: Back is to be made of 4mm thick ACP with 0.45 mm thickness Aluminum Foil.
Timer: Auto operated using L&T/Havells/schneider timer of required capacity.
Size: Income Tax Department With Logo (English & Hindi) – 50.00 sqm. min.
35.2.2 Campus Directional Signage : Double Sided Signage will be fabricated using ACP panel size
800x1200 as base duly fixed over modular aluminium extruded ultraedge section frame of 50mm
depth of brand 247Sign/Vista System/ASB Neon having no screws visible outside powder coated
to 40-50 microns. Text & Graphics will be in 3M HIP grade prismatic Retro-reflective self-adhesive
sheet duly digitally plotter cut and pasted on base on both sides as per design. Signage will be
grouted to RCC pedestal using MS Pole of 100X100x3000 mm with base plate size 300x300x10
mm duly powder coated of 40-50 microns in approved shade.
Size: Directional Signages Bilingual Text – 900X300mm- 10Nos. min.
35.2.3 Traffic Regulatory Signage (Drop off/ Speed Limit / No Horn/ Basement Entry/Exit) :
Post: Signage is to be made oF 100x100 mm 1800 mm High MS pole, Base Plate of size
250x250mm of thickness 10mm is to be used. Duly powder coated 50 microns in the desired
colour.
Panel-1: Panel size 400X110X1200 mm is to be made of 50x50x2 mm internal MS frame duly
powder coated to 40-50 microns with ACP 4 mm thick, 0.5 mm aluminium foil. 3M / AVERY
Prismatic Retro reflective sheet and approved color Overlay film on top having desired text and
pictographs on both side post.
Panel-2: Panel size 600X600 Sq/round with ACP 4 mm thick, 0.5 mm aluminium foil, 3M / AVERY
Prismatic Retro reflective sheet and approved color Overlay film on top having desired text and
pictographs.
Size: Drop off/ Speed Limit / No Horn/ Basement Entry/Exit – 600X1800mm- 10Nos min.
35.2.4 Totem Signage :
Internal Frame: Fabricated out of 75mm ISMC with cross supports and frame for alloy made of
50x50x2 mm MS SHS. Structure shall be duly surface treated with primer and two coats of Enamel
paint.
Corner Profile: Made of 75x19 mm Extruded 6063 alloy of minimum 2mm wall thickness with
anodising in dark colour of Brand 247SIGN/ VISTA SYSTEM/ COSIGN
Front & Back: ACP of approved colour 4mm thick having 0.45mm aluminium foil both sides, duly
housed in the corner Profile. Text and Pictographs CNC cut in the ACP.
Logo + Text: 3D letters with translucent vinyl of make 3M/LG/AVERY on 10mm acrylic, 5mm
inside and 5mm outside of ACP same to be illuminated used LEDs of OSRAM.
Sides - Sides of Totem 300mm width to have white/ approved color illumination flowing.
IlluminatioN: The lighting for Totem shall be acheivedthrogh OSRAM make LEDs and IP67 Grade
power supply.
Base Plate: Base plate of size 400x400mm twin plates of thickness 10mm in to be used.
Size: TOTEM - 1500X3600mm- 1No min.

36.0 SCHEDULE OF IFINISHES

Finishing schedule shall be as per the following schedule of finishes for various items:

Page 151
 Schedule of Walls Schedule (Civil) No. 1

(A) External Walls

S.No. Location Description of item / Brief Specifications

1 All walls of upper and lower basements, RCC walls, specifications of walls shall be as
basement ramps, Lift wells, Strong Room per structural drawings approved by Engineer-
at any floor, Walls of underground in-Charge.
Sumps, overhead water tanks

2 Walls at all floors other than those of at Light weight autoclaved aerated concrete
Sr. No.1 (AAC) blocks

(B) Internal Walls (Dry Areas)

3 Walls of UG sumps, Basement ramps, RCC walls, specifications of walls shall be as

Pump room, Lift wells, Strong Room at per structural drawings approved by Engineer-
any floor in-Charge.

4 Walls at all floors other than those of at Light weight autoclaved aerated concrete
Sr. No.1 (AAC) blocks

(C) Internal Walls (Wet Areas)

5 All common toilets, Attached toilets, Light weight autoclaved aerated concrete
Handicap toilets, Kitchen with wash area, (AAC) blocks
Male and Female toilets, Drinking water
area

Page 152
 Schedule of Flooring Schedule (Civil) No. 2

S.No. Room/Space/Location Description of item / Brief Specifications

1 Both Lower and Upper Basement M-25 CC Vacuum Dewatered Flooring (VDF),
Flooring, Basement ramps, Surface Marking for car Parking with hot Thermoplastic
parking space, Roads and pathways material

2 Electric Sub-station, pump room, LT Concrete Hardening flooring

panel room, Electrical Room at all Floors

3 Ground Floor: 15mm thick 800x2400mm full body vitrified tile

slab flooring. Matt/antiskid finish
Entrance lobby, Reception area, Waiting
area, Corridors, recreation hall, Income
tax service centre, ITEF Room, IT GOA
Room, Bar Association
First Floor:
Crèche Room, workstations,
Cafeteria/Canteen, Open Terrace,
Corridors
Second Floor to Ninth Floor:
Waiting Area, Corridors, lift lobbies

4 Ground Floor: 800x800mm full body vitrified tiles matt/

antiskid/polish finish
Library, Guard Room & Security Room
First Floor:
Ante Room, Record Room, 3 Nos. DCIT
Room with Record Room, ITO Room
with Record Room, Strong Room,
Kitchen, preparation area, utensil store,
cabins
Second Floor:
Ante Rooms, Record Rooms, Cabins,
DCIT Room, ITO Room with Record
Room, Workstation, ITI
Third Floor:
Ante Rooms, Record Rooms, PSO
Rooms, Workstations
Fourth Floor:
DCIT Rooms, Record Rooms, ITO
Rooms, Ante Rooms, ITI, AO Cabin,
Cabins, PSO Room
Fifth Floor:
DCIT Rooms with Record Rooms,

Page 153
 Record Rooms, IRS Association, ITO
Rooms, Rest Room, Ante Rooms, ITI,
cabins, PSO Rooms
Sixth Floor:
Record Rooms, DCIT Room with Record
Room, ITO Rooms, Rest Room, Ante
Rooms, ITI, Workstations, Cabins
Seventh Floor:
Record Rooms, DCIT Rooms with
Record Rooms, ITO Room, ITI, Cabins,
PSO Rooms
Eighth Floor:
Record Room, ITO Rooms, Ante Rooms,
Cabins
Ninth Floor:
Rooms, Seating Area

5 Conference Room with Pre function 25mm thick Second class teak wood
Area, Multi-Purpose Room, Pre-Function Laminated wooden flooring
Area, PCIT Rooms, Addl CIT Rooms,
CIT Rooms at all floors

6 On steps at all entry points to the 18mm thick lappato finished granite of
building, Porch area, Staircases, Fire approved pattern with nosing
Staircases, External ramps

7 All common toilets, PH Toilets, Attached 600x600 mm full body vitrified tiles matt/
toilets, Male toilets, Female toilets at all antiskid finish
floors, Guard Rooms,

8 Open terrace at First, Fourth, Seventh, 15mm thick 800x800mm full body vitrified tile
Eighth Floors, Internal Ramps slab flooring. Matt/antiskid finish

9 Conference Room with Pre-Conference Grey & Brown shade Carpet Roll flooring
Area Construction: Tufted Textured Loop
Fiber Product: 100% Solution Dye PP,
Gauge: 39.4/10cm. (1/12),
Finish Pile Thickness: 7.49mm +/- 0.5,
Production yarn weight: 20 oz,
Carpet Adhesive: SR-555

10 Gym and Carrom Room at Ground Floor 10 mm thick Rubber Roll Flooring 1 meter x 10
meter roll size Black with White EPDM
Sparkles

11 All Store Rooms 25mm thick Kota stone Flooring

12 Fire Tank, Rain water Tank, Raw Water Food Grade Epoxy Coating
Tank

Page 154
 Schedule (Civil) No. 3
Schedule of Door windows, ventilators including fitting and fixtures and glazing details

(A) Doors

Size in Description of item / Brief

Door Room/Space/Location
mm (WxH) Specifications

FD Lift Lobbies at all floors 1800x2450 Glazed Fire Resistance Doors &
Partition - Glazed Fire Rated Doors
with adjoining fixed Glazed
Partitions shall be provided as per
DSR-2021 Items No. 9.161, 9.162
& 9.164 and CPWD Specifications
with hold open system connected
with BMS system

FD1 Staircase at all floors 1200x2450 Metal Fire Rated Door (Insulated) -
Metal Insulated fire rated
Galvanized Steel doors as per IS
3614:2021, tested for 120 minutes
of stability, integrity and 30 minutes
insulation & BS 476 Part 20 & 22 for
the Fire Rated Application. Pressed
galvanized steel confirming to IS
277 as per Particular Specifications
given in this document.

FD2 Electrical Room at all floors 1200x2450 Metal Fire Rated Door (Uninsulated)
– Metal uninsulated fire rated
Galvanized Steel doors as per IS
3614:2021, tested for 120 minutes
of Stability & Integrity and BS 476
Part 20 & 22 for the Fire Rated
Application. Pressed galvanized
steel confirming to IS 277 as per
Particular Specifications given in this
document.

D1 At all floors, Location as shown in 1050x2450 Single leaf door

drawings 65x150 mm extruded WPC (Wood
Polymer Composite) solid door
frames/Chowkhat

35mm thick Flush Door shutter with

Vision Panel and SS Push plate &
both side finished with 1mm thick
decorative high pressure laminated
sheet

Page 155
D2 At all floors, Location as shown in 750x2100 Single leaf door
drawings 65x150 mm extruded WPC (Wood
Polymer Composite) solid door
frames/Chowkhat

35mm thick Flush Door shutter with

Vision Panel and SS Push plate &
both side finished with 1mm thick
decorative high pressure laminated
sheet

D3 At all floors, Location as shown in 900x2450 Single leaf door

drawings 65x150 mm extruded WPC (Wood
Polymer Composite) solid door
frames/Chowkhat

35mm thick Flush Door shutter with

Vision Panel and SS Push plate &
both side finished with 1mm thick
decorative high pressure laminated
sheet

D4 At all floors, Location as shown in 1200x2450 Single Leaf Door

drawings
Polyester powder coated aluminium
(minimum thickness of polyester
powder coating 50 micron) Door
frames/Chowkhat

Shutter shall be made of 19mm thick

pre-laminated particle board fixed in
powder coated aluminium frame

D5 At all floors, Location as shown in 1800x2450 Double Leaf Door

drawings
Polyester powder coated aluminium
(minimum thickness of polyester
powder coating 50 micron) Door
frames/Chowkhat

Shutter shall be made of 19mm thick

pre-laminated particle board fixed in
powder coated aluminium frame

GD At Main entrances as shown in drawings 2400x2450 Double shutter 12mm thick

toughened glass door

GD1 Left side entry door as shown in 1800x2450 Double shutter 12mm thick
drawings toughened glass door

Toilet He & She Toilet Partition With Door as 600x1995 Single leaf door
Doors shown in drawings at all floors 50x75 mm extruded WPC (Wood
Polymer Composite) solid door

Page 156
 frames/Chowkhat

25mm thick Flush Door shutter with

Vision Panel and SS Push plate &
both side finished with 1mm thick
decorative high pressure laminated
sheet

(B) Windows/Ventilators

Size in mm Sill level Description of item / Brief

W/V Room/Space/Location
(WxH) (mm) Specifications

W At all floors, Location 2350x2700 100 uPVC white colour sliding/fixed two
as shown in drawings three track glazed window

W1 At all floors, Location 2350x1500 100 uPVC white colour sliding/fixed two
as shown in drawings three track glazed window

W2 At all floors, Location 2350x4200 100 uPVC white colour sliding/fixed two
as shown in drawings three track glazed window

W3 At all floors, Location 2350x1300 100 uPVC white colour sliding/fixed two
as shown in drawings three track glazed window

W4 At all floors, Location 1950x2400 100 uPVC white colour sliding/fixed two
as shown in drawings three track glazed window

V1/V2 At all floors, Location 950x1600 1500 uPVC white colour fixed glazed
as shown in drawings ventilators with provision of exhaust
fans

(C) Fittings and Fixtures

Fitting & Fixtures for all doors shall be as per the table attached below this schedule table.

(D) Details of Glazing

Door/ Room/Space/Location Description of item / Brief Specifications

window

FD Fire Doors at Lift Lobbies and corridors 60 mm thick glazed fire-resistant door shutters of
120 min Fire Rating confirming to IS:3614 (Part II)
or EN1634-1:1999

W At all floors, Location as shown in Double glass unit i.e outer & Inner toughened
drawings glass 6mm each with 12mm air gap

W1 At all floors, Location as shown in Double glass unit i.e outer & Inner toughened
drawings glass 6mm each with 12mm air gap

Page 157
 1

D4
D3
D2
D1
D5

All
W4
W3
W2

Doors

door
toilet
V1/V2

-
-
-
-
-
2
Door Closer Dorset Model DC80PDC or equivalent

1
1
1
1
1
Door Closer Dorset Model DC80PDC(WP) or equivalent

1
1
1
1
1
1
Mortise Cylinder Dead Lockcase Dorset Model ML112SS or equivalent
drawings
drawings
drawings
drawings

Flush Doors (Single Leaf)

1
1
1
1
1
1
Flush Doors (Double Leaf)
Euro Profile Double Cylinder Dorset Model CL100SS or equivalent

-
-
Escutcheon for The Lever Handle, Dorset Model SDORSS22 or

1
1
1
1

WPC Single Leaf Doors (Toilets)

equivalent

7
Schedule of Door Fittings

-
-
D Shape Hollow Pull Handle, 25Mm Dia, 300Mm Long Dorset Model

1
1
1
1
SD12PSS304 or equivalent

-
-
Push Plate, Plain (Without Engraving) 300 X 100 Mm, Dorset Model

1
1
PLPSS-304 or equivalent

-
-
Floor Mounted Door Stopper, Half Round, Dorset Model DSHR or

1
2
equivalent
At all floors, Location as shown in
At all floors, Location as shown in
At all floors, Location as shown in
At all floors, Location as shown in

-
-

-
-
10

1
Flush Bolt 19x200mm, SS 304 Dorset Model TC08SS304 or equivalent

-
-

-
-
1
11
Flush Bolt 19x300mm SS 304 Dorset Model TC12SS304 or equivalent

-
-

-
-
1
12
Dust Proof Strike, Dorset make or equivalent

Double Action accessories for Floor Spring Dorset Model DPF-321, 322,

-
-

-
-
13
325 or equivalent

-
-

-
-
Floor Spring Dorset Model FS100 or equivalent

14
BALL BEARING BUTT HINGE, SS304, SSS,4"X3"X3MM-2 Dorset Model

15

4
4

4
4
4
HG1153ASS or equivalent

Automatic Drop Down Door Seal Dorset Article No.-1-726-1200 or

-
-
-
-

-
16

1
equivalent
glass 6mm each with 12mm air gap

glass 6mm each with 12mm air gap

glass 6mm each with 12mm air gap

Internal Door Seal Hafele Article No.-950.09.607 \Dorma\Dorset make or

-
-
-
-
17

6
equivalent

-
-

-
-
-
glazed ventilators with 6mm toughened glass

Wall Mounted Door Stoper, 72 MM Dorset Model MDCSS304 or

1
18
equivalent
Hollow L Lever Handle On Rose With Europrofile Cylinder Escutcheon
19
Double glass unit i.e outer & Inner toughened
Double glass unit i.e outer & Inner toughened
Double glass unit i.e outer & Inner toughened

Page 158
-

1
1
Dorset SLORSS+ML110SS or equivalent
 NOTE: The above details of door schedule and door fittings are only indicative. Contractor has to provide
additional doors of similar specifications and fittings as per requirement at similar locations or as
per functional requirement approved by Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra shall be payable as
scope of work includes providing Doors & fittings as per functional and other requirements.

Schedule (Civil) No. 4

Schedule of internal finishing including painting, wall panelling, dado and false ceiling

(A) Plastering

Sr. No. Room/Space/Location Description of item / Brief Specifications

1 All Internal masonry wall, concrete wall 12 mm thick (average) premixed formulated one
and exposed ceiling surfaces at coat gypsum lightweight plaster
basements, all floors of main building,
Electrical Sub-station, Guard rooms

2 All External masonry wall, concrete wall Polymer added Ready-Mix mortar containing
surfaces at basements and at all floors recron fibre @ 5 to 10% of thickness 15 mm on
the AAC/ masonry work to achieve smooth
plastered surface Including provision of GI
chicken wire mesh 22 gauge at RCC-masonry
junctions and 65 GSM fibre glass mesh

(B) Painting

3 Internal wall and ceiling surfaces of Oil Bound Distemper over POP punning on
lower and upper basements, Ramp side Gypsum Plaster
walls, Pump room, LT panel room,
Electrical Sub-station

4 Fire Tank, Rain water Tank, Raw Water Food Grade Epoxy Coating
Tank

5 Ground Floor: Anti-bacterial plastic emulsion paint.

Gym/carrom room, Library, Guard Room

& Security Room, ITEF Room, IT GOA
Room, Bar Association, Electrical Room,
Guard Room

First Floor:

Ante Room, Record Room, DCIT

Rooms with Record Rooms, ITO Room
with Record Room, Strong Room,
Crèche Room, workstation area,
Electrical room, Exposed ceiling surface
of Kitchen, preparation area, utensil

Page 159
 store

Second Floor:

Ante Room, Record Rooms, DCIT

Rooms, Record Room, ITO Rooms with
Record Rooms, Workstation area, ITI,
Electrical Room

Third Floor:

Ante Rooms, Record Rooms, PSO

Rooms, Workstation area, Electrical
Room

Fourth Floor:

DCIT Room, Record Rooms, ITO

Rooms, Ante Rooms, ITIs, PSO Room,
Electrical Room

Fifth Floor:

DCIT Rooms with Record Rooms,

Record Rooms, IRS Association, ITO
Rooms, Rest Room, Ante Rooms, ITIs,
PSO Room, Electrical Room

Sixth Floor:
Record Rooms, DCIT Room with
Record Room, ITO Rooms, Rest Room,
Ante Rooms, ITI, Workstation area,
Electrical Room
Seventh Floor:
Record Rooms, DCIT Rooms with
Record Rooms, ITO Rooms, ITIs, PSO
Rooms, Electrical Room
Eighth Floor:
Record Rooms, ITO Rooms, Ante
Rooms, Electrical Room
Ninth Floor:
Rooms, Seating Area

Store Rooms at any floor as shown in

drawings

6 All Cabins at all floor levels Anti-bacterial plastic emulsion paint and 12 mm
thick toughened glass partition upto ceiling
height

(C) Wall Panelling

Page 160
7 Entrance lobby, Waiting area at all 25 mm thick single extruded WPC (Wood
floors, PCIT Rooms, Additional CIT Polymer Composite) solid plain board panelling
Rooms, CIT Rooms at all floors upto false ceiling height as per approved
pattern, shade and design by Engineer -in-
charge

8 Conference Room with Pre-function Combination of Teak veneered wooden

Area at Third and Fourth Floor panelling up to 900mm followed by a band of
200mm high 10 mm thick Lacquered Glass. Pre-
fabricated acoustic wall panel of size 600mmx
1200mm up to false ceiling thereafter.

(D) Dado/Sill lining/Jambs

9 Recreation Hall, Income Tax Service 15mm thick 800x2400mm full body vitrified
Centre, Cafeteria/Canteen, Lift Lobbies polish finished tile slab cladding till false ceiling
at all floors as per approved pattern, shade and design by
Engineer -in-charge

10 Corridors at all floors, passage, Internal 15mm thick full body vitrified polish finished tile
Ramps, Fire Exit Staircase, Staircase slab dado till 1200 mm height with 18mm thick
round edge 1cm projected granite coping +
Textured paint above 1200 mm till slab/false
ceiling bottom as per approved pattern, shade
and design by Engineer -in-charge

11 Kitchen, preparation area, utensil store, 600x600mm polish finish full body vitrified tile
All Attached Toilets with PCIT Rooms, slab cladding till false ceiling as per approved
Addl. CIT Rooms, CIT Rooms at all pattern, shade and design by Engineer -in-
floors, Common Toilets at all floors, charge
Male and Female toilets at all floors,
Disabled Toilets

12 All Windows and ventilators at all floors 15mm thick full body vitrified polish finished tile
slab jambs at all four sides with 2cm projection
from wall face in approved pattern, shade and
design by Engineer -in-charge

(E) False Ceiling

13 Waiting Area/Entrance lobby at ground Linear Baffle Ceiling made out of Aluminium
floor alloy grade 6063

14 PCIT Room, CCIT Room, Addl.CIT Light Weight Calcium Silicate (Anti-Microbial Bio-
Room, Meeting Room at Ground, First Safe Coated) False Ceiling
and Second Floor.

Third Floor:

Conference Room, PCIT Room, CCIT

Room, Addl.CIT Room, Meeting Room

Page 161
 Fourth Floor:

Auditorium, PCIT Room, CCIT Room,

Addl.CIT Room, Meeting Room

Fifth, Sixth, Seventh, Eighth Floor:

PCIT Room, CCIT Room, Addl.CIT

Room, Meeting Room

15 Gym/carrom room, Library, Guard Room 600x600 mm semi perforated 12 mm thick micro
& Security Room, ITEF Room, IT GOA tegular edged GRG false ceiling tiles & gypsum
Room, Bar Association, Ante Room, border
Record Room, DCIT Rooms with
Record Rooms, ITO Room with Record
Room, Strong Room, Crèche Room,
workstation area, Cabins, ITIs Electrical
room, PSO Rooms, Pre-conference
area, IRS Association, Store Rooms,
Corridors, Lift lobbies at all floors as
shown in drawings and any other places
left under false ceiling category.

16 All Attached Toilets with PCIT Rooms, 600x600 mm perforated tegular edge metal false
Addl. CIT Rooms, CIT Rooms at all ceiling
floors, Common Toilets at all floors,
Male and Female toilets at all floors,
Disabled Toilets

Schedule (Civil) No. 5

Schedule of External finishing including painting, Cladding and structural glazing

(A) Finishing/Facade

Sr. No. Location Height Description of item / Brief Specifications

1 Front Elevation, Left Side Up to First Spider Glazing as per specifications mentioned
Elevation, Right Side Floor Height in this bid document.
Elevation

2 Front Elevation Entrance Up to second Spider Glazing as per specifications mentioned

Lobby Floor Height in this bid document.

3 Front Elevation, Left Side Above Spider Structural Glazing as per specifications
Elevation, Right Side glazing upto mentioned in this bid document.
Elevation full height

4 Front Elevation, Left Side As shown in ACP cladding as per specifications mentioned
Elevation, Right Side elevation

Page 162
 Elevation drawings in this bid document.

5 Front Elevation, Left Side As shown in WPC Fluted Louvers as per specifications
Elevation, Right Side elevation mentioned in this bid document.
Elevation drawings

6 Compound wall Full Hiegth of Natural texture finish as per specifications

compound wall mentioned in this bid document.

7 Rear Side Elevation Full Height Natural texture finish as per specifications
above ground mentioned in this bid document.

Note : In case any location is not specifically mentioned in the Schedule of finishes, finishing shall be done
considering over all Architectural theme of the building and functional requirement or as provided in
locations with similar functional uses and nothing extra shall be paid on this account as scope of work
includes finishing the entire building as per functional, aesthetic and other requirements.

37.0 DEVELOPMENT WORKS AND BULK SERVICES

37.1 ROADWORK
37.1.1 Formation of road alignment as per approved drawing including cutting and embanking as per
profile, rolling and preparing the sub-grade fit for laying road.
37.1.2 Black cotton soil shall be removed from the surface and replace with well compacted moorum for
the preparation of sub-grade. Moorum shall be filled and compacted in layers not exceeding
200mm.
37.1.3 2 (Two) Wet mix Macadam layers of 125mm thickness each shall be laid as per MORTH
specifications. 1 (One) layer of 125mm will be laid first and then after checking of field
density/compaction, 2nd layer will be laid.
37.1.4 100mm thick M10 layer will be provided over WMM. M10 shall be laid with proper side shuttering
etc.
37.1.5 200mm thick M30 grade vacuum dewatered concrete as per DSR 2021, Item No. 16.75 with
nominal reinforcement (8mm dia. @200mm C/C in one layer) in both direction and proper
shuttering with the provision of grooves (6mm wide and 50mm deep) to accommodate
expansion/contraction shall be provided over M10. Grooves shall be filled with poly-sulphide
sealant compound etc as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
37.1.6 Necessary provision to cross the sewer lines, drainage line, service line shall be provided in road
as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
37.1.7 Kerb channel shall be provided along the lower edge of road and before kerb stone. Kerb channel
shall be 30 cm wide and 50 mm thick with cement concrete1:3:6 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand:6
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) over 75mm bed of dry brick ballast 40 mm nominal
size, well rammed and consolidated and grouted with fine sand, including finishing the top smooth
etc. complete and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
37.1.8 Details Specification of road work: CPWD Specifications 2019, Vol. I and II with upto date
correction slips shall be followed.
37.1.9 Kerb Stones : Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made precast kerb stones M25
grade of size 100mm x 450mm of approved design in position to the required line, level and
curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with
or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm),
including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge. Kerb stones shall be provided along both the edges of road. Kerb stones shall be

Page 163
 painted with synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture with two or more coats to
give even shade. Kerb stone shall be painted with the combination of two colors alternately applied
as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
37.1.10 Road Markings :

a) Road marking shall be provided using 2.5 mm thick road marking strips (retroreflective) of
specified shade/ colour using hot thermoplastic material by fully/ semi
automaticthermoplasticpaint applicator machine fitted with profile shoe, glass beads
dispenser, propane tank heater and profile shoe heater, driven by experienced operator on
road surface including cost of material, labour, T&P, cleaning the road surface of all dirt,
seals, oil, grease and foreign material etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge
and accordance with applicable specifications.

b) Glow studs of size 100x20 mm made of heavy-duty body shall be molded ASA (Acrylic
styrene Acryloretrite) or HIP (High impact polystyrene) or ABS having electronically welded
micro- prismatic lens with abrasion resistant coating.

c) Marking parking places, road surface marking, road edge marking and lane marking with
adequate no. of coats to give uniform finish with ready mixed road marking paint conforming
to IS: 164, including cleaning the surface of all dirt, scales, oil, grease and foreign material
etc. complete.

d) Necessary lettering as per CPWD Specifications.

The area of road shall be measured in between kerb nearer to centimeter for Payment. All the
above operations are included in this rate and nothing extra shall be paid on any account.
37.2 FOOTPATH / PAVER BLOCK AREA
37.2.1 Footpath shall be provided as per approved architectural drawing. Footpath shall have cross slope
of 2.5% towards kerb channel to drain the water.
37.2.2 Footpath shall have kerb stones along the edges. Kerb stone which is away from road shall have
proper back filling to counter lateral pressure. Footpath shall be provided using 60mm thick factory
made cement concrete paver block of approved shape and colour of min. M -30 grade made using
block making machine with vibratory compaction laid in required pattern.
37.2.3 Paver block shall be laid over minimum 50mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand (locally
available), filling the joints with fine sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-
charge.
37.2.4 100mm thick PCC shall be laid before filling sand and placing paver blocks. Any black cotton soil
shall be removed and replace with moorum before M10-PCC.
37.3 MODIFICATION IN EXISTING BOUNDARY WALL AND PROVISION FOR SECURITY GATES:
The agency shall have to make modifications as required in the existing boundary wall constructed
by using RCC frame with brick infill. Construction of security gates/entry-exit gates with guard
rooms for office complex shall be the part of scope of work however the area of guard rooms shall
be measured in the plinth area of buildings. The design and drawings of these gates and guard
rooms shall be prepared by agency and agency will get the approval of the same from Engineer-
in-charge before execution.
37.4 STORM WATER DRAIN (ROAD SIDE DRAIN) :
The agency has to plan, design, prepare the drawings/invert levels for Storm water drain shall be
combination of Pipes (in place of road crossings) and open drainsand get the same approved from
Engineer-in -Charge before execution.
37.4.1 RCC drain (minimum M25) of minimum opening 450mm wide and min.450mm deep shall be
provided with necessary excavation required. Depth of drain shall be variable as per terrain of the
road and Invert Level decided during execution of work. Drain shall be covered with factory made
precast RCC perforated drain covers, having concrete of strength not less than M-25, of size

Page 164
 sufficient to cover the drain opening and proper bearing on edges reinforced with 8 mm dia. four
nos longitudinal & 9 nos cross sectional T.M.T. hoop bars, including providing 50 mm dia
perforations @ 100 to 125 mm c/c, including providing edge binding with M.S. flats of size 50 mm
x 1.6 mm.
37.4.2 Base & Walls: The base & walls of drain shall be of RCC in M-25 grade as per approved design.
37.4.3 Plastering / Finishing: 12mm ready mixed cement plaster with neat finish in side and top of the
drain. Sides of the storm water drain shall be neatly packed, dressed and the surplus excavated
earth shall be utilized for filling low level or green belt development.
37.4.4 Culverts : Pipe culverts shall be provided at road crossings of required dia as per approved
drawing with parapet up to 1200 mm height on either side of culvert.
37.4.5 RCC Pipes : NP2 RCC pipe of 150mm dia shall be laid to carry water from kerb channel to road
side drain. NP2 pipe shall be fitted with kerb stone with proper bell mouth entry.
37.4.6 Road Gully Chambers: The masonry road gully chamber of required size and depth with masonry
wall in cement mortar including precast R.C.C. horizontal/ vertical grating with frame completes as
per standard design, as per CPWD Specifications and approved drawings.
37.4.7 Connection: The Storm water drain, pipes shall be connected to municipal drains as well as to the
harvesting recharge pits/wells as per local body/ Environment/ MPCB etc. norms.
37.4.8 Contractor shall submit a shop drawing for approval to engineer in charge and other specification
shall be as per CPWD.
37.5 EXTERNAL SEWERAGE SYSTEM
37.5.1 Planning, Designing and Construction for Providing and laying Sewer lines with double flanged
(screwed/welded) centrifugally (spun) ductile iron class K-9 pipes (min. 250mm dia.) including
manholes of required size, shape and depth complete and as per direction of Engineer-in -Charge.
37.5.2 The agency has to plan, design, prepare the drawings for Sewerage system and get the same
approved from Engineer-in -Charge before execution the competent authority.
37.5.3 The sewerage lines of individual building shall be considered in buildings upto and including first
manhole.
37.5.4 Waste & waste water from kitchen shall not be directly discharged in the sewerage system. For
garbage a separate storage bin shall be provided. For pre-treatment of waste water Gully Trap,
screen chamber, Grit Chamber shall be designed and constructed.
37.5.5 This item is operated from the first manhole to the Sewage treatment plant includes the following
operations.

a) Excavation of trench for laying Pipes and refilling after laying pipes as per CPWD
specification.

b) Earth excavation for Man holes and refilling after construction.

c) Providing and laying Sewer lines with double flanged (screwed/welded) centrifugally (spun)
ductile iron class K-9 pipes (min. 250mm dia.) for sewage disposal over M10 grade PCC bed
of 100 mm thick as per approved design and drawing by the Engineer-in-charge.

d) Minimum Dia of sewer pipe shall be as below:

 250mm from cafeteria, mortuary & service block..

e) Constructing Manholes, drop manholes of required size (shape based on depth, gradient and
interval) etc., as per CPWD specifications including construction of gully trap, grit chamber,
screen chamber etc., complete including plastering on external surface of all manholes and
chambers.Manholes, drop manholes,gully trap, grit chamber of required size and depth as per
CPWD Specifications with fly ash wall in cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement: 4 Coarse sand) with
foundation concrete M10 with ready mixed cement plaster with floating coat of neat cement
inside and outside cement plaster with DI covers as per approved drawings. The manholes on

Page 165
 the main sewer line shall be placed at not more than 30 meters length.

f) Making connection from and to the manholes wherever required.

37.5.6 The sewer line shall be connected to the municipal sewer line.

37.5.7 Generally, all flow shall be flow by gravity upto the final disposal points, wherever gravity flow from
the discharging units into the external sewer line is not possible (i.e. toilets v&wet areas in
basements etc.), a local sewage pumping system shall be provided either directly to the final
disposal point or in to the nearest manhole of external sewer line.
37.6 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
37.6.1 Work under this section consists of providing and fixing, pipes and fittings all labour, materials
equipment and appliances necessary and required to completely for dual water supply system
(Domestic Water Supply Internal + Flushing Water Supply Internal received from STP) as required
as per design with calculation and water supply system. The contractor shall submit plan of water
supply distribution system of the building both internal and external with necessary shop drawing
to Engineer-in-Charge for obtaining go ahead from him prior to procurement of the pipes and
fittings and other ancillary installations and execution of work accordance with relevant BIS Code.
37.6.2 The requirement of water shall be worked out based on parameters /guidelines provided in
National Building Code-2016 and CFO.
37.6.3 The source of water shall be from :

a) Municipal water supply connection

b) By recycling the treated effluent of the STP for Flushing and horticultural purposes.

37.6.4 Overhead Storage & Distribution System :

a) The Contractor has to get the Hydro pneumatic Water Supply System designed from the
expert in field and go ahead will be taken from the Engineer-in-Charge prior to execution of
the same.

b) The incoming main lines from municipal water supply lines shall be connected into
underground fire reserve tank from where it shall be allowed to overflow in domestic storage
tank.

c) From the underground storage tank water will be pumped into various overhead storage
tanks. Recycled water from STP should also be pumped into flushing water tanks on terrace.

d) All the buildings including substation shall be provided with individual overhead storage tanks
of required capacity.

e) From the overhead tanks, distribution of domestic water shall be done by adopting the gravity
system by providing down take pipes from closed grid / loop at terrace to all user points/
fixtures. The pipe size shall be based on fixture unit calculations as per NBC 2016 standard.

f) Water distribution for water supply shall be designed on principle of zoning to ensure
minimum residual pressure of 150 to 210 Kpa at all user outlets.

g) Pressure reducing valves and pressure breakers shall be provided for the lower floors as per
NBC-2016.

h) Provision for plumbing for water purifier in kitchen and drinking water in
office/cafeteria/service blocks shall be made.

i) For Flushing of WCs, a separate water supply system shall be provided, consisting of
separate HDPE Overhead tanks on Terrace, and gravity supply through separate down-takes.
This separate system for flushing shall ensure that the treated effluent from the STP is re-

Page 166
 used. Emergency connection for normal potable water supply shall also be made to this
system.

j) The distribution network shall be provided with adequate number of control valve/ NRV for
ensuring continuous un-interrupted supply of water to individual user’s outlet.

k) Colour coding for various water supply pipes shall be ensured for clear identification.

37.6.5 Orange color safety foot rest of minimum 16mm thick plastic encapsulated complete as per IS:
10910 at required spacing as per CPWD specifications to be provided in UG sump, Terrace water
Tanks, Deep Manholes.
37.6.6 Separate overhead tanks shall be constructed for each toilet area above building with separate
compartments for domestic and fire requirements in RCC & HDPE tank for flushing purpose and in
sevices building HDPE tank should be provided.
37.6.7 Excavation of trench for laying Pipes, chambers, valves, thrust blocks etc. and refilling after
construction/ laying shall be as per CPWD specification.
37.6.8 Following types of control and other valves shall be provided in distribution grid, supply mains etc.
as per local bye laws, NBC 2016, CPWD specifications-2019 and sound engineering practice at
easily accessible locations for operation and maintenance
 Bronze/ Forged Brass Ball Valve (Screwed) confirming to IS standards complete
 Butterfly valves (80mm and above) shall be of centric disc construction with single piece body
of Cast Iron with disc of CF 8 Stainless steel with nitrile seat, Stem shall be stainless steel and
shall conform to PN 10/16 rating and shall be provided with suitable matching flanges
 Non-return valve (80mm and above) shall be Cast iron dual plate non-return valve of PN 10/16
rating with ductile iron disc and SS 304 spring& hinge pin
 Ball valves (65 mm and above) shall be lever operated, screwed type of gun metal ball valve
of PN 10/16 rating as per IS:318 with SS ball and SS stem with mild steel lever.
 Non-return valve (65mm and below) shall be gun metal non-return valve of PN 10/16 rating
(class 2) as per IS:778 with screwed ends.
37.6.9 Special type of control valves like, pressure reducing valves (PRV) and Solenoid valves as per
requirement.
37.6.10 Chambers of required size and shape shall be constructed with clay bricks (class designation 7.5)
in cement mortar with C.I. surface box of required shape and size i/c RCC top slab i/c necessary
excavation, foundation concrete and 12 mm thick inside plastering finished with a floating coat of
neat cement complete as per standard designs per approved design and drawings.
37.6.11 Thrust block shall be of cement concrete i/c necessary excavation, centring and shuttering etc.
shall be provided at locations specified as per direction of the Engineer - in - charge.
37.6.12 All water supply lines and water tanks shall be disinfected. Disinfection to be done using bleaching
powder @ 0.5gm/litre of water and cleaned with fresh water operation to be repeated minimum 3
times as per CPWD specifications-2019 or method approved by the Engineer-in-charge
37.6.13 Construction of chamber for sluice valves, scour valves, Air relief valves, Non return valves as per
CPWD specification and as per approved drawing.
37.6.14 Flow of External Water supply scheme shall be as below :
Municipality / borewell UG Sump Pumping Overhead Tanks at Terrace
37.6.15 Ductile Iron (DI) Pipe: For Water supply Line from Municipal connection to UG storage Tanks,
Pipe lines shall be laid in trenches/underground. Pipe shall be of DI class K-9 of required dia and
size as per drawing/design necessary fittings like union collar bends and tees with tital joints etc.
The technical specification of ductile iron pipe confirm to Indian standard IS:8329-1994, IS:2531-
1998 and EN:545-1994.
37.6.16 External GI Pipes: All Pipes Including Fittings from UG Water Tank/Sump to Overhead/Terrace
Water tanks, Pipes Running in Trenches, Irrigation Pipe Lines etc.:

Page 167
 a) All pipes running in shafts, on terrace, in basements, in Pump Room and outside the building
for carrying water from UG Water Tank/Sump to Overhead/Terrace Water tanks shall be GI
pipes (Class-C) conforming to IS: 1239 and sizes of dia shall be properly designed by the
agency as approved.

b) Fittings shall be of malleable galvanized iron of approved make. Each fitting shall have
manufacturer’s trade mark stamped on it. Fittings for G.I pipes shall include couplings, bends,
tees, reducers, nipples, unions, bushes etc. Fittings etc. shall conform to IS: 1879. (Part 1 to
X) 1987.

37.6.17 Garden Hydrant System:

a) Work consists of providing and fixing, materials, equipment and appliances required installing
garden hydrants system as per direction of engineer in charge. The pipes shall be GI of
required diameter by considering the size, shape, location and requirement flow of gardening
purposes.

b) Garden hydrant Pipes & Fittings: Garden hydrant main pipe shall be of G.I. Pipes Class 'C'
(Heavy grade) conforming to I.S. 1239 with G.I. Fittings conforming to IS : 1879 (Part I to X)
such as tees, crosses, plug, socket, elbows, reducers, flange, check nut, flanges & clamps,
hanger, structural steel supports as required/directed at Site including PYPKOTE ( pipe line
corrosion resistant tape ) wrapping al-round etc. complete.

c) Pipe Colour Code: The colour on pipe lines identification colour shade code shall be as per
IS:2379.

37.7 UNDER GROUND SUMP INCLUDING PUMP ROOMS

(a) Under Ground Sump (Minimum capacity 3,00,000 litre for fire water, raw water, domestic
wter etc.)
37.7.1 Planning, Designing and Construction of RCC Under Ground Sumps, including pump rooms, with
necessary partitions for domestic & fire fighting etc. including preparation of preliminary & detailed
working drawings, structural analysis & design, planning, designing & execution of all services
including providing and laying pipe lines up to first manhole etc. by incorporating stipulated
specifications and integrating all services with External Development works all complete as per
directions of Engineer- in- Charge. The minimum capacity given above is indicative only and if
higher capacity requirement works out as per design, the same shall be provided by the contractor
and nothing extra shall be paid.
37.7.2 The agency has to plan, design, prepare the drawings for Under Ground Sumps as per required
capacities and the same shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before execution.
37.7.3 Structural analysis and design of Under Ground Sumps shall be based on the relevant Indian &
American codes using E-TABS/STAAD.pro computer software, preparation of general
arrangement drawings, working & shop drawings and the complete design system shall be get
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge before execution.
37.7.4 The foundation for Pump sets and other E&M equipments shall be as per manufacturer’s
specifications and approved drawings by Engineer-incharge.
37.7.5 Water proofing of the UG tanks shall be done as specified in the water proofing sub-head. The
RCC work in UG tank shall be mixed with Crystalline Water Proofing compund.
37.7.6 Epoxy paint on steel works for cover and frame wherever required.
37.7.7 Foot rests of approved quality shall be provided to get in to the tank and sufficient number of CI
Doors with locking arrangement shall be provided.
37.7.8 Necessary vent pipes, over flow pipes with protection mesh to prevent entry of insects and birds
shall be provided and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Freeboard of min. 500mm to be
provided. Tank capacity measurement will be below the free board level.

Page 168
37.7.9 Collection pit of sufficient size at bottom shall be provided for cleaning the sumps.
37.7.10 Foot rests of approved quality shall be provided to get in to the sumps and sufficient number of
man holes with locking arrangement shall be provided.
37.7.11 After completion of the construction work, the underground tank and pipe lines shall be fully
disinfected before commissioning. All expenditure in this regard shall be borne by the contractor.
(b) Pump Room
37.7.12 External and internal filler walls Pump Room shall be of AAC Blocks. All external walls shall be
minimum 230 mm thick and all internal walls shall be minimum 150 mm thick as per Architectural
drawings prepared by agency from main consultant and approved by Engineer in charge using
polymer modified adhesive mortar unless otherwise specified as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
37.7.13 The foundation for Pump sets and other E&M equipments shall be as per manufacturer’s
specifications and approved drawings by Engineer in charge.
37.7.14 Finishing in filler walls of pump Room shall be done with 12mm thick (average) ready mixed
cement plaster as per manufacturer's specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge at all
heights and levels (with chicken mesh at the junction of dissimilar areas) applied on masonry walls
(except random rubble walls) and RCC columns surface at all floors and locations, finished in
smooth line and level etc. complete.
37.7.15 On ceiling surfaces: 6 mm thick (average) ready mixed cement plaster in single coat complete as
per manufacturer's specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge at all heights and levels.
(With fibre/ chicken mesh at the junction of dissimilar areas). Any RCC surface flushed with wall
shall have thickness of plaster same as wall. Necessary grooves shall be provided at the junction
of dissimilar materials and shall be neatly finished wherever directed by Engineer-in-charge. All
walls & ceiling to be treated with 2 mm thick cement-based putty (one time only) &painted with
acrylic emulsion paint (DSR -2021 code 13.60.1)
37.7.16 Disinfection: All water supply lines and water tanks shall be disinfected. Disinfection to be done
using bleaching powder @ 0.5gm/litre of water and cleaned with fresh water operation to be
repeated minimum 3 times as per CPWD specifications or method approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. All expenditure in this regard shall be born by the contractor.
37.8 OVERHEAD WATER TANK – RCC
37.8.1 RCC (min M30 grade concrete) Water storage tank for domestic usage / drinking /fire tank
capacity as per consultant drawing and separate firefighting tank having suitable size as per NBC
2016 to be provided on terrace. Gun metal Control valve – each tank. Tanks to have CI Doors on
top for access to tanks. Betonies based expandable water bar of requied size shall be provided at
every construction joint.
37.8.2 Structural analysis and design of Over Head Water Tank shall be based on the relevant Indian &
American codes using E-TABS/ STAADpro computer software, preparation of general
arrangement drawings, working & shop drawings and the complete design system shall be get
approved from the Engineer – In – Charge before execution.
37.8.3 Waterproofing: Providing and mixing integral crystalline admixture for water proofing treatment to
RCC structures as per DSR 2021 Item No. 22.22 and other treatment as per water proofing sub-
head for water storage structures/Tanks.
37.8.4 Internal walls (except ceiling) shall be Provided and fixed with Ist quality ceramic glazed wall tiles
as per DSR 2021 Item No. 8.31
37.8.5 Epoxy paint on steel works for cover and frame wherever required.
37.8.6 Foot rests of approved quality shall be provided to get in to the tank and sufficient number of CI
Doors with locking arrangement shall be provided.
37.8.7 After completion of the construction work, the overhead tank and pipe lines shall be fully
disinfected before commissioning. All expenditure in this regard shall be borne by the contractor.
37.8.8 All works shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications 2019 with upto date correction slips and
Direction of Engineer in charge

Page 169
37.8.9 Disinfection: All water supply lines and water tanks shall be disinfected. Disinfection to be done
using bleaching powder @ 0.5gm/litre of water and cleaned with fresh water operation to be
repeated minimum 3 times as per CPWD specifications or method approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.
37.9 OVERHEAD WATER TANK – HDPE
37.9.1 Providing and fixing high density polyethylene water storage tank with cover, conforming to ISI:
12701, colour of opaque white or as approved by Engineer-in-charge. The rate includes making
necessary holes for inlet, outlet & over flow pipes. Item includes the base support i/c fittings &
fixtures for tank. Total tank capacity shall be 2000 Lit. on each block or as per NBC 2016
requirements whichever is maximum.
37.9.2 Tank should be placed on platform above terrace slab on toilet of the building.
37.10 RAINWATER RECHARGE PITS
37.10.1 Not less than 2 numbers of recharge well (with silting chambers) is to be constructed with the
provision of collection of overflow water. Over flow water shall finally be channelled to main outfall
through RCC drain.
37.10.2 Depth of bore shall go upto the aquifer or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge based on the
requirements given in NBC codes, CPWD specifications and relevant IS codes in this field.
37.10.3 Walls of silting chamber and recharge well shall be RCC wall minimum 150mm with 12mm thick
plaster and neat coat of cement puning from inside.
37.10.4 Pipe connecting silting chamber and recharge well shall be NP2 grade RCC pipe of minimum dia
250mm. Base of silting chamber and recharge well shall be 150mm thick M10.
37.10.5 Recharge well and silting chamber shall be covered with RCC slab (min 125mm thick) with
provision of Manhole covered with RCC cover. Silting Camber shall be fitted with MS bars on walls
to facilitate the movement. Recharge well shall be filled with suitable filter media as per CPWD
specifications.
37.10.6 Borewell shall be min. 200mm dia rainwater rechargeusing ERW casing/strainer pipe by suitable
method prescribed in IS:2800 (Part-I).
37.10.7 Typical detail of recharge well, sizes, dimensions, pipes dimensions, type of pipe etc. with silt
chamber as per approved design &drawings prepared by main consultant.
37.11 TUBE WELLS/ BOREWELLS:
37.11.1 Planning Designing and Construction of all Tube wells of 2min Nos. with required depth as per
approved drawings & layout of the campus by preparation of preliminary & detailed working
drawings, structural analysis & design, planning, designing & execution of all services by
incorporating stipulated specifications and integrating all services with External Developmental
works all complete as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
37.11.2 Planning Designing and Construction of all cross drainage works that falls within the alignment of
the Tube wells as per approved layout plan of the campus, which are essential and necessary to
keep the Tube wells in position as per the approved layout.
37.11.3 The detailed Specifications mentioned below are indicative only. The items, that are necessary to
complete the scope of said work but not mentioned below, shall be considered as included in the
quoted rate and nothing extra shall be payable. Detailed Specification for Tube well:

(a) Boring/drilling bore well min. 200mm dia in all kind of soil/ Rocky strata including Boulders for
casing/ strainer pipe, by suitable method prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), including collecting
samples from different strata, preparing and submitting strata chart/ bore log, including hire &
running charges of all equipments, tools, plants & machineries required for the job, all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge, upto 100 metre depth below ground level.

(b) Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position in bore well, ERW (Electric
Resistance Welded) FE 410 mild steel screwed and socketed/plain ended casing pipes of 150
mm nominal size dia having minimum wall thickness 5.00 mm, conforming to IS: 4270, of

Page 170
 reputed & approved make, including painted with outside surface with two coats of
anticorrosive paint of approved brand and manufacture, including required hire & labour
charges, fittings & accessories, all complete, for all depths, as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge.

(c) Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position in bore well, ERW (Electric
Resistance Welded) FE 410 plain slotted (having slot of size 1.6/3.2 mm) mild steel threaded
and socketed/ plain bevel ended pipe (type A) of 150 mm nominal size dia, conforming to IS:
8110, of reputed and approved make, having wall thickness not less than 5.40 mm, including
painted with outside surface with two coats of anticorrosive bitumestic paint of approved
brand and manufacture, - 569 Correction/Ommission/Insertion/Overwriting-Nil AE EE & SM
including hire & labour charges, fittings & accessories, all complete, for all depths, as per
direction of Engineer -in-charge

(d) Development of tube well in accordance with IS : 2800 (part I) and IS: 11189, to establish
maximum rate of usable water yield without sand content (beyond permissible limit), with
required capacity air compressor, running the compressor for required time till well is fully
developed, measuring yield of well by "V" notch method or any other approved method,
measuring static level & draw down etc. by step draw down method, collecting water samples
& getting tested in approved laboratory, i/c disinfection of tube well, all complete, including
hire & labour charges of air compressor, tools & accessories etc., all as per requirement and
direction of Engineer-incharge.

(e) Gravel packing in tube well construction in accordance with IS: 4097, including providing
gravel fine/ medium/ coarse, in required grading & sizes as per actual requirement, all
complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(f) Providing and fixing suitable size threaded mild steel cap or spot welded plate, M.S. clamp to
the top of bore well, housing/ casing pipe removable as per IS: 2800 and Bail plug/ Bottom
plug of required dia to the bottom of pipe assembly of tube well as per IS:2800 (part I) as per
requirement, all complete for tube well as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

38.0 LANDSCAPING AND HORTICULTURE WORKS

38.1 The brief scope of Horticulture works includes avenue tree plantation along with shrubs plantation
wherever necessary including digging holes, excavation, removal of excavated malba and refilling
the same with proper ratio of manure and good earth as per the scope of site. To create aesthetic
ambiance around the building and roads grassing with turf grass (Mexican / Korean grass) and
dibbling with selection number 1 grass with proper land profile which includes trenching, fine
dressing and leveling. In and around the building, pots along with plants is also to be arranged as
required to create beauty all around the buildings. For proper growth of trees, shrubs and hedges
the landscaping site has to be filled with good earth as required, and to improve the nutritional
property of soil and proper growth of plant cow dung manure with vermicompost shall be arranged.
After completion of project, the landscaping and horticulture works including lawn, trees, hedge
and shrubs etc., will be maintained with proper tools and implements as necessary for a period of
1 year for their proper establishment and growth. For all these development and maintenance
work, water has to be arranged by the agency and nothing shall be paid extra for water
procurement. The development work includes minimum of following works:

(a) Avenue tree plantation : 500 nos.

(b) Shrub plantation : 1500 nos.

(c) Hedge plantation : 1000 nos.

(d) Grass Turf (Mexican/Korean) : 500 sqm

Page 171
 (e) Pots with plants (as per specification) : 500 nos.

(f) 1 no. Cascades (of height approx. 3 m, in locally available stones) at Administrative Building
shall be provided.
Note: The above list is only indicative and not exhaustive. The contractor has to plan and execute
all the missing items required for plantation of trees, shrubs, hedges, grassing, potting with plant
and maintenance of all the horticulture features to make the premises to the full use. Nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
38.2 The work shall be carried out as per “CPWD Specifications for Horticulture & Landscapping”, with
upto date correction slips. In absence of detail specification the standard horticulture practices for
healthy growth of plants beautification should be followed as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
38.3 The contractor shall be responsible for arrangement of all necessary tools and plants required at
site of work for which nothing extra shall be paid by the department.
38.4 The Scope of work include preparation of landscaping plan including parks, planters and other
details etc. for the horticulture works and execution of same including, supply and laying of good
earth, providing and laying unfiltered/recycled water supply lines from the existing treated water
lines and installation of additional pumps if required, providing drip irrigation system for trees,
shrubs and hedges, sprinkler system for lawns etc. complete will be responsibility of agency.
Contractor has to do horticulture works as per approved landscaping plan including grassing,
grass turfs, plantation of shrubs, plants, trees etc. This Landscaping and horticulture work is also
part of EPC tender and no extra payment will be made on any account.
38.5 Grassing will be done with Mexican/Korean grass including supplying good earth if needed
including watering and maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick
lawn free from weeds and fit for mowing.
38.6 Plantation of tress at site will be done with healthy, well developed trees established at the site of
following varieties including watering, removal of unserviceable materials etc in quantity as per
approved Landscaping drawings. Varieties of Trees with their specifications shall be as below :
(i) Cassia fistula (Amaltash) of height 120-135 cm
(ii) Bauhinia purpurea (Kachnar) of height 150-165 cm
(iii) Azadirachtaindica( Neem ) of height 120-130cm
(iv) Mimusopselengi (Maulsri) of height 180-195 cm, well developed with thick stem
(v) Callistemon lanceolatus of height 120-135 cm
(vi) SiracaIndica(Sita Ashok) of height 150-165 cm
(vii) Plumeria Rubra of height 150-165 cm with 3-4 branches
(viii) Plumeria alba of height 165-180 cm with 3-4 branches and thick stem.
(ix) Lagerstroemia flosreginae of height 150-165 cm
(x) Ficusbenjamina (green) of height 150-165 cm, bushy with healthy branches and lush
green foliage
(xi) Terminalia arjuna well branched of height 120-135 cm
(xii) Royal palm of height 150-165 cm
(xiii) Foxtail palm of height 150-165 cm
(xiv) Termeniliamentalia of height 150-165 cm
(xv) Peltophorumferruginum of height 150-165 cm with healthy foliage
(xvi) Conocarpus erectus of height 150-165 cm with healthy foliage
(xvii) Spathodeacampanulata of height 150-165 cm with healthy foliage
(xviii) Any other verities or modification of above list as approved by Engineer-in-Charge
38.7 Plantation of Shrubs and Providing of Potted Plants at site will be done with healthy, well
developed shrubs established at the site of following varieties including watering, removal of
unserviceable materials etc in quantity as per approved Landscaping drawings.

Page 172
 (a) Varieties of Shrubs with their specifications shall be as below :
(i) Bougainvillea (named variety) of height 60-75 cm with 8-10 healthy branches
(ii) Cassia biflora of height 90-105 cm, well branched, bushy
(iii) Ficus panda of height 60-75 cm., well developed, with healthy foliage, bushy
(iv) Hamelia patens of height 90-105 cm. bushy
(v) Hibiscus rosasinensis of height 90-105 cm, bushy
(vi) Nerium oleander (kaner) of height 60-75 cm with 5-6 branches
(vii) Tecomagaudichaudi of height 90-105 cm bushy
(viii) Acalypha red and green not less than 60cm height with healthy foliage
(ix) Eugenia (brush cherry) not less than 60cm with healthy foliage and bushy
(x) Any other verities or modification of above list as approved by Engineer-in-Charge

(b) Varieties of Potted Plants with their specifications shall be as below :

(i) Ceporthia Palm plant, having ht. 90cm to 1.20 m with 6-8 suckers, well developed, fresh
and healthy lush green leaves from bottom to top
(ii) Areca palm of height 90-100 cm, with 2-3 suckers
(iii) Croton petraBanglore variety plant, having ht 45 cm & above, well developed with fresh
and healthy leaves
(iv) Raphis palm plant, having ht. 45 cm to 60 cm with 5 to 7 suckers, well developed, full of
fresh and healthy leaves
(v) Bismarkia Palm plant 115 to 180 cm ht., well developed 12 and above good color fresh
and healthy leaves
(vi) Phoenix palm plant, having ht. 75 cm to 90 cm with 10 to 15 or more leaves, well
developed, fresh and healthy
(vii) Cycus revoluta in 35 cm challi, specimen plant, having 30 to 40 with fresh and healthy,
leaves having 25cm to 30cm circumfrance of base stem well developed
(viii) Any other verities or modification of above list as approved by Engineer-in-Charge
38.8 Plantation of ground covers at site will be done with healthy, well developed plants established at
the site of following varieties including watering, removal of unserviceable materials etc in quantity
as per approved Landscaping drawings. Varieties of ground covers with their specifications shall
be as below :
(a) Ground Covers
(i) Tradescantia, full of leaves
(ii) Wadeliatrilobata, branched in poly bags
(iii) Syngonium Butterfly of height 30-45 cm with healthy leaves
(iv) Dianella variegated with 3-4 plants in each with veriegated leaves
(v) Iresineherbstii of height 20-30cm, full of branches well developed
(vi) Syngoniumveriegated of height 30-45 cm with healthy leaves
(vii) Chlorophytum (variegated) full of leafy suckers
(viii) Ophiopogon green full of green leaves
(ix) Ophiopogon jaburan (variegated ) full of variegated leaves
(b) Hedge Plants :
(i) Clerodendroninerme of height 25-32 cm multi branched
(ii) Pandanus varigeted with healthy foliage
(iii) Spider lily with healthy foliage having flowers
(iv) Lantana sellowania with different colours-red,white,purple
(v) Any other verities or modification of above list as approved by Engineer-in-Charge
38.9 Soil testing for texture, nutrient level, water retaining capacity, PH value and other essential test for

Page 173
 healthy growth of plants shall be conducted near every building where horticulture/ Land scapings
works are to be done, from approved laboratory and at least 25% from ICAR/Krishi Vigyan
Kendra/state universities. Necessary recommendation for fertilizer requirement and water
consumption requirement shall be made available from the laboratories.
38.10 In general the quality of soil in construction area is not very conducive for growth of plants and
grasses. Top good soil from the construction site shall be preserved for horticulture purposes. The
soil not suitable for grasses and growth of trees shall be removed and good quality soil either
from the preserved top soil or brought from outside the campus shall be used for
horticulture purpose. No extra payment shall be made for same. The agency will be
responsible for healthy growth of plants, trees, shrubs and grasses during construction stage and
maintenance upto one year.
38.11 Manure and Fertilizers: Cattle manure/ compost shall be well decayed (should be at least 6
months covered in dump), free from grits and any other unwanted materials. The contractor shall
also provide and spread manure (cow dung manure/compost) for healthy growth the plants & trees
under his maintenance. Depending upon requirement to maintained the nutrients level of the soil
necessary application of chemical fertilizers (NPK) and other micro nutrients should be done.
38.12 Watering should be done in such any way that optimum level of moisture content for healthy
growth of plants and trees is maintained, at no time moisture content should fall below the wilting
point. Inadequate or excessive watering is to be avoided. During the dry season watering should
be carried out at least daily in summer & twice a week in winter or as per requirement of the tree
plant, shrub, water should be sourced from STP (Sewerage Treatment Plants) in case of
emergency the source other then STP and be used provided that prior approval of Engineer –in –
Charge has been obtained
38.13 Weeding and Hoeing: The work includes maintaining areas close to the base of the trees and
shrubs free from weeds within 300mm radius from the stem of the trees / 150mm radius from the
stem of the plants. Weeding has to be carried out once in a month. All weeds are to be disposed
off from the site with all leads and lifts.
38.14 Pruning and Trimming: All dead or injured twigs, water shoots, unwanted branches are to be
removed. Trees, shrubs and ground cover should be pruned to maintain natural shape. The
hedges and shrubs shall be given special shapes and sizes to give aesthetic appearance of the
greenery at regular intervals.
38.15 Pest and Disease control: All trees/plants are to be inspected once in a month to determine any
disease or pest infections. Once the infection is identified adequate control measures are to be
taken.
38.16 The trees and shrubs having height less than 3 meter in the median and planters shall be washed
by sprinkler attached with water tankers on monthly basis. The contractor shall take utmost care
of the trees and shrubs so that the casualty is brought to a minimum. The dead and fallen tree
should be removed immediately from the site of work for smooth traffic movement and it should be
brought to the notice of Department so that further survey and auction of the same can be done
38.17 The Department shall not be responsible for any injury partial or permanent or death of any
workers at site due to accident or mal functioning of the equipment or by negligence of the staff.
38.18 The contractor shall be responsible for removal of garden waste from the site and disposed off at
designated dumping area or any other composting yard as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
38.19 The contractor shall have to arrange all required tools & plants and other stock items like Bamboo,
Sutli, and Hessian cloth. Tokari etc. for the proper development & maintenance of garden feature.
Repair cost of tools & plant items shall be borne by the contractor & nothing shall be paid extra on
this account.
38.20 The Agency should ensure adequate deployed of mali having experience of Horticulture work, In
case of any deficiency the Engineer-in-Charge can issue the necessary direction to increase the
staff and Agency should abide by order of Engineer-in-Charge.

Page 174
38.21 The contractor shall maintain the plants, hedges, trees, shrubs and lawns in good and healthy
condition during construction period as well as free maintenance period of one year. This will
include Complete maintenance of the entire garden features of the garden area i.e. lawn, trees,
shrubs, hedge, potted plants, flowers beds, creepers etc. and other garden feature including
watering hoeing, making of plants basic manuring, trimming and cleaning of hedges / plants, Beds,
spraying of insecticides, fungicides, weeding, mowing, and top dressing of lawn with good earth
and manure and hedge clipping and removal of the garden waste, composting of green waste from
plants, trees, lawn mowing, etc as per direction and satisfaction of the officer-in-charge.
38.22 The following activities are covered under this contract for maintenance during free maintenance
period of one year

S. No. Item of work Nos./Qty./Frequency Required

(i) Pruning & trimming of trees/shrubs creepers Quarter Yearly / need based
etc.

(ii) Hedges Cutting Monthly

(iii) Any other item On need basis

(Horticulture, Civil, Elect, U/F water supply)
required for proper maintenance

(iv) Irrigation Daily in summer season and twice a

week during winter and need based

(v) (i) Manuring a) Trees/palms - once in every three

(ii) Fertilization months
b) shrubs/grounds covers –monthly
c) Grass -once every three months.

(vi) Lawn Mowing & trimming of shrubes Monthly or as and when required.

(vii) Plant Protection a) Pest-Fortnightly

b) Disease control-Fortnightly during
rainy season and monthly in other
seasons

(viii) Cultivation & Weeding Monthly or earlier as per the

requirement.

(ix) Seasonal Flowers Wherever feasible

(x) Top dressing with soil &/or manure Yearly

(xi) Repair & replacement of plants, leveling etc. As and when required

Total Manpower to be deployed during free maintenance period of one year : Mali - 6 Nos
with one Supervisor.
38.23 In case of any causality of shrubs, trees or any other plants has been found during maintenance
the Agency should replace the trees/ shrubs/ other plants of the same height and specification by
another at his risk and cost and nothing extra shall be paid for the same in this regard. In case of
any delay recovery of Rs 60/- per shrubs, Rs. 250/- trees plants, Rs.140/- for other foliage/
decorative plants and Rs. 100/- per Sqm. for lawns per month shall be made. The decision of the
E-in-C shall be final and binding in this regard.
38.24 In case, if it is observed that the maintenance is not healthy and to the required standard, no
payment shall be made of the specific area for the period over which the maintenance has been

Page 175
 found to be neglected. The decision of the E-in-C shall be final and binding in this regard.
38.25 The required quantity of insecticides/ Pesticides will be arranged by the agency for proper
maintenance (only during the maintenance period) if needed.
38.26 The rejected & substandard material should be removed from the site of work immediately; the
Department shall not be responsible for any damage/ loss of rejected material. If the same will not
be removed within five days after issuing notice in writing by E-in-C, then necessary recovery shall
be made @ Rs. 200 per day.

Page 176
 C4. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Except for the items, for which Particular Specifications are given herein or where it is specifically
mentioned otherwise in this bid document, the work shall generally be carried out in accordance
with the “CPWD Specifications - 2019 (Vol. I & II) for Civil works or their latest version with up to
date correction slips and CPWD Specification for Horticulture works with up to date correction slips
(hereinafter to be collectively referred to as ‘CPWD Specifications’). Wherever CPWD
Specifications are silent, the latest BIS Codes/Specifications, National Building Code-2016,
MoRTH Specification, Manufacturers Specifications, Sound Engineering practices or well-
established local construction practices as decided by the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed.
1.2 A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in these documents, shall imply to the
latest version of that standard, including such revisions / amendments as issued by the Bureau of
Indian Standards up to last date of receipt of tenders. The Contractor shall keep at his own cost all
such publications of relevant Indian Standard applicable to the work at site.
1.3 Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, the rates for all items of the work shall be
considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water if required for which no extra payment
will be made. This will include water encountered from any source, such as rains, floods subsoil
water table being high due to any other cause whatsoever.
2.0 EARTH WORK
2.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II and
National Building Code 2016 with up to date correction slips.
2.2 Excavation shall be undertaken to the width of the Basement / Retaining wall footing including
necessary margins for construction operation as per drawing or directed otherwise. Where the
nature of soil or the depth of the trench and season of the year, do not permit vertical sides, the
contractor at his own expense shall put up the necessary shoring, strutting and planking or cut
slopes with or without steps, to a safer angle or both with due regard to the safety of personnel
and works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, Measurement of plan area of excavation for
payment shall be permitted only. Nothing extra shall be paid for making steps and slopes etc. as
required.
2.3 The contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary arrangements for maintaining water level,
in the area where works are under execution low enough so as not to cause any harm to the works
or problems in carrying out with the execution and the rates for all items of work shall be
considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water, if required, for which no extra payment
shall be made. This will include water coming from any source, such as rains, accumulated rain
water, floods, leakages from sewer and water mains, subsoil water table being high or due to any
other cause whatsoever. The contractor shall make necessary provision of pumping, dredging,
and bailing out water coming from all above sources and excavation and other works shall be kept
free of water by providing suitable system approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.4 Sub-soil water table at work site is reported to be more than 30m below general ground level. The
water level may vary due to rainy season or due to dewatering etc. in order to avoid possibility of
basement floor of building being getting uplifted/damaged due to water pressure, the contractor
shall make arrangement for lowering the ground water table below the proposed foundation level
as approved by Engineer-in-charge. Sub soil water table shall be maintained at least 50 cm below
the P.C.C. level during laying of P.C.C., water proofing treatment, laying of basement raft and
beams including filling of earth/sand under the basement floor. The water table shall not be
allowed to rise above base of raft level until completion of outer retaining walls including water
proofing of vertical surface of walls and back filling along the walls up to ground level and until the
structure attains such height to counter balance the uplift pressure. However, the contractor should
inspect the site and make his own assessment about sub-soil water level likely to be encountered
at the time of execution and quote his rates accordingly. Rate of all items are inclusive of pumping

Page 177
 out or bailing out water, if required. Nothing extra on this account whatsoever shall be paid to him
unless otherwise specified. The sequence of construction shall be got approved by the Engineer-
in-charge.
2.5 All the major excavation shall be carried out by mechanical excavator. No extra payment shall be
made for that.
2.6 Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be commenced by
the contractor only when all men, machinery’s and materials have been arranged and closing of
the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least possible time.
2.7 The rates are inclusive for all depths & nothing extra shall be paid for additional lift etc.
3.0 SHUTTERING / FORM WORK
3.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
3.2 Film coated marine plywood shuttering/ Steel shuttering as approved by the Engineer-in- Charge
shall be used by the contractor. Minimum size of shuttering plates shall be 600mm x 900mm
except for the case when closing pieces required to complete the shuttering panels. Dented,
broken, cracked, twisted or rusted shuttering plates shall not be allowed to be usedon the work.
3.3 The shuttering plates shall be cleaned properly with electrically driven sanders to remove any
cement slurry or cement mortar or rust. Proper shuttering oil or debonding compound shall be
applied on the surface of the shutter plates in the requisite quantity before assembly of steel
reinforcement.
3.4 The joint filler shall be resilient closed cell expanded polyethene and non-tainting manufactured by
Supreme Industries Ltd. or equivalent.
3.5 Providing joint filler of required thickness in position to substrate using either double sided foam
adhesive tape or neoprene synthetic rubber adhesive. When forming expansion joint with the
Board in in-situ concrete, joint sealing slots can be readily formed in the following matter-
a) Before installing, simply cut off a strip of the required depth. Then install the filler flush with the
finished surface.
b) Prior to sealing, the top strip can then be pulled easily from the joint to provide an
uncontaminated sealing slot ready for preparation and sealing.
4.0 REINFORCEMENT
4.1 The reinforcement work shall be done as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up
to date correction slips.
4.2 The item of reinforcement of RCC work includes all operations including straightening, cutting,
bending, welding, binding with annealed steel or welding and placing in position at all the floors
with all leads and lift complete as per CPWD Specification - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
4.3 To avoid displacement of bars in any direction and to ensure proper cover, only factory-made
round type/rectangular cover blocks shall be used by the contractor. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
4.4 The steel reinforcement bars shall be stored by the Contractor at site of work in such a way as to
prevent their distortion and corrosion, and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. Bars of
different sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate easy counting and checking.
5.0 CONCRETE WORK
5.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
5.2 If the quantity of cement actually used in the work is found to be more than the theoretical
quantity of cement including authorized variation, nothing extra shall be payable to the
contractor on this account.
5.3 For non-scheduled items, the decision of the Superintending Engineer regarding theoretical
quantity of the cement which should have been actually used shall be final and binding on the

Page 178
 contractor.
6.0 RCC WORK (DESIGN MIX CONCRETE)
6.1 The RCC work shall be done with Design Mix Concrete unless otherwise specified in the
nomenclature of items, wherever letter M has been indicated, the same shall imply for the Design
Mix Concrete. The Design Mix Concrete will be designed based on the principles given in IS:456,
IS:10261 and SP 23. The concrete mix shall be designed for specified target mean compressive
strength in order to ensure that the work test results do not fall below the acceptance criteria
specified for the concrete mix. The contractor shall design mixes for each class of concrete
indicating that the concrete ingredients and proportions will result in concrete mix meeting
requirements specified. The cement shall be actually weighed as presumption of each bag having
50 kg shall not be allowed. In case of use of admixture, the mix shall be designed with these
ingredients as well. The specification mentioned herein below shall be followed for Design Mix
Concrete.
6.1.1 INGREDIENTS:
The sources of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate & water to be used in concrete work shall be
identified by the contractor & he will satisfy himself regarding their conforming to the relevant
specification & their availability before getting the same approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
Coarse Aggregate: As per CPWD Specifications
Fine Aggregate: As per CPWD Specifications.
Water: As per requirements laid down in IS 456-2000 and CPWD specifications.
Cement: Cement arranged by the contractor will be Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) conforming
to IS:8112 or Portland Pozzolana Cement (PPC) conforming to IS: 1489 (Part-I), If for any
reasons, cement other than that specified in this para, the issues like payments rate as well as the
quantity to be used in the design mix concrete will remain unchanged.
Admixtures/Plasticizers: Admixtures shall not be used without approval of Engineer-in-charge.
Wherever required, admixtures of approved quality shall be mixed with concrete to achieve the
desired workability within specified water cement ratio. The admixture shall conform to IS:9103.
The chloride content in the admixture shall satisfy the requirement of BS:5075. The total amount of
chlorides in the admixture mixed concrete shall also satisfy the requirements of IS:456-2000.
The contractor shall not be paid anything extra for admixture required for achieving desired
workability without any change in specified water cement ratio for RCC / CC work.
6.1.2 WORKABILITY: The Concrete mix will be designed for minimum workability as specified in para 7
of IS:456-2000. Workability of Concrete (Unless otherwise specified elsewhere or as decided by
Engineer-in-charge. The recommended values of slump for various members are given below:
(i) Columns - 25 to 35 mm, (ii) Beams - 30 to 40 mm (iii) Slabs – 30 to 50 mm.
6.1.3 GRADE OF CONCRETE: The compressive strength of various grades of concrete shall to be
given as below:

Compressive
Specified characteristic Minimum Maximum
Grade strength on 15 cm
compressive strength at cement quantity water
designation cubes min. 7 days
28 days (N/mm2) (Kg. per cum) cement ratio
(N/mm2)

M 25 As per design 25 0.50

M 30 As per design 30 As per CPWD 0.45

specification/
M 35 As per design 35 BIS Code 0.45

M 40 As per design 40 0.40

Note:

Page 179
 (i) In the designation of concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the number to the specified
characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm – Cube at 28 days expressed in N/mm2

(j) For attaining the specified strength / workability of concrete as mentioned in above table, Fly
Ash / GGBS can be added up to a maximum limit of 25% of cement (by weight) with OPC.

6.1.4 CEMENT CONTENT: It is specifically highlighted that in addition to the above requirements the
maximum cementitious content for any grade shall be limited to 430 kg / cubic meter.
The minimum cement content of Mix design shall be as per CPWD & BIS Code Specifications. The
Minimum Cement content prescribed is irrespective of the grades however if OPC is used, part of
OPC is allowed to be replaced with cementitious materials such as fly ash or ground granulated
blast furnace slag and same shall be taken into account in the concrete composition with respect
to the minimum cement content as long as the maximum quantity taken into account shall not
exceed the limit (maximum 25%) of pozzolana and slag specified in IS 1489 (Part 1) and IS:455
respectively.
6.1.5 MIX DESIGN: The concrete design mix with or without admixture will be carried out by the
contractor through IIT/NIT/Reputed Govt. Engineering Institutions/ Approved Laboratories as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge at his own expenses for designing the concrete mix in
accordance with relevant IS Codes and to conduct laboratory test to ensure the target strength
and workability criteria for a given grade of concrete
The various ingredients for mix design / laboratory tests shall be sent to the lab / test houses
through the Engineer-in-charge immediately after award of work and the samples of such
aggregate sent shall be preserved at site by the department. The admixture if used by
contractor shall be at his own cost without any extra payment.
The contractor shall submit the mix design report from any of above approved laboratories for
approval of Engineer-in-charge within 30 days from the date of issue of letter of acceptance of the
tender.
In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients used in the concrete mix
during the work, a revised laboratory mix design report conducted at laboratory established at site
shall be submitted by the contractor as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
6.1.6 APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX: The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done for a
target mean compressive strength Tck = Fck + 1.65s
Where Fck = Characteristic Compressive Strength at 28 days
s = Standard deviation which depends on degree of quality control.
The degree of quality control for this work is “good” for which the standard deviation (s) obtained
for different grades of concrete shall be as per IS 456 : 2000.
Out of the six specimens of each set, three shall be tested at seven days and remaining three at
28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days are intended only to indicate the strength to be
attained at 28 days.
6.1.7 CHARGES FOR DESIGN MIX: All cost of mix design and testing connected therewith including
charges payable to the laboratory shall be borne by the contractor.
6.2 DESIGN MIX CONCRETE FROM FULLY AUTOMATIC COMPUTERISED CONCRETE
BATCHING AND MIXING PLANT
6.2.1 PROPORTIONING CONCRETE: In proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement
and aggregates shall be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed separately from the
aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or weighed. All
measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition. The amount of
mixing water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture content in both coarse and fine
aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with IS : 2386
(Part III). Suitable adjustments shall also be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the
variation in weight of aggregates due to variation in moisture content.

Page 180
6.2.2 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE: The concrete shall be produced in a central batching and mixing
plant with, computerized printing for contents and admixture dosage, producing at least 15 Cum
concrete per hour. The batching plant shall be fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged
by devices which, when actuated by a Single starter switch will automatically start the weighing
operation of each material and stop automatically, when the designated weight of each material
has been reached. The batching plant shall have automatic arrangement for dispensing the
admixture and shall also be capable of discharging water in more than one stage. A print out from
the batching plant for every lot shall be submitted. A batching plant essentially shall consist of the
following components:
 Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo for cement and water storage tank.
 Batching equipment
 Mixers
 Control panels
 Mechanical material feeding and elevating arrangements
The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal size. The
cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It shall be watertight and
provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for proper flow of cement & emergency cement
cut off gate. The aggregate and sand shall be charged by power operated centrally revolving
chute. The entire plant from mixer floor upward shall be enclosed and insulated. The batch bins
shall be constructed so as to by self-cleansing during drawdown. The batch bins shall in general
conform to the requirements of IS:4925.
The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the prescribed amounts of
various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e. water, cement, sand, individual size of
coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of the measuring devices shall fall within the following limits.
Measurement of Cement : ±2% of the quantity of cement in each batch
Measurement of Water : ±3% of the quantity of water in each batch
Measurement of Aggregate : ±3% of the quantity of aggregate in each batch
Measurement of Admixture : ±3% of the quantity of admixture in each batch
6.2.3 MIXING CONCRETE: The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in
the mixers can be observed from the operator's station. The mixer shall be equipped with a
mechanically or electrically operated timing, signaling and metering device which will indicate and
assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer shall have all other components as
specified in IS:4925.
6.2.4 TRANSPORTATION, PLACING AND COMPACTION OF CONCRETE: Mixed concrete from the
batching plant shall be transported to the point of placement by transit mixers or through concrete
pumps or steel closed bottom buckets capable of carrying 0.6 cum concrete. In case the concrete
is proposed to be transported by transit mixer, the mixer speed shall not be less than 4 rev/ min. of
the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum as 70 m / minute at
its largest diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator shall be not less than 2 rev / min. nor more
than 6 rev / min. of the drum. The number of revolutions of the mixing drum or blades at mixing
speed shall be between 70 to 100 revolutions for a uniform mix, after all ingredients, have been
charged into the drum. Unless tempering water is added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall be
at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev / min. and the number of such rotations shall not exceed 250. The
general construction of transit mixer and other requirements shall conform to IS:5892.
In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by pumping a batch
of mortar / thick cement slurry through the line to lubricate it. Once the pumping is started, it shall
not be interrupted (if at all possible) as concrete standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug.
The operator shall ensure that some concrete is always there in the pump-receiving hopper during
operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents.
Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and uniformly. Maximum size of

Page 181
 aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the internal diameter of the pipe. Grading of aggregate
shall be continuous and shall have sufficient ultra-fine materials (materials finer than 0.25mm).
Proportion of fine aggregates passing through 0.25mm shall be between 15 & 30% and that
passing through 0.125 mm sieve shall not be less than 5% of the total volume of aggregate. When
pumping long distances and through hot weather, set-retarding admixtures may be used.
Admixtures to improve workability can be added. Suitability of concrete shall be through pumping
shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing pumping tests.
6.3 PREPARATION OF MIXES AS PER APPROVED DESIGN MIX AND CONDUCTING
CONFIRMATORY TEST AT FIELD LAB: The contractor shall make the cubes of trial mixes as per
approved Mix design at site laboratory for all grades, in presence of Engineer-in-charge using
sample of approved materials proposed to be used in the work prior to commencement of
concreting and get them tested in his presence to his entire satisfaction for 7 days and 28 days.
Test cubes shall be taken from trial mixes as follows.
For each mix, a set of six cubes shall be made from each of the three consecutive batches. Three
cubes from each set of six shall be tested at age of 7 days and remaining three cubes at age of 28
days. The cubes shall be made, cured, transported and tested strictly in accordance with
specifications. The average strength of nine cubes at age of 28 days shall exceed the specified
target mean strength for which design mix has been approved, the evaluation of test results will be
done as per IS : 456-2000.
6.3.1 TEST SPECIMEN: Work strength test shall be conducted in accordance with IS:516 on random
sampling. Each test shall be conducted on six specimens, three of which shall be tested at 7 days
and remaining three at 28 days. Additional samples shall be prepared, if required, as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge for testing samples cured by accelerated method as described in IS : 9103.
6.3.2 TEST RESULTS OF SAMPLE: The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength
of three specimen. The individual variation shall not be more than + - 15 percent of the average. If
more, the test results of the sample are invalid. 90% of the total tests shall be done at the
laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining 10% in the laboratory of Central
Designs Organization, CPWD or in any other laboratory as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
6.3.3 STANDARD FOR ACCEPTANCE: Standard of acceptance shall be same as specified in clause
16 of IS 456-2000.
6.3.4 Measurement - As per CPWD specifications.
6.3.5 Tolerances - As per CPWD specifications
6.3.6 RATE:
6.3.6.1 The rate includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations described above
including for the cost of centering, shuttering and reinforcement.
6.3.6.2 In case of actual average compressive, strength being less than specified strength which shall be
governed by para “Standard of Acceptance” as above the rate payable shall be worked out
accordingly on pro-rata basis.
6.3.6.3 In case of rejection of concrete on account of unacceptable compressive strength, governed by
para ‘Standard of Acceptance’ as above, the work for which samples have failed shall be redone
at the cost of contractors. However, the Engineer-in-charge may order for additional tests (like
cutting cores, ultrasonic pulse velocity test, load test on structure or part of structure etc) to be
carried out at the cost of contractor to ascertain if the portion of structure wherein concrete
represented by the sample has been used, can be retained on the basis of results of individual or
combination of these tests.
The contractor shall take remedial measures necessary to retain the structure as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost. However, for payment, the basis of rate payable to
contractor shall be governed by the 28 days cube test results and reduced rates shall be regulated
in accordance with para 5.4.13 of Revised CPWD Specification 2019, Vol.-I.
7.0 PRE-CAST RCC WORK

Page 182
7.1 Pre-cast reinforced concrete units shall be of grade or mix as specified. Provision shall be made in
the mold to accommodate fixing devices such as hooks, flats etc. And forming of notches and
holes. Each unit shall be cast in one operation. A sample of the unit shall be got approved from
Engineer-in-Charge before taking up the work.
7.2 Pre-cast units shall be clearly marked to indicate the top of member and its locations.
7.3 Pre-cast units shall be stored, transported and placed in position in such a manner that these are
not damaged.
8.0 MASONRY WORKS:
8.1 Masonry work shall generally be with Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Blocks (AAC) blocks /Pre-Cast
Concrete Solid Block M10 except otherwise desired such as wet areas etc. Where brick work is
proposed, FPS Bricks shall be used in all items of brick work. The classification of bricks brought
by the contractor shall strictly conform to CPWD Specifications – 2019 Vol-1 & II with up to date
correction slips or as specified. The work shall also include for leaving chases / notches for dowels
/ cramps for all kinds of cladding to come over brick work.
8.2 Specifications of AAC blocks shall be conforming to IS:2185/1984
8.3 The Blocks wherever used shall be of minimum 200 mm thickness except partition walls where
150mm thickness may be allowed.
8.4 Polymer modified adhesive mortar shall be used for construction of masonry walls as per the
approval of Engineer in Charge and manufacturer’s specifications. Adequate mesh mechanism of
membrane fabric as per manufacturer specification will be necessary to avoid ingress / transgress
of thermal cracks in the joints of the masonry.
8.5 Wherever required RCC Bands of required thickness (minimum 100mm thick) at every one (01)
metre interval in vertical plane shall be provided by the contractor in the masonry walls as a part of
scope of work.
8.6 For Low height Masonry Walls, RCC Coping shall be provided of required sizes as per drawing
and direction of Engineer in charge.
8.7 The blocks shall not be soaked in water and instead they shall be dipped in water and taken out
immediately to have only moist surface.
8.8 Bed joint 2 Nos. 6mm dia reinforcement bars may be placed in the joints after every 3rd course to
have good lateral stability.
8.9 It shall be ensured that the lintels rest at either end of window opening only on full block and not on
half or part blocks. Reinforcement shall be placed in the sill course of window openings in two
successive horizontal joints and extend the same at least to 600 mm on either side of the jamb
surface.
8.10 At a RCC column interface an MS anchor ("L" shape), of size 50x4 mm, 300 mm long out of which
100 mm length of L fixed on column using minimum two SS screws with PVC sleeves and 200 mm
side of L embedded in masonry, be placed and fixed with screws at every 4th course so as to
anchor the wall with RCC column for better lateral stability.
8.11 Curing of the masonry shall be done only by spraying water and no flooding shall be done by
water jets / buckets.
8.12 Preferably Pre-Cast Concrete Solid Block M10 as per CPWD Specifications will be used in the toe
wall, boundary wall and other masonry work below plinth/ foundation. These Blocks shall be
manufactured from C&D materials from the approved manufacturers.
8.13 Wherever required and considered by Engineer-in-charge necessary to use clay FPS bricks, the
same shall be used in the work with mortar as per CPWD specification. These shall also in the
scope of work and tendered amount.
9.0 SCAFFOLDING
9.1 Double steel scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The supports shall
be sound and strong, tied together with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be
fixed.

Page 183
10.0 STONE / MARBLE /GRANITE WORK (OTHER THAN MASONARY)
10.1 The execution of stones work shall be in general as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol.
II with up to date correction slips.
10.2 All holes, rebates, recesses etc. for providing fixing and inserts shall be predrilled and pre-cut and
worked using precision machine tools. Nothing extra on this account shall be payable.
10.3 SAMPLES FOR STONE WORK: Samples of each item of stone work either individually or in
combination shall be prepared for approval of Engineer-in-Charge before commencement of work.
10.4 Sequence of execution for cladding work shall be suggested by the contractor for approval of
Engineer-in-Charge.
11.0 WOOD WORK
11.1 The wood work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 Vol. I & II with
up to date correction slips.
11.2 The samples of species of timber to be used shall be got approved and deposited by the
contractor with the EE before commencement of the work. The contractor shall produce cash
vouchers and certificates from kiln seasoning or/and chemical treatment plants about the timber
section to be used on the work having been kiln seasoned or/and chemically treated by them.
11.3 Factory made shutter as specified shall be obtained from factories approved by the Engineer in
charge. The contractor shall inform well in advance to the Engineer-in-charge the names and
address of the factory from where the contractor intends to get the shutters manufactured. The
contractor will place order for manufacture of shutters only after written approval of the Engineer-
in-charge in this regard is given. The contractor is bound to abide by the decision of the Engineer-
in-charge and recommend a name of another factory from the approved list in case the factory
already proposed by the contractor is not found competent to manufacture quality shutters.
Shutters will however be accepted only if this meet the specified tests. The contractor will also
arrange stage wise inspection of the shutters at factory to the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized
representative. Contractor will have no claim if the shutters brought at site are rejected by
Engineer-in-charge in part or in full lot due to bad workmanship / quality even after inspection of
factory. Such shutters will not be measured and paid, and the contractor shall remove the same
from the site of work within 7 days after the written instruction in this regard are issued by Engineer
in Charge or his authorized representative.
11.4 All fittings and fixtures shall be got approved from the Engineer-in Charge before procurement well
in advance and the approved samples shall be kept at site till completion of the work.
11.5 Glazing for toilets shall be of translucent type.
11.6 The shape and size of beading shall be as per drawings. The joints of beading shall be mitred.
12.0 STEEL WORK
12.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
13.0 FLOORING WORKS
13.1 Flooring works in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 -Vol. & Vol.II
withup-to-date correction slips.
13.2 Various types of flooring, skirting & dado shall be carried out by the contractor referring the
Minimum Requirements & Specification, Schedule of finishes/floor finishing layouts as per
Architectural drawings. Contractor needs to refer room data sheet/schedule of finishes and
material palette attached with tender document. Window sills shall be provided as per detailed
architectural plans prepared by bidder.
13.3 Contractor will submit all material or finishing samples to Engineer in charge for approvals before
executing the respective job.
13.4 Contractor shall need to protect the finished floor surface during execution of other activities using
Cello or approved equivalent bubble guard of minimum 500 GSM thick (minimum size 8’ x 4’),
fixing the same over floor surface with mastic tape or another approved adhesive. Removing

Page 184
 protective layer during handing over, disposal of all debris out of site, cleaning the entire covered
flooring area as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
13.5 All flooring, skirting, dado and window sill works will be done in accordance with CPWD
specifications 2019 Volume I & II with correction slips up to the last date of submission of tender
documents. The provision of IS Codes listed in CPWD specifications shall form a part of this
document with all latest codes.
13.6 Pattern for any type of flooring / dado shall be as per detail drawings. The joints for all flooring to
run in a straight line and level.
14.0 FINISHING:
14.1 The work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 Vol.-I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
14.2 All painting material shall be brought to the site of work in the original sealed containers. The
material brought to the site of work shall be sufficient for at least 30 days of work. The material
shall be kept under the joint custody of contractor and representative of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The empty contains shall not be removed from the site till the completion of the work without
permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.0 WATER SUPPLY & SANITARY INSTALLATIONS AND DRAINAGE :
15.1 Work under this section shall consist of providing and fixing and installing all sanitary fittings/
fixtures, chromium plated fittings and accessories as per Minimum Requirements & Specifications
and schedule of finishes.
15.2 The work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications with upto date correction
slips.
15.3 The contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment, transportation and incidental
necessary for supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the complete Plumbing / Sanitary
system as described in the Specifications and as shown on the drawings. This also
includes any material, equipment, appliances and incidental work not specifically mentioned
herein or noted on the Drawings/Documents as being furnished or installed, but which are
necessary and customary to be performed under this contract.
15.4 The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the sanitary and water supply fittings and
other fittings and fixtures against pilferage and breakage during the period of installation and
thereafter until the building is handed over.
15.5 Whether specifically mentioned or not all fixtures and appliances shall be provided with all fixing
devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required.
15.6 The work shall be in conformity with the Bye-laws, Regulations and Standards of the local
authorities concerned and prepare shop Drawings accordingly.
15.7 These shop drawings shall contain all information required to complete the work. These Drawings
shall contain details of construction, size, arrangement, operating clearances, performance
characteristics and capacity of all items of equipment, also the details of all related items of work
by other contractors. Each shop drawing shall contain tabulation of all measurable items of
equipment/materials/works and progressive cumulative totals from other related drawings to
arrive at a variation-in-quantity statement at the completion of all shop drawings. Minimum 4 sets
of drawings shall be submitted after final approval along with CD. When he makes any
amendments in the above drawings, the contractor shall supply two fresh sets of drawings with the
amendments duly incorporated along with check prints, for approval. The contractor shall submit
further four sets of shop drawings to the Engineer-in-Charge for the exclusive use by the Engineer
In-Charge and all other agencies. No material or equipment may be delivered or installed at the
job site until the contractor has in his possession, the approved shop drawing for the particular
material/equipment / installation.
15.8 Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval four weeks in advance of planned delivery and
installation of any material to allow the Engineer -in-Charge ample time for scrutiny. No claims for

Page 185
 extension of time shall be entertained because of any delay in the work due to his failure to
produce shop drawings at the right time, in accordance with the approved programme.
15.9 Samples of all materials like valves, pipes and fittings etc. shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-
Charge prior to procurement for approval and retention by Engineer-in-Charge and shall be kept in
their site office for reference and verification till the completion of the Project. Wherever directed a
mockup or sample installation shall be carried out for approval before proceeding for further
installation without any extra cost.
15.10 Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or of building
dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean that the drawings
supersede the contract requirements, nor does it in any way relieve the contractor of the
responsibility or requirement to furnish material and perform work as required by the contract.
15.11 All materials and equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards and shall be of the
approved make and design. Makes shall be in conformity with list of approvedmanufacturers as
per approved list and samples.
15.12 Balancing of all water systems and all tests as called for the CPWD Specifications shall be carried
out by the contractor through a specialist group, in accordance with the Specifications and
Standards. The installation shall be tested and shall be commissioned only after approval by the
Engineer In-Charge. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the representatives of the
Engineer-in-Charge and without additional cost to the department.
15.13 The contractor shall submit completion plans for water supply, internal sanitary installations and
building drainage work within 15 days of the date of completion. These drawings shall be
submitted in the form of two sets of CD’s and four portfolios (300 x 450 mm) each containing
complete set of drawings on approved scale indicating the work as installed. These drawings shall
clearly indicate complete plant room layouts, piping layouts and sequencing of automatic controls,
location of all concealed piping, valves, controls and other services. In case the contractor fails to
submit the completion plans as aforesaid, security deposit shall not be released, and these shall
be got prepared at his risk and cost.
15.14 The CCI/CI/PVC pipe and GI pipe etc. wherever necessary shall be fixed to RCC columns, beams
etc. with rawl plugs and nothing extra shall be paid for this.
15.15 The contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of materials
and shall construct suitable godowns, yards at the site of work for storing materials so as to be
safe against damage by sun, rain, fire or theft etc., at his own cost and also employ
necessary watch and ward establishment for the purpose at his own cost.
15.16 All fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to complete
the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the Schedule of Quantities,
specifications, elsewhere in this tender document & drawings. The quoted rates shall be deemed
to be all inclusive for a complete item fit for use including all materials, labour, T&P, specials,
equipment, testing & commissioning etc. Accessories shall include proper fixing arrangement,
brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and required connection pieces. Nothing extra whatsoever shall be
payable on this account.
15.17 Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P. washers where
necessary or otherwise as provided in the item.
15.18 Porcelain sanitary ware shall be glazed vitreous china of first quality free from warps; cracks and
glazing defects and shall conform to relevant BIS codes. Colour of sanitary ware shall be specified
or as selected by the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
15.19 Horizontal pipes running along ceiling shall be fixed on structural adjustable clamps of approved
design. Horizontal pipes shall be laid to uniform slope and the clamps adjusted to the proper levels
so that the pipes fully rest on them and are properly secured.
15.20 Contractor shall provide all nuts, bolts, welding material and paint the Clamps with one coat of red
oxide and two or more coats of black enamel paint.

Page 186
15.21 Slotted angle/channel supports on walls shall be provided wherever shown on drawings.
Angles/channels shall be of sizes shown on drawings or specified in schedule of quantities.
Angles/channels shall be fixed to brick walls with bolts embedded in cement concrete blocks and
to RCC walls with suitable anchor fasteners. The spacing of support bolts horizontally shall not
exceed 1 m.
15.22 Wherever M.S. clamps are required to be anchored directly to brick walls, concrete slabs, beams
or columns, nothing extra shall be payable for clamping arrangement and making good with
cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) or
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.23 The ground colour shall be applied throughout the entire length of pipe. Colour bands shall be
superimposed on the ground colour and shall be applied near valves, junctions, joints, service
appliances, bulkheads, valves, etc. for clear identification of fluid being carried and to avoid
confusion. The relative proportional widths of the first colour band to the subsequent bands shall
be 4:1. The minimum width of the narrowest colour band shall be 25 mm.
15.24 Cleaning and Disinfection of Pipelines: On completion of hydraulic tests and before a pipe is
disinfected, it shall be proved to be free from obstruction, debris and sediment by scouring or by
any other process which the Engineer-in-charge may prescribe. Upon satisfactory completion of
testing and cleaning, the pipelines shall be disinfected as order. Chlorine solution shall be applied
at the charging point as the pipeline is being filed and dosing shall be continued until the pipeline is
full and at least 50 parts of chlorine per million parts of water have been made available and
distributed evenly. If ordinary bleaching power is used, proportions will 150 gms of power to 1000
litre of water. If a proprietary brand is used, the proportion shall be as specified by the
manufacturer. The treated water shall be left in pipeline for a period as directed but not exceeding
24 hours chlorine residual tests shall be taken at various points along the pipeline. The disinfection
process shall be repeated until the sample of water taken from the pipeline are declared fit for
human consumption by a recognized laboratory.
16.0 WATER PROOFING:
16.1 General :
16.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the water proofing design, proper installation and
performance of waterproofing systems to make the sub structure and superstructure completely
watertight.
16.1.2 The Contractor shall engage a qualified waterproofing specialist sub-Contractor, preferably
manufacturer’s authorized applicator to carry the water proofing in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations & approved water proofing details.
16.1.3 For the Quality assurance and quality of workmanship, waterproofing specialist applicator should
be proficient in handling and installing water proofing membrane / crystalline compound etc. CIDC
certified and trained applicator to be preferred.
16.1.4 Waterproofing specialist applicators should have a proven track record, technical reliability,
capability to supply full technical assistance, expert supervision during installation and
performance guarantee. The Contractor shall submit the name of his Specialist waterproofing
Contractor (waterproofing applicator) for approval along with work experience details.
16.1.5 The waterproofing compounds shall be in accordance with approved make of materials annexed in
the contract agreement. The contractor shall get the waterproofing product and its make approved
by the Engineer-in-charge. However, this approval shall not exempt the Contractor from
responsibility for the success of waterproofing treatment done by him.
16.1.6 Total quantity of the water proofing compound required shall be arranged only after obtaining the
prior approval of the make by Engineer-in-charge in writing. Materials shall be kept under double
lock and key and proper account of the waterproofing compound used in the work shall be
maintained. It shall be ensured that the consumption of the compound is as per specified
requirements.

Page 187
16.1.7 The contractor shall prepare a sample for demonstration to the engineer-in-charge.
16.1.8 The finished surface after water proofing treatment shall have adequate smooth slope as per the
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
16.1.9 Before commencement of treatment on any surface, it shall be ensured that the outlet drain pipes /
spouts have been fixed and the spout openings have been eased and rounded off properly for
easy flow of water.
16.1.10 The Contractor shall get water proofing work done checked by engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative by flooding of water for sufficient duration as directed by Engineer-in-
charge. However, this approval shall not exempt the Contractor from responsibility for the success
of water proofing treatment done by him.
16.1.11 The Contractor, for the work of water proofing, will have to execute a guarantee bond in the
prescribed Proforma in this bid document for removing any defects in waterproofing done by it in
this contract for 10 years after completion of entire work in the contract agreement.
16.1.12 Material to be supplied with manufacturer's Data sheet, Label, MTC and Method statement. The
client has the right to inspect the manufacturing facility of the original manufacturer.
16.1.13 All manufacturers to provide material test certificate of each lot. Material test certificate of original
manufacturer only acceptable, Material statement to be provided b manufacturer.
16.2 Crystalline Water Proofing Compond: RCC/Concrete work in Basement Raft, Retaining walls,
Basement slabs, Water tanks, STP, Pump house, Lift pit, Terrace slab, waterproofing protection
screed at terrace and other water retaining structures shall be admixed with Crystalline Water
Proofing Compoing to reduce permeability of concrete in addition to proposed Waterproofing
System as per following specfifications:
Providing and mixing integral crystalline admixture for water proofing treatment to RCC structures
at the time of transporting of concrete into the drum of the ready-mix truck, using integral
crystalline admixture @ 0.80% (minimum) to the weight of cement content per cubic meter of
concrete) or higher as recommended by the manufacturer's specification in reinforced cement
concrete at site of work. The material shall meet the requirements as specified in ACI-212-3R2010
i.e. by reducing permeability of concrete by more than 90%, compared with control concrete as per
DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure. The crystalline admixture shall be capable
of self-healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per
specification and the direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The product performance shall carry
guarantee for 10 years against any leakage.
16.3 HDPE Membrane Water Proofing System under Basement Raft: Water proofing under
Basement Raft shall be done with fully bonded & weldable HDPE membrane water proofing
system, to be laid abobe lean concrete of grading M-10 (design mix) of thickness not less than
100mm, with following specifications:
Supplying and installing 1.5 mm composite thick (Bare film thickness of 0.9 mm HDPE membrane)
fully bonded weldable HDPE membrane conforming to IS 16471:2017 requirements of UG
waterproofing structures, requirements to provide Type A fully bonded protection of UG
waterproofing structures. The membrane shall comply with EN 13251:2016 durability certification.
The HDPE membrane should be largest width of manufacturer comprising of an HDPE layer and a
pressure sensitive adhesive layer which is covered by a weatherproof protective layer with lap
Joint Strength at overlaps >15000 N/m ASTM D 6392:2012. The membrane shall have a minimum
of 75mm side and end laps which shall be thermofused with leister machines at all the joints for
assuring watertightness and achieving monolithic membrane. End laps and side laps should be a
minimum of 100 mm with the weld size of minimum 60 mm in case of a single weld system. In
case of a double weld system, comprising of two parallel welds of 15 mm wide each with a 20 mm
air channel gap in between the two weld lines. This membrane shall be continued over the vertical
surface but terminated minimum 100mm below the top edge of the raft slab/footings and fixed as
per recommendation.

Page 188
 Contractor shall submit methodology statement with all detail in illustrative sketch form and get it
approved from Engineer-in-charge before start of work. Application shall be carried out by
approved applicator of manufacture and as per recommended by Manufacturer.
Method of Application: As per recommended by approved manufacturer.
The HDPE membrane should be having the following minimum properties :

PROPERTIES TYPICAL VALUE TEST METHOD

Color White/ Off White Visual Observations

Roll Size Length 20 m

Thickness of Composite 1.5mm ASTM D 3767

Membrane

Tensile Strength 25 MPa ASTM D 412Modified

Elongation 400% ASTM D 412Modified

Low Temperature Flexibility – 25 Degree C Pass ASTM D 1970

Peel Adhesion to Concrete 800 N/m ASTM D 903:1998

Lap Joint (Side and End Laps) 15000 N/m ASTM D 6392:2012
Strength at overlaps

UV Exposure 28 Days pass conforming to IS 16471:2017

Puncture Resistance 890 N (± 5 to10%) ASTM E 154

16.4 PU Membrane Water Proofing System for Basement Walls : Water proofing on outer face of
Basement Retaining Walls shall be done with two componant hybrid PU membrane water proofing
system with following specifications:
Providing & applying 2 components, solvent free, liquid applied elastomeric seamless hybrid
Polyurea Polyurethane Membrane, using plural component airless spray equipment, to form a
minimum system thickness of 1.5 mm in two alternative coats with a total consumption of 1.5-1.6
kg / m2. The membrane shall have 100% Solids, VOC Free, Tensile strength > 10 Mpa as per
ASTM D 412, Elongation > 400% as per ASTM D 412, Static Crack bridging up to 2mm as per
ASTM C 836, Shore A Hardness > 85 ASTM D 2240, Puncture Resistance > 1000 N as per ASTM
E 154. Apply primer coat of epoxy primer by roller/ airless spray guideline and coverage @ 5-6
m2/ltr depends on porosity of concrete. Allow to cure for max 5-6 hours. Broadcast anti slip grains
of 200-300 micron (dried/ Silica sand) on wet primer at coverage of 0.8-1 kg/m2 and allow to come
to touch dry condition before application of Membrane. Protection Board in Verticals: Providing
and installing of 8mm thick dimple board of approved make to prevent the damage of membrane
(PU Coating) during backfilling. The protection board is to be spot-bonded on the applied
waterproofing.
The Contractor shall submit methodology statement with all detail in illustrative sketch form and
get approved from Engineer in charge. Application shall be carried out by approved applicator of
manufacture and as per recommended by manufacturer.
Method of Application : As per recommended by approved manufacturer.
(i) All surfaces must be clean and free from debris, loose or flaking material, standing water,
oil, grease and organic growth. Concrete surfaces must be free from laitance and any
tracesof shuttering, release oils and curing compounds.
(ii) Bug holes shall be filled with epoxy putty.
(iii) Taken care of tie rod holes, if any tie rod hole not proper treated, the same will be filled with
polymer modified mortar/ non-shrink grout.

Page 189
 (iv) Primer application shall carry out as per manufacturer’s recommendation.
(v) Broadcast Dry sand onto the wet primer.
(vi) After proper drying of primer polyurea coating shall be applied by spraying machine in two
coats, which shall be applied in two alternate directions.
(vii) Protection Board in Verticals: Providing and installing of 8mm thick dimple board of
approved make to prevent the damage of membrane during backfilling. The protection
board is to be spot-bonded on the applied waterproofing membrane.
16.5 Protection Board in Verticals: Providing and installing of 8mm thick dimple board of approved
make to prevent the damage of membrane during backfilling. The protection board is to be spot-
bonded on the applied waterproofing The dimpled protection board should have compression
resistance > 120 kPa, elongation > 20 % according to EN 12311-2 and unit weight ~400 g/sqm,
can be installed on damp and wet substrates. The backfilling shall be done within 2-3 days of fixing
drainage boards. All systems to be installed as per manufacturers recommendation etc.
16.6 Construction Joints: in Raft, Retaining Walls, Water Tank, STP, Lift Pit below plinth shall be
treated by providing and applying of swellable type water stop tape, 20mm x 10mm thick in linear
meter (expansive nature) for construction joints treatment of RCC structure, such as raft slab,
retaining walls, water storage tank and at the junctions of raft slab with the retaining walls, STP,
Lift Pit below plinth etc. After cleaning the surface, the swellable water stop tape shall be applied
throughout the length shall be applied using single component swellable PU adhesive. The work
shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the engineer-in-charge.
16.7 Expansion Joints: The joints shall be provided with Shalitex Expansion Joint Filler Board, over
which a solvent-free, thixotropic two part epoxy based adhesive for bonding Modified Flexible Poly-
olefin (FPO) Waterproofing tape shall be provided to cover the prepared substrate. Properties of
epoxy based adhesive:

i. Consumption: 0.6 kg/m to 0.7 Kg/m,

ii. mixed density: 1.75 kg/ltr;

iii. bond strength > 1.5 N/mm2.

Post Application of the Adhesive provide a flexible FPO based membrane. Properties of FPO:

i. Chemical Base Modified flexible Polyolefin (FPO) with advanced adhesion.

ii. Fire Rating Euroclass E (EN ISO 11925-2, classification to EN 13501-1).

iii. Service Temperature -30°C min. to +40°C max. in wet conditions -30°C min. to +60°C
max. in dry conditions,

iv. Mechanical / Physical Properties: Tensile Strength > 12 N/mm2 (EN 12311-2), Tear
Strength > 40 N/mm (ISO 34-B), Elongation at Break > 600 % (EN 12311-2)
Seam strength > 300 N/5cm (2 mm) (EN 12316-2) > 400 N/5cm (2 mm) (EN 12317-2)

v. Behaviour under hydrostatic pressure:6bar/72h No leakage (EN 1928-B),

vi. Resistance: Chemical Resistance: as per manufacturer’s spec. Thermal Resistance

Thermal ageing: Passed (SIA V280, 1996).

vii. Bonding test: No cracks at -40°C (EN 495-5)

viii. Artificial weathering: 7500 h passed (SIA V280, 1996).

The top finished surface shall be provided with SS plate as per DSR item 5.43.
16.8 Waterproofing system in toilets:
16.8.1 Providing and applying Two-part acrylic polymer modified cementitious elastomeric waterproof
coating having minimum 1 N/mm2 tensile strength, at average 1.5mm thickness DFT, and shall

Page 190
 cover 2.00 kg / sqm. The coating shall have an elongation of a minimum of 120% when tested as
per ASTM D 412 and having crack bridging ability of up to 2mm. Thorough surface preparation by
mechanical means to level and plain the surface of walls and floors of the toilet areas. All cracks
and crevices to filled and made good to receive waterproofing coating treatment. The coating shall
cover all the floor area of the wet area (toilet) and be applied over on to the vertical walls for
required height above the floor. The periphery of the toilet floor shall be additionally reinforced with
an extra third coat of the coating with a fibre band sandwiched between the first and the second
coat, which shall also be done around protrusions (pipes) meant for plumbing purpose. The last
coat when wet, shall be sprinkled with clean and washed sand, to facilitate the floor screed or
plaster.
16.8.2 Pipes being fixed for plumbing shall be fixed in holes which are mechanically core cut, more than
the dia of the pipes. Pipes shall be fixed by grouting the annular space with non-shrink
cementitious grout of proprietary make. Before grouting the pipes shall be wrapped with a two-way
self-adhesive tape at least 2 inches wide and then grouted to fill in the grout, ensuring total
watertight plumbing fittings. Contractor shall submit methodology statement with all detail in
illustrative sketch form and get approved from Engineer in charge. Application shall be carried out
by approved applicator of manufacture and as per recommended by manufacturer. Applied area of
cementitious elastomeric coating (horizontal and vertical) shall be measured for payment.
16.8.3 Method of Application:

i. Cleaning the slab to remove loose dust, dirt, oil, debris (sunken slab for toilets or balcony) with
water jetting, saturating the slab with water.

ii. Repairing of cracks (if any) with using polymer modified mortar, carry out cementitious
injection grouting at leakage points modified with Plasticized Expansive Grout Admixture as
per manufacturer’s specification.

iii. Carry out / making 50 mm thick cement mortar (1:3) and modified with Polymer bonding agent
at dosage of 2.5 Litre per 50kg cement.

iv. Pipes being fixed for plumbing shall be fixed in holes which are mechanically core cut, more
than the dia. of the pipes. Pipes shall be fixed by grouting the annular space with non-shrink
cementitious grout of proprietary make. Before grouting the pipes shall be wrapped with a two-
way self-adhesive tape at least 2 inches wide and then grouted to fill in the grout, ensuring
total watertight plumbing fittings.

v. Applying first coat of Elastomeric Polymer modified cementitious waterproofing compound as

primer coat as per manufacturer’s specification.

vi. Laid 45gsm fibre mesh (alkali resistant) on first layer of coating become sandwich between
two layers.

vii. Apply second coat of Elastomeric Polymer modified cementitious waterproofing compound by
brush or roller so as fibre mesh is completely covered.

viii. Coating shall be applied over on to the vertical walls for a height of 4 feet above the floor.

ix. The last coat when wet, shall be sprinkled with quartz sand, to facilitate proper bonding of the
protective screed on floor/plaster on wall and filling light bats in sunken portions.

16.8.4 If required in sunken portions for providing and filling light weight AAC bats (of size 40-60 mm) with
cement mortar mixed in the ratio 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 block bats) including mixing of
approved water proofing compound in recommended proportion. The laid bat mix shall be well
rammed and compacted as required. Further surfaces shall be screeded with cement concrete mix
1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand : 3 stone grit of size 6 mm and below by volume) admixed with
approved integral water proofing compound in recommended proportion, laid to an average

Page 191
 thickness of 25mm and finished smooth or ready to receive finish material as specified. Care shall
be taken prior to filling all pipes passing through sunk portion such that the pipes are pressure
tested by maintaining pressure for 24 hours and junctions of pipes passing through walls, slabs
are well grouted and sealed.

16.9 Waterproofing System for Roof / Terrace Insulation):

16.9.1 Terrace Slabs shall be provided with Elastomeric PU coating composite Waterproofing and
Insulation systems as follows:

i. Repairing cracks on mother roof slab by cutting & making V grooves in 25x25 mm, and filling
with a polymer modified cementitious mortar, of 1:3 proportion and filling the groove with CM
(1:3) as recommended by manufacturer specification.

ii. Surface preparation shall be done as per manufacturer specifications followed by single
component PU water proofing coating.

iii. Making fillet with polymer modified mortar or as per manufacturer of minimum size 50mm x
50mm.

iv. Applying a base coat of one component polyurethane based waterproofing coating, having
elongation > 400%, crack bridging minimum 2 mm, tensile strength of > 2.0 Mpa (as per ASTM
D 412), solid content –80% to 90 %, avg. DFT 1.5mm in two coats shall be applied at all the
corners above the mother slab of roof and over the concrete haunches provided in the
periphery of the slab at the junctions of the parapet wall.

v. Spray applying an average 80 mm thick polyurethane foam (CFC and HCFC free), with a core
density of 45-50 kg /m3, thermal conductivity of 0.023 W/m.k at 25°C mean temperature (as
per ASTM C518-91), tensile strength of > 300kPa (as per ASTM D 1623), compressive
strength with rise of >300kPa (as per ASTM D-1621), closed cell content having apparent
volume of > 90% (as per ASTM D 6226/ 2856) and fire resistance property conforming to
Class B2 as per DIN 4102.

vi. Supplying and applying a base coat of one component polyurethane based waterproofing
coating, having elongation of > 400% and tensile strength of > 2 MPa (as per ASTM D 412)
with avg. DFT 1.5mm in two coats over a PU foam.

vii. Supplying & laying 300 gsm Geotextile (non-woven polyester) over the entire membrane
maintaining proper overlaps of 100 mm.

viii. Applying average 150 mm (to maintaining the required gradient for proper drainage of water
and minimum 60mm thick concrete at khurra/ mouth of rain water pipe) thick M25 grade
concrete screed admixed with integral crystalline admixture as per recommended dosages for
including providing control joints in 3M X 4M grids size and providing the angular haunch of
50mmX50mm using M25 grade concrete at the corners of the slab-parapet wall junctions all
around the periphery. Screed concrete shall be cut by mechanical means and filling the groove
with a one component (Thermatech) Polyurethane Sealant that is moisture triggered and cast
immediately on saw cutting joints on green concrete. The width of sealant fill shall not exceed
10mm. Becker rod along with polysulphide/ Polyurethane sealant shall be provided to seal the
saw cut joints.

ix. Contractor shall submit methodology statement with all detail in illustrative sketch form and get
approved from Engineer in charge. All material from single manufacturer. Application shall be
carried out by approved applicator of manufacture and as per recommended by manufacturer.

16.9.2 Material:

Page 192
 i. PU coating on mother slab – a base coat of one component polyurethane based waterproofing
coating, crack bridging ≤ 2 mm, having elongation > 400% and tensile strength of >3 Mpa,
applied at 1.5 kg/ sqm (as per ASTM D 412).

ii. PU Puff insulation - minimum 80 mm thick polyurethane foam, with a core density of 45-50 kg
/m3, thermal conductivity of 0.023 W/m.k at 25°C mean temperature (as per ASTM C518/91),
tensile strength of > 400kPa (as per ASTM D 1623), compressive strength with rise of
>300kPa (as per ASTM D-1621), closed cell content having apparent vol of > 90% (as per
ASTM D 2856) and fire resistance property conforming to Class B2 as per DIN 4102.

iii. PU coating on Insulation – a base coat of two component polyurethane based waterproofing
coating, having elongation of >400% and tensile strength of >3 MPa, applied at 1.5 kg/ sqm.
(as per ASTM D 412), over a PU foam.

16.10 Water proofing system for UG & OH water tanks

16.10.1 Food grade epoxy coating (approved colour & shade) water proofing system for water tank as per
manufacturer specification and as approved by Engineer- In-charge.
16.10.2 Providing and applying food grade epoxy coating treatment to water tank on inside surface after
proper surface preparation, carry out cementitious injection grouting at leakage points using
Plasticized expansive grout admixture, treatment of construction joints using polymer modified
mortar prepared by using SBR Latex-screed modifier cum bonding agent, application of polymer
modified vatta/ fillet at floor-wall junction prepared by using SBR, filling pipe cut-outs using Non
shrink cementitious grout and hydro swell water bar, application of one coat of epoxy primer and
two coats of Solvent free food grade epoxy resin coating in 2 coats etc. complete including all
tools and tackles as per manufacturer’s specification. Food grade epoxy coating shall be having
adhesive bond strength > 1 Mpa, Pot life of 30 min @ 30 °C and cured film shall be non-toxic and
shall meet the requirements of IS: 9833:1981. Contractor shall furnish 10 years warranty for the
coating. Application shall be carried out by approved applicator of manufacture and as per
recommended by manufacturer.
16.10.3 Method of Application

i. The cleaning and preparation of the substrate on which the waterproofing coating is applied as
follow.

ii. One coat of primer and two coats of Solvent free epoxy resin coating @ 300 microns DFT in 2
coats.

16.11 Water Proofing of Basement Roof (Landscape/Hardscape)/Podium water proofing:

16.11.1 Providing and applying by spray 2 component Root-Resistant hybrid Polyurea water proofing
system over a surface prepared and cleaned mechanically to remove all laitance by mechanical
grinding, treatment of cracks and honey combing by suitable epoxy putty etc. The suitable primer
for the polyurea system shall be applied earlier to reach a tack-free state.
16.11.2 Then application of 2 component Polyurea that is quick / fast Setting, that is elastomeric
waterproof, spray applied to achieve DFT recommended by manufacturer (avg. 1.5 mm) by a high-
pressure, heated two component, spray proportioning equipment. The proportioning equipment
must be capable of supplying correct pressure and heat for the appropriate hose length on a
consistent basis. The Polyurea coating system must deliver the following properties: Solids by
Volume shall be 100%, Tensile strength (ASTM D412) >10 MPa, Tear Resistance (ASTM D624C)
shall be minimum 45 N/mm, Elongation (ASTM D412) > 400%.
16.11.3 Supplying and applying an average of 50mm thick M40 vibrated grade concrete screed in proper
slope and gradient.
16.11.4 Providing & placing polypropylene dimpled board/ drain board with filter medium, based on soil
characteristics and height of soil overburden

Page 193
16.11.5 Supplying and applying protective geo textile fabric of 300 gsm over the entire membrane with
proper overlaps of 100 mm over the drain board concrete screed with saw cut and groove shall be
provided in desired slope, and in the scope of work.
16.11.6 The polyurea coating shall be applied over the concrete haunches in M 40 provided on the
periphery of the parapet wall- mother slab, all around, and well above the height of the soil
overburden to provide complete protection.
16.12 Treatment of Pipe Penetrations:

Grouting & Sealing around the periphery joints of pipes passing through the floor and walls in
various locations by filling micro concrete of approved manufacturer in the gap between the cut
outs in the slab and the pipe surface and sealing around the periphery joints of the pipes using two
component (1:1) moisture insensitive epoxy putty conforming to ASTM C882. The waterproofing
should be continued over the pipes.

16.13 Grouting & Sealing of faulty construction joints, cracks, tie rod holes, honeycombed
concrete surface in RCC UG structures/Water Tanks/ETP/STP etc :

Providing and applying crystalline mortar by mixing in the ratio of 4.5:1 (4.5 parts crystalline
mortar: 1 part water) for the treatment of faulty construction joints, cracks, tie rod holes and spalled
& honeycombed surface of RCC underground structures like basement, water tanks, bridge deck
etc. to ensure water tightness. The crystalline mortar shall conform to the EN 1504-3 having
compressive strength Class R4 > 45 MPa and adhesive bond strength Class R3 > 1.5 MPa. The
work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of the Engineer-in-
charge. The product performance shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage.

For patching of tie rod holes, preparing tie rod hole surface and then priming the area with integral
crystalline slurry @0.070kg per sqm and while the surface is tacky, repairing and then filling the tie
rod holes with crystalline mortar @0.040kg per hole. The crystalline mortar shall be tightly rodded
into tie rod holes or packed tightly (For 25x25x25 mm tie rod hole, use 0.040 kg to fill the hole)

16.14 GUARANTEE:
16.14.1 The water proofing work shall carry Ten Years guarantee to be reckoned from the date of
completion of the entire work under the contract against faulty workmanship, finishing, unsound
materials, efficiency of water proofing treatment and other related problems.
16.14.2 The Contractor, for the work of water proofing, will have to execute a guarantee bond on non-
judicial stamp paper of value Rs.100/- or more in the prescribed Proforma in this bid document for
removing any defects in waterproofing done by it in this contract for 10 years after completion of
entire work in the contract agreement.
16.15 In addition to above, 10% (Ten percent) of the cost of “Water Proofing Works” shall be retained as
additional security deposit (in addition to 2.5% security deposit deducted from Contractors bill)
from the bills towards guarantee as per decision of Engineer-in-Charge whose decision will be final
and binding. However, half of this withheld amount would be released after five years from the
date of completion of the work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. The remaining
withheld amount shall be released after 5 years from the date of completion of work, if the
performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any defects are noticed during the guarantee period, it
shall be rectified by the Contractor within seven days of issue of notice to the Contractor,
temporarily, to the satisfaction of the CPWD/ Client Department or any other authorized
representative of client department and within a period of one month the permanent rectification of
the defects/replacement of defective materials should be carried out by the Contractor. If not
attended to, the same shall be got done through other Contractor at the risk and cost of the
Contractor and the cost, which shall be final and binding on the Contractor, shall be recovered
from the amount withheld towards the guarantee as mentioned above or any other amount due to
the Contractor. However, the amount withheld as guarantee can be released in full against

Page 194
 irrevocable bank guarantee from a Schedule/Nationalized Banks, of the same amount, for the
guarantee period is submitted by the Contractor in favour of Engineer-in-charge.
17.0 ALUMINIUM DOOR, WINDOW, VENTILATOR WORKS:
17.1 Extent and Intent:
17.1.1 The work shall be carried out through an approved specialized agency, who shall furnish all
materials, labour, accessories, equipment, tool and plant and incidentals required for providing and
installing aluminium doors, windows, claddings, louvers and other items as called for on the
drawings. The specialized agency for the Aluminium work shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge, well before actual commencement of the item of work. Necessary
performance certificates in respect of agencies proposed to be engaged shall be submitted within
30 days from the date of issue of acceptance letter to substantiate technical capability and
experience of the agency for prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
17.1.2 The drawings and specifications cover the major requirement only. The supplying of additional
fastenings, accessory features and other items not mentioned specifically herein, but which are
necessary to make a complete installation shall be a part of this contract.
17.2 General:
17.2.1 Work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications- 2019 Vol. I & Vol. II with up to date
correction slips.
17.2.2 Aluminium doors, windows etc. shall be of sizes, section details as shown on the drawings. The
details shown on the drawings indicate generally the sizes of the component parts and general
standards. These may be varied slightly to suit the standard adopted by the manufacturer. Before
proceeding with any manufacturing, the contractor shall prepare and submit complete
manufacturing and installation drawings for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and no work shall
be performed until the approval of these drawings is obtained.
17.3 Shop Drawings:
The contractor shall submit the shop drawings of doors. Windows, louvers, cladding and other
aluminium work, based on architectural drawings, to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. The
drawings shall show full size sections of doors, windows etc. thickness of metal (i.e. wall
thickness), details of construction, sub frame/ rough ground profile, anchoring details, hardware as
well as connection of windows, doors and other metal work to adjacent work. Samples of all joints
and methods of fastening and joining shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval
well in advance of commencing the work.
17.4 Samples:
Samples of doors, windows, louvers etc. shall be fabricated, assembled and submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. They shall be of sizes types etc. as decided by Engineer-in-
Charge. All samples shall be provided at the cost of the contractor.
17.5 Sections:
Minimum doors and windows shall be fabricated from extruded section of profile of detailed on
drawings. The sections shall be extruded by the manufacturers approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. The aluminium extruded sections shall conform IS designation 63400-WP (HV9WP Old
designation) with chemical composition and technical properties as per IS:733 and IS:1285. The
permissible dimensional tolerance of the extruded sections shall be such as not to impair the
proper and smooth function/ operation and appearance of doors and windows.
17.6 Fabrication:
Doors, windows, etc. shall be fabricated to sizes as shown at factory and shall be of section, sizes
combinations and details as shown in the Architectural Drawings. All doors, windows etc. shall
have mechanical joints. All members shall be accurately machined and fitted to form hairline joints
prior to assembly. The joint and accessories such as cleats, brackets, etc. shall be of such
materials as not to cause any bimetallic action. The fabrication of doors, windows, etc. shall be
done in suitable sections to facilitate easy transportation, handling and installation. Adequate

Page 195
 provision shall be made in the door and window members for anchoring to support and fixing of
hardware and other fixtures as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
17.7 Powder Coating:
All aluminium sections shall be powder coated 50 microns to required colour as specified in the
item and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge. Polythene tape protection shall be applied on the
powder coated section before they are brought to site. All care shall be taken to ensure surface
protection during transportation, storage at site and installation. The tape protection shall be
removed on installation. The samples will be tested in the approved laboratory and cost of
samples, cost of testing, shall be borne by the contractor.
17.8 Protection of Finish:
All aluminium members shall be wrapped with approved self-adhesive non- staining masking
tapes.
17.9 Handling and stacking:
17.9.1 Fabricated materials shall be stacking in an approved manner to protect the material against any
damage during transportation. The loading and unloading shall be carried out with utmost care, on
receipt of materials at site, they shall be carefully examined to detect any damaged pieces.
Arrangements shall be made for expeditious replacement of damaged piece/ parts. Materials
found to be acceptable on inspections shall be repacked in crates and stored safely.
17.9.2 In the case of Composite windows and doors, the different units are to be assembled first. The
assembled Composite units should be checked for line, level and plumb before final fixing is done.
Units may be serial numbered and identified as how to be assembled in their final location of
situation so warrants.
17.9.3 Where aluminium comes into contact with masonry brickwork, concrete, planter or dissimilar
metals, it shall be coated with approved insulation lacquer, paint or plastic tape to ensure that
electro- chemical corrosion is avoided. Insulation material shall be trimmed off to a clean flush line
on completion.
17.9.4 The contractor shall be responsible for assembling Composite, bedding and filling the groove with
backup roads polysulphide sealant inside and outside, placing the doors, windows etc. in their
respective opening. After the doors/ windows have been fixed in their correct assigned position,
the open hollow sections abutting masonry concrete shall be fitted with approved polysulphide
sealant densely packed and neatly finished.
17.9.5 The contractor shall be responsible for doors, windows, etc. being set straight plumb, level and for
their satisfactory operation after fixing is complete.
17.10 Installation
17.10.1 Just prior to installation the doors, windows etc. shall be un-crated and stacked on edge on level
bearers and supported evenly. The frame shall be fixed into position true to line and level using
adequate number of expansion machine bolts, anchor fasteners of approved size and
manufacturer and in an approved manner. The holes in concrete/ masonry members for housing
anchor bolts shall be drilled with an electric drill.
17.10.2 The doors, windows assembled as shown on drawings shall be placed in correct final position in
this opening and marks made on concrete members at jambs, sills and heads against the holes
provided in frames for anchoring. The frame shall then be removed from the opening and laid
aside. Neat hole with parallel sides of appropriate size shall then be drilled in the concrete
members with an electric drill at the marking to house the expansion bolts. The expansion bolts
shall then be inserted in the holes, struck with a light hammer till the nuts is forced into the anchor
shell. The frame shall then be placed in final position in the opening and anchored to the support
through cadmium plated machine screws of required size threaded to expansion bolts. The frame
shall be set in the opening by using wooden wedges at supported and bar plumbed in position.
The wedges shall invariably be placed at meeting points of glazing bars and frames.
17.11 Neoprene Gaskets:

Page 196
 The contractor shall provide and install Neoprene gaskets of approved size and profile at all
locations as shown and as called for to render the doors, windows etc. absolutely air tight and
weather tight. The contractors shall produce samples of the gaskets for approval and procure after
approval only.
17.12 Fittings:
Hinges, stays, handles, tower bolts, locks and other fittings shall be of excellent quality and
manufacturers shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
17.13 Manufacturer’s Attendance:
The manufacturer immediately prior to the commencement of glazing shall adjust and set all
windows and doors and accept responsibility for the satisfactory working of the opening frames.
17.14 Mastic Cement:
The gaps between frames and supports and also any gaps in the windows section shall be raked
out as directed and filled with mastic cement of approved colour and make to ensure complete
water tightness. The mastic cement shall be of such colour and Composition that it would not stain
the masonry/ concrete work, shall receive paint without bleeding, will not sag and shall not set
hard or dry out under any conditions of weather. The samples of mastic cement to be used for this
purpose shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before its actual use.
17.15 Sealant:
17.15.1 Use modified silicone for joint subject to movement and in glazing.
17.15.2 Surfaces to receive sealant shall be properly prepared, cleaned, primed and excess sealant
removed from finished surfaces.
17.15.3 Sealed joints shall be neatly tooled and surfaces smoothed.
17.15.4 Follow the instruction of the sealant manufacturers.
17.15.5 Colour of the sealant shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
17.16 Glazing:
17.16.1 Glazing shall generally be accomplished from the inside of building.
17.16.2 The glazing system shall be designed to this end use a continuous EPDM compression gasket on
both sides (Present Gasket on one side of glazing pocket and roll in gasket on another side). A
continuous wet seal shall be employed to ensure a complete water tightness.
17.16.3 Maintain a minimum glazing bite, edge clearance and surface clearance depending on the glass
as recommended by the glass manufacturer.
17.17 Sealant and Gasket Application:
17.17.1 Sealant and gasket shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings or required for a
permanently weather tight installation. The sealing mechanism is necessary but is not indicated, it
shall be of type recommended by the sub- contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
17.17.2 All adjoining surfaces shall be protected to receive sealant against staining by masking and/ or
other methods.
17.17.3 Joints and joint surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free of any material that may have an adverse
effect on the bonding and/ or seal of the sealant and gasket materials.
17.17.4 Apply sealant and gasket under the conditions recommended by the manufacturer(s). Prime all
surface to receive sealant and gasket unless recommended otherwise, use no sealant that has
started to set in its container or a sealant that has exceeded the self-life published by the
manufacturer.
17.17.5 Fill all joints continuously and completely with sealant, forming a neat, uniform, concave bead.
Finish the material flush with adjoining surfaces unless shown on the drawings. All sealant
surfaces shall be tooled smooth.
17.17.6 Tensile or shear stress in structural silicone sealant joint shall not exceed 1.4 kg/ sqm.
17.18 Protection & Cleaning: The contractor shall adequately protect all components and accessories
from damage during shipments, storage at job site, erection and after completion of the work. At
such time as may be directed, the sub-contractor shall remove all protective tapes or coating,

Page 197
 thoroughly clean all anodized aluminium and glass surfaces with suitable cleaning agent, make
final adjustments to all ventilators, etc. and hardware leaving all in first class working order.
17.19 Details of Tests
17.19.1 The various tests on aluminium sections shall be conducted in accordance with the relevant IS
codes.
17.19.2 The minimum number of tests for powder coating and corrosion resistance shall be as given
below:

S. No. Details No. of Tests

1 Doors, Windows & Ventilators 5% of Nos. manufactured.

17.19.3 The samples of major member of each unit of doors/ windows shall be selected at random by
Engineer-in-Charge as such that all the aluminium section be got tested.
17.19.4 The cost of samples, carriage or the samples and testing charges, if any, shall be borne by the
contractor.
17.20 Acceptance Criteria:
The Aluminium sections shall conform to the provisions of the relevant items. For payment
purpose only, actual weight of sections shall be taken into account. However, if the sectional
weight of any Aluminium section is higher than the permissible variation then the weight payable
shall be restricted to the weight of the section including permissible variation.
17.21 Measurement:
Payment by weight shall be made for Aluminium sections including beading only and all fixing
angles cleats fittings and fixtures such as handles and hinges etc., shall not be included in the
weight to be paid.
17.22 Rates:
The rates of the items shall include the cost of all materials, labours and inputs required
17.23 Factory made glazed Steel/Aluminium Doors, Windows &Ventilators shall be manufactured in a
workshop approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
18.0 STRUCTURAL GLAZING
18.1 General:
The work shall be carried out through an approved specialized agency, who shall furnish all
materials, labour, accessories, equipment, tool and plant and incidentals required for providing and
installing Structural Glazing work. The specialized agency shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge, well before actual commencement of the item of work. Necessary
performance certificates in respect of agencies proposed to be engaged shall be submitted within
30 days from the date of issue of acceptance letter to substantiate technical capability and
experience of the agency for prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The Contract Documents define only the design intent and general performance requirements.
The Contractor is entrusted with total responsibility for design, structural calculations, shop
drawings, fabrications, installation, warranties, certifications and related documentation.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the design, fabrication and erection of the systems,
and all work shall be performed entirely by his own forces.
Design approved metal framing members to accommodate expansion and contraction of
components without buckling, creating stress on glass, structural components and fasteners, joint
seals or other damaging effects.
The Contractor shall provide to sealant manufacturer samples of all relevant substrates, including
finished aluminium, coated glass, gaskets, setting blocks and brackets.
Sealant manufacturer shall perform tests to verify adhesion, staining and chemical compatibility.
The Contractor shall use sealants and substrates only in combinations for which favourable
addition and compatibility results have been obtained.

Page 198
 Aluminium surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete, plaster, masonry, wet application of the fire
proofing and absorptive materials shall be coated with an anti- galvanic, moisture barrier material.
18.2 Conceptual design:
 Component and hardware description.
 Design, fabrication & execution methodologies.
 Detailed bar chart & showing all activities from macro to micro details.
 Structural design and engineering fabrication, supply and erection of the Structural/ Structural
Glazing wall system including but not limited to the following:
 Extrusion aluminium framing members.
 All interior trim covers and closures.
 All anchor clips, fasteners, and brackets.
 Glazing, including materials, gaskets, sealants, spacers and related work.
 A continuous gutter system at each floor of the unitized Structural Glazing wall.
 Field water tests.
18.3 Samples:
Sample of one typical panel shall be fabricated, assembled and installed for approval. It shall be of
type as per approved drawings. All samples shall be provided at no cost to the Project In-charge.
18.4 Design Considerations:
The Contractor should possess adequate engineering background and facilities inclusive of trained
system personnel from their parent company and should be able to prove their design and
engineering capabilities to meet structural design parameters. The Contractor should carry
adequate Professional Indemnity Insurance supporting a design warranty to the benefit of the
Project In-charge. Copies of the same to be forwarded to the Project In-charge within 2 weeks of
signing the Agreement.
The Contractor shall submit structural calculations for the system and it shall be stamped and
signed by a qualified structural engineer, including mock-up complying with current design rules of
the relevant aluminium code include analysis for wind, dead loads, deflections and if appropriate
seismic loads on framing members and anchors. All Structural Glazing shall have mechanical
joints shall be designed IS 875.
The design shall also ensure that the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed 1/175
of the span between supports or 20mm, whichever is less for vertical elements & 1/250 of the span
between supports for horizontal elements. Air leakage through windows should not exceed 0.60
Cu.ft/Sq.ft. Minimum design pressures both inward, outward and acting perpendicular to glass
(including return surfaces) shall be per the requirements the Indian Wind Loading Code IS 875
Part 3 and earthquake regulations.
The framing members should be designed such that deflection perpendicular to the wall plane of
any unsupported span shall not exceed 1/175 or 20mm whichever is the least, under the required
design load both positive and negative. Also, no failure of structural silicone Jolts, damage to
joinery, components, or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2 percent of the
span shall occur under 1.5 times the design load. Deflection in the wall plane of any glazed
horizontal span should not exceed ½ the glass edge clearance dimension below.
The Contractor shall also submit the calculations for the structural silicone joint, size as required.
18.5 Water Tightness:
A complete drainage system must be incorporated into the Structural Glazing wall frame. Water
leakage and condensation shall be drained or discharged to exterior face of the wall and all
internal spaces shall be vented by acceptable means to ensure air-pressure equalization when
possible.
Drainage system shall be sealed off per floor height to prevent infiltrated water from leaking to
lower floors.

Page 199
 Movement of water behind and on exposed surfaces must be controlled to ensure that water is not
retained and that elements will not be damaged or corroded by water and to minimize the potential
for algae and fungus growth as a result of standing or trapped water.
18.6 Shop Drawings:
The Contractor shall prepare detailed shop drawings incorporating all allowances for construction
and fabrication tolerances.
The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for the Structural wall system, aluminium
composite panel cladding works to the Project In-charge for review.
The Architect’s review will be conformance to the design concept and for the general arrangement
only. And such review shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibilities as stated herein or
any other applicable items herein specified.
The Shop drawings shall show joinery techniques, provisions for horizontal and vertical expansion,
glass and metal thickness, framing and anchor member profiles, identification all materials
including metal alloys, glass types, fasteners and glazing materials, all shop and field sealants by
product name. This shall also show relative
layout of all adjacent walls, beams, columns and slabs with all dimensions to each other and grid
lines/ dimension position of glass edge relative to metal daylight, anchorage details to the building
structure and coping details at the parapet are also to be submitted. The drawing shall also
indicate all gaskets, weather strips and Aluminium extrusions.
Shop Drawings shall be signed and sealed by a Qualified Structural Engineer with specific
experience in Structural Glazing Wall construction and design.
18.7 Samples:
The Contractor shall submit samples for review three (3) sets of labelled samples of each required
type and colour of metal finish, on300mm long sections of aluminium extrusion shapes. Samples
must show extremes of colour texture variation. Samples will be reviewed by Project In-charge for
colour and texture only. Compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor.
Colour and texture range of production material shall match approved samples.
Project In-charge reserves the right to require samples which will show the fabrication techniques
and workmanship of the component parts, and the design of accessories and other exposed
auxiliary items, before fabrication of this work proceeds.
The Contractor shall also submit samples for review three (3) sets of labelled samples of sealant
backers, anchor components, anchor assemblies and epoxies.
18.8 Aluminium:
Extruded aluminium sections should conform to BIS designation HE9WP/HV9WP, the chemical
composition requirements of IS:733, and technical properties as laid down in IS:1285. Standard
commercial tolerances shall apply to finished, fabricated and assembled materials.
The sections of mullions and transoms shall be designed to withstand deflection and wind
pressure as described in specifications and shall be rigid enough to support and retain the glass
and other construction variation as indicated.
Reinforcing member, where used, shall be completely enclosed and if fabricated from steel shall
be galvanized and protected with two coats of zinc chromate where welded shall be treated in the
same way.
The frames shall be formed by integrated PVDF 3 coats (40 – 45 microns) as per AAMA 2605
specification aluminium section with provision to receive fixed glass spandrel and other
construction variation as indicated.
Sections of the frame shall be cut and profiled for assembly in the best workman like manner and
finished in a neat and weatherproof construction with proper tempering of aluminium sections.
All dimensions of the Structural Glazing wall shall conform to the overall sizes shown on the
drawings. They shall be fabricated to proven and tested detail designs. All parts shall be supplied
ready for fixing and complete with all necessary fittings. The exact dimensions for frame work shall

Page 200
 be physically checked at site before starting fabrication.
All joints shall be mechanical, jointed with aluminium angles with stainless steel screws.
18.9 Silicone Sealant:
The Contractor shall send a sample of PVDF 3 coats (40 – 45 microns) as per AAMA2605
specification aluminium section & selected glass to the silicon sealant manufacturer and get his
approval. A copy of that certificate to be submitted to Project-In-charge. The cost of samples,
carriage of the samples and testing charges, if any shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit, for record only, glass manufacturer’s written statement that any
insulated glass, reflective glass and spandrel glass is supported by structural silicone is suitable for
such application.
The colour/ shade of sealant shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor to get
approval before procurement.
18.10 Glass Specification:
Providing and fixing aluminium semi unitized vertical Structural glazing system with glazed vision
panel and spandrel panel of approved make having main frame of verticals and horizontals made
out of specially designed extruded aluminium sections to withstand wind pressure at a height of
40m and fabricated, fixed at all levels, elevation and heights to the Masonry / RC walls with
necessary clamps, brackets and anchor fasteners. All clamps and brackets shall be Mild Steel Hot
dip galvanized minimum 80 microns thick and shall conform to IS: 4759-1996. The extruded
aluminium section shall be anodized in approved colour with an anodic coating of minimum 20
microns. Extruded section shall be of 6063 T5 or T6 alloy conforming to ASTM B 221. Any other
fastening straps, nuts, bolts, rivets, washers, Fire stops at all floor levels etc. shall be in stainless
steel SS 304 grade. All tapes shall be of approved make. The system shall be designed to
withstand a wind pressure of 200 kg/Sqm and shall be fixed to the masonry/RC walls with
necessary clamps, brackets and anchor fasteners, clamps and brackets shall be Hot dip
galvanized minimum 80 microns thick all complete as per manufacturer's manual and
specifications. The spandrel panel shall have 50mm thick fiber glass insulation of 48 kg/Cum
density of approved make conforming to IS-8183 and 1.0 mm thick Twiga black tissue conforming
to BS 476 Part 7. This insulation shall be enclosed in a GI tray fabricated out of 1mm thick. GI
sheet and fixed to the glazing framework with stainless steel fasteners. The gap between the GI
framework and the concrete framework shall be sealed with Aluminium flashing fixed with stainless
steel fasteners. All gaps shall be sealed with Silicone sealant of approved brand. Insulation should
be provided in between the Structural glazing aluminium frame work (i.e., behind the spandrel
glazed panel) and the structure.
Providing DG glass consisting of 6 mm thick toughened glass inside and 6 mm thick toughened
glass outside having 12 mm air gap having VLT = 69 to 73 %, External reflectance = 8 to 12%,
Internal reflection = 10 to 14%, Solar factor = 0.51 to 0.55, U value = 1.6 to 2 W/sqm K etc
18.11 Accessories:
Silicon gaskets, weather stripping, extruded seals and spacers, which do not come into contact
with structural silicone sealant shall be of Silicon gasket or approved equivalent. Where in parallel
contact with structural silicone sealants, all gaskets, setting blocks and spacers other than foam
glazing tapes shall be of heat cur silicone rubber, chemically compatible with the silicone sealant
and suitable for the specific purpose intended. All extruded gaskets, weather stripping and spacers
other than foam glazing tapes shall have continuous mechanical engagement to framing members
adhesive attachment is not acceptable.
The cladding system shall be constructed with (and shall maintain during its design life) a standard
of seal which shall not result in any reduction of sound insulation performance.
Gaskets, weather stripping and seals used to achieve the required weather proofing and/ or air
tightness shall be selected to accommodate fully the range of dimensional tolerances associated
with fabrication and installation of the cladding system. Gaskets, weather stripping and seals shall

Page 201
 be formed from materials capable of retaining their elastic qualities, dimensions and resistance to
physical and chemical attack sufficient to maintain the full water tightness, air tightness and
acoustic performance for the design life of the Structural wall.
Extruded gaskets, weather stripping, seals and spacers mechanically engaged by flutes or pockets
extruded in framing member shall be installed without residual tension or extension. Dry lubricants
may be used to reduce drag during installation of synthetic rubber extrusions and to induce
compression so as to prevent gradual elastic shrinkage and retraction from their ends. Wet
lubricants containing detergent shall not be used for any purpose which may bring the liquid into
contact with the coated surfaces of vision and spandrel glass.
18.12 Fabrication & Installation:
Installation shall be in true line vertically and horizontally.
Work shall be done by competent workmen who are thoroughly skilled in their trade. Assemblies
shall be neat and free of defects that impair strength, function or appearance. The work shall be
accomplished in compliance with the specified criteria without buckling opening or joints. Under
stress on fasteners, sealants and gaskets, opening of welds cracking of glass leakage noises and
other harmful effects.
As far as practicable fitting and assembly of the work shall be done in the shop.
All exposed work shall be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design.
All joints in exposed metal work, unless otherwise shown or specified shall be accurately fitted end
rigidly secured with joint sizes conforming to industry standards.
Except where otherwise shown specified or directed the method of assembly and joining shall be
as per approved shop drawings. Fabricate and fasten metal work so that the work will not be
distorted nor the fasteners over stressed from the expansion and contraction of the metal.
All welding shall be in accordance with the appropriate recommendations of the Indian welding
codes and shall be done with electrodes and/ or by methods recommended by the manufacturer of
the alloys being welded. All welds behind finished surfaces shall be done as to minimize distortion
and/ or dis-coloration on the finished side. All weld spatter and welding oxides on finished surfaces
shall be removed by de-scaling and/ or grinding.
Unless otherwise shown or specified, all weld beads or exposed surfaces shall be ground and
finished to match and blend with finish on adjacent parent metal. Grinding and polishing of
nonferrous metal shall be done only with clean wheels and compounds free from iron and iron
compounds. No soldering and/ or brazing shall be allowed.
The Contractor shall conceal all the fasteners where visible in the finished work.
All aluminium components shall fabricate before finishing, cutting of components will not be
acceptable.
As the building is exposed to varying weather actions, all fasteners shall be stainless steel, self-
tapping screws with Aluminium brackets. Steel anchors shall be pre-holed and galvanized. The
bolts shall be steel chromium plated along with nuts and covered with butyl sealing compound.
Where aluminium comes into contact with masonry, brickwork, concrete, plaster or dissimilar
metals, it shall be coated with an approved insulation lacquer, paint or plastic tape to ensure that
electro-chemical corrosion is avoided.
The Contractors shall be responsible for placing in position the Structural Glazing wall frames for
the satisfactory performance and should be totally leak proof for a minimum period of ten years
Sealant and Gasket Application
Sealant and gasket shall be provided wherever shown in the drawings or required for a
permanently weather tight installation. The sealing mechanism for each location and use shall be
as indicated on drawings in those locations where a mechanism is necessary but is not indicated.
It shall be of type recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Project In-charge.
All adjoining surfaces shall be protected to receive sealants against staining by masking and/ or
other methods.

Page 202
 Joints and joint surfaces shall be clean, dry and free of any material that may have an adverse
effect on the bonding and/ or seal of the sealant and gasket materials.
Apply sealants and gasket under the conditions recommended by the manufacturer(s) Prime all
surface to receive sealants and gasket unless recommended otherwise use no sealant that has
started to set in its container or a sealant that has exceeded the self-life published by the
manufacturer.
Fill all joints continuously and completely with sealant forming a neat uniform concave bead. Finish
the material flush with adjoining surfaces unless otherwise shown on the drawings. All sealant
surfaces shall be tooled smooth.
18.13 Certification:
The Contractor shall submit a letter of certification from the sealant manufacturer stating that the
sealant has been tested for adhesion and compatibility on production samples of metals, glass,
and other glazing components, and that all sealant details and application procedures shown on
the reviewed shop Drawings are acceptable for use.
Where the Structural Glazing wall and other cladding impinges on, intercepts, covers, is attached
to or supported by the work of other trades, for instance at parapet-level junctions with roof
membranes and back-up walls, the Contractor’s shop drawing and location drawings shall clearly
distinguish elements and components of construction by other.
Anchorage System and Building Frame
Each mullion shall be fixed to the structural slab at each floor level. All steel fasteners shall be
galvanized to minimum 80-90 microns coated with zinc chromate primer and supplied by the
Contractor.
18.14 Water Tightness:
No gross leakage shall be observed when subject to test for water penetration as described in BS
4315 Part-1.
18.15 GUARANTEE:
18.16 The Structural Glazing work shall carry 5 Years guarantee for proper design and performance to
be reckoned from the date of completion of the entire work under the contract against faulty
workmanship, finishing, unsound materials and other related problems.
18.17 The design and installation shall be to the best international standards and shall specially take
account of wind and seismic loads, storms, thermal stresses, building movements and the like.
18.18 The 5 year guarantee shall be furnished in non-judicial stamp paper of value Rs.100/- or more, in
prescribed Performa. The guarantees shall be submitted before final payment and shall not in any
way limit any other rights to correct which the Employer may have under the Contract.
18.19 In addition to above, 10% (Ten percent) of the cost of “Structural Glazing Work” shall be withheld
from the bills towards guarantee as per decision of Engineer-in-Charge whose decision will be final
and binding. This amount to be withheld towards guarantee shall be in addition to the other
amounts to be withheld as mentioned elsewhere in the contract agreement. However, half of this
withheld amount would be released after two years from the date of completion of the work, if the
performance, as required, is satisfactory. The remaining withheld amount shall be released after 5
years from the date of completion of work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any
defects are noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the Contractor within seven
days of issue of notice to the Contractor, temporarily, to the satisfaction of the CPWD/ Client
Department or any other authorized representative of client department and within a period of one
month the permanent rectification of the defects/replacement of defective materials should be
carried out by the Contractor. If not attended to, the same shall be got done through other
Contractor at the risk and cost of the Contractor and the cost, which shall be final and binding on
the Contractor, shall be recovered from the amount withheld towards the guarantee as mentioned
above or any other amount due to the Contractor. However, the amount withheld as guarantee
can be released in full against irrevocable bank guarantee from a Schedule/Nationalized Banks, of

Page 203
 the same amount, for the guarantee period is submitted by the Contractor in favour of Engineer-in-
charge. The defects, if any, shall be rectified, retaining the same aesthetics and other functional
parameters of the original work.
19.0 CARPET FLOORING

Providing and laying minimum 4 mm flocked type textile carpet covering Made up of Nylon and
treated with Stain smart soil protection, built in antimicrobial treatment, 6.6 face fibre (approx 80
million fibers/ sq.mtr/ 70 million fiber/sq.yd) in roll. Carpet roll shall be provided with PVC free Soft
back Wellbac function / cushion backing. Carpet roll shall meet ARR – severe rating as CRI TM
101. Pattern & color shall be as per decision of Engineer in charge. Carpets to be CRI green label
certified for GRIHA Certification. Rate shall be inclusive of installation by using low VOC content
adhesive or approved make and covering with protective sheet till instructed to remove by the
Engineer In charge.

Yarn Type (Nylon 6.6)

Texture (Multi-level pattern cut & loop pile /Textured /Tip Shear construction)

Secondary Backing (Environmental Friendly & 100% PVC Free with 80+% recycled content and
NSF 140 Gold Rating)

Yarn Weight (32-34 oz/yd2)

Carpet Gauge (1/8" to 1/11")

Stitches/ inch (10 to 13)

Warranty: The contractor shall submit Life Time or 10 years Comprehensive Warranty (whichever
is greater).

Density (8000-8700 oz/ cubic yard)

Total Thickness (i/c roll, backing, etc) (8.1-10.0 mm)

Anti Static Property (Less than 3.5 Kv)

Stain & Soil Resistant (Commercial Anti-Soil /Soil Protection and Anti Stain property with lifetime
warranty)

Anti Microbial Treatment (Commercial Anti Microboal Treatment with lifetime warranty)

Adhesive Quality (Water Resistant, Low VOC, Non Staining & Mildew Resistant)

Smoke Density (Less than 450 as per ASTM E662)

Radiant Panel Test (Class 1 as per ASTM E648 )

Minimum Width (2 mtr)

Appearance Retention Rating (Commercial Severe Use)

Supplied carpets to have the following warranties.

Warranties:

10 years Antimicrobial Protection 10 year Face Fiber Wear

10 years Antistatic

10 years Color Pattern Permanency

10 years Floor Compatibility

10 years Floor Release

Page 204
 10 years Delamination of Backing 10 year Moisture Resistance

10 years Dimensional Stability 10 year Tuft Bind

10 years Edge Ravel Flammability

20.0 ACOUSTIC PANELS

The acoustic boards to be used for Panelling should be of approved Makes. They shall be cladded
with fabric. The installation work of this Section shall be performed by an authorized applicator,
licensed by the manufacturer. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and
comply with governing regulations, fire resistance rating requirements, as indicated, and industry
standards applicable to the work. The technical details for the board to be as per the following.

S. No. Description Materials Specifications

1 Thickness (mm) 12mm

2 Size (mm) Width 600 / Length up to 2400

3 Core Sound Smooth / Sound Synth

4 Nominal Density (Kg/m3) 400 to 500

5 Weight (Kg/m2) up to 25

6 Edge Square with long edges Kerfed

7 NRC / STC Up to 0.9

8 Fire Class I

9 Moisture Resistance (%) RH 90

10 Light Reflectance (%) As per manufacturer’s specifications

11 Warranty 10 years

12 Installation As per manufacturer’s specifications

13 Colour As per Engineer-Incharge’s sample

14 Maintenance As per manufacturer’s specifications

21.0 TOILET CUBICLES

Supplying & fixing in position approved make Toilet Cubicle as per drawing which includes
600mm/ 900 mm door size width) made of heat, bacteria, water, chemical, scratch, impact and
anti-bacterial resistant 12mm &18mm thick solid compact laminate panels / HDF Boards.
Finish shade of the compact laminate should be to client’s approval from the ready choice
available with the manufacturer, which includes doors, pilasters & intermediate panels & as per IS
2046 (Indian Standard) and as per fire retardant BS-476/97 standard.
This also includes providing and fixing in position of the following necessary hardware made out of
Stainless steel (Grade 304) & With MS Supporting systems

(1) SS Door Knob,

(2) SS Gravity hinges,

(3) SS Thumbturn lock indicator,

(4) MS Top Support,

(5) SS- Coat Hook,

Page 205
 (6) SS U-Channels,

(7) SS shoe box,

(8) Shoe box side cover,

(9) Noise Deafening Tape etc.

(10) Screws & wall Plugs.

The top supporting system will run above the ceiling to strengthen & support the systems. It will be
settled on the end wall with MS 'L' angles Mid & End pilasters will be fixed with the top support.
All other hardware & screws will be of stainless steel in 304 Grade with satin finish.
22.0 TEAK VENEERED WOODEN PANELLING
Providing and fixing veneer panelling on GI/MS/Wooden frame work on wall with 12 mm thick MDF
board (Exterior grade I conforming IS12406:2003) of approved make fixed to the existing frame
work using SS Screw (grade AISI 304) of suitable size at 600mm centre to centre both way or part
thereof including fixing 4mm thick figured anigre veneer of approved make, design and pattern to
MDF board pasted with suitable adhesive as per the approved drawings with all the edges jointed
with 45 degree as per detail including cutting for electrical fixture, making grooves, water based PU
polish in desired shade and finish , all complete with required materials of approved make, for all
floor heights.
Providing and fixing 100mm high veneer skirting on GI/MS frame work of partition with one layer of
12mm thick MDF board (Exterior grade-I conforming IS 12406:2003) of approved make and
second layer of 9mm thick marine ply of approved make with MDF boards fixed to the existing
frame work with staggered joints in horizontal & vertically using SS Screw of suitable size for first
layer of 12mm MDF board and second layer of 9mm thick marine ply at 600mm centre to centre or
part there of including fixing 4mm thick figured anigre veneer of approved make , shade, design
and pattern to marine ply with suitable adhesive as per approved drawings with all the edges
jointed with 45 degree as per details including cutting for electrical fixture, making grooves, water
based PU polish in desired shade and finish , all complete with required materials of approved
make, for all floor heights
23.0 LACQUERED CLEAR GLASS
Providing and fixing 8mm thick colored lacquered clear glass panelling and lacquered as per
approved shade and colour, edges should be machine types grinding (MTG) of approved shade
and colour having 18mm thick MDF board (Exterior grade-I conforming IS 12406:2003) of
approved make fixed over existing frame work, using SS Screw (grade AISI 304) of suitable size at
600mm centre to centre both way or part thereof and glass fixed with black powder coated
(minimum 50 micron) 2mm thick aluminium concealed channel of size 20x30mm at floor level and
20x50mm size at top level including suitable EPDM gasket for proper fixing of glass unit at top and
bottom level and 12x15x3mm brushed finish stainless steel Angle of 304 grade at floor level fixed
with araldite or approved equivalent to cover silicon joint. The glass to be fixed on MDF backing
with suitable neutral silicon sealant of approved make including sealing of joints on all edges with
non-staining clear silicone sealant etc. all complete with required materials of approved make, for
all floor heights
24.0 ALUMINIUM METAL MESH
Providing & fixing Aluminium sheet panels confirming to sizes of 1200mm x 2400mm and made
from high corrosion resistant AA 3501 alloy of 2mm thickness in desired shape, sizes and
perforation, as required. The metal sheets are to be provided with internal framework of 25 mm
thickness to produce a composite panel of thickness 29 - 30 mm. The sheets are coated and
sublimated using coating the confirms to AAMA2603 and QUALCOAT CLAA specifications from
an experienced manufacturer/provider. Fixing of these sheets is done on aluminum tube section of
25x50mm which are fixed to existing metal or solid structure with the help of brackets and screws.

Page 206
 Sheets are fixed in seamless and hidden manner to the sub frame using desired mechanical
arrangement as per instructions and direction of engineer incharge.
25.0 MIRROR PANELLING
Providing and fixing 8mm thick mirror panelling having 18mm thick MDF board (Exterior grade-I
conforming IS 12406:2003) of approved make backing over wooden/GI/MS frame work using SS
Screw (grade AISI 304) of suitable size at 600mm centre to centre both way or part thereof and
glass fixed with black powder coated (minimum 50 micron) 2mm thick aluminium concealed
channel of size 20x30mm at floor level and 20x50mm size at top level including suitable EPDM
gasket for proper fixing of glass unit at top and bottom level and 12x15x3mm brushed finish
stainless steel Angle of 304 grade at floor level fixed with araldite or equivalent approved make to
cover silicon joint. The glass fixed on MDF board backing with suitable structural silicon sealant of
approved make including sealing of joints on all edges with non-staining clear silicone sealant with
required materials of approved make, for all floor heights etc. all complete.
26.0 2 HR FIRE RATED GYPSUM PARTITIONS

For 198 mm total thick partition: Item includes fixing of Deep flange Ceiling channel (0.50 mm
thick, 148mm wide & having two flanges of 50mm each) & Floor Ceiling channel (0.50 mm thick,
148mm wide & having two flanges of 32mm each) to RCC Floor and Slab with 8mm Dia 40mm
long Anchor Fasteners @ 600 mm c/c. To avoid any contact to direct moisture, the Floor channels
are to be wrapped with up to 100 micrometer Self Adhesive LDPE moisture barrier film or any
other substitute as per manufacturer's spec. Studs (0.50 mm thick, 146 mm wide having one
flange of 34mm another of 36 mm) are placed at 600 mm centres in Floor and Ceiling channel.
Framing profiles shall be rolled with G.I Steel (min. 120 GSM & 230 Mpa Yield Strength)
conforming to as per IS 277.

Providing 90x0.90mm thick Fixing Channel behind Horizontal Board Joints. Provide 50mm thick
48kg density rockwool Insulation in the cavity with the help of insulation hold strap fixed @
1200mm c/c. Providing 2x12.5mm thick Gypsum Plasterboard Conforming to BS 1230 Part-1
1985. The board shall be fixed using screw on Metal Framing with the help of 25/38mm long
Drywall screws at 300 mm centres. The screw fixing of gypsum boards to the metal framing at the
periphery, openings and cut edges should be at 150mm centres. All the Plasterboard must be
staggered.

All joints to be taped & finished with approx. 50mm wide Paper tape & Jointing compound as per
manufacturer's spec. All Openings cut outs & periphery shall be treated with Fire & Acoustical
sealant as approved or wherever necessary, as per manufacturer's spec. Entire assembly shall be
2 Hr fire rated.

For 122 mm total thick partition: This includes fixing of Floor and Ceiling channel (0.55 mm
thick, 72mm wide & having two flanges of 30mm each) to the RCC Floor and Slab with 8mm Dia
40mm long Anchor Fasteners @ 600 mm c/c. Studs (0.55 mm thick, 70 mm wide having one
flange of 34mm another of 36 mm) are placed at 600 mm centres in Floor and Ceiling channel.
Frame profiles shall be rolled with G.I Steel (min 120 GSM & 230 Mpa Yield Strength) conforming
to as per IS 277.

Provide 90/99x0.90mm thick Fixing Channel behind Horizontal Board Joints or 900mm c/c with the
help of 4.2x13mm wafer head metal to metal screws. Provide 50mm thick 48kg density rockwool
Insulation in the cavity with the help of insulation hold strap fixed @ 1200mm c/c. Providing
2x12.5mm thick Gypsum Plasterboard Conforming to BS 1230 Part-1 1985. The board shall be
fixed using screw on Metal Framing with the help of 25/38mm long Drywall screws at 300 mm
centres. The screw fixing of gypsum boards to the metal framing at the periphery, openings and
cut edges should be at 150mm centres. All the Plasterboard must be staggered.

Page 207
 All joints to be taped & finished with approx. 50mm wide Paper tape & Jointing compound as per
manufacturer's spec. All Openings cut outs & periphery shall be treated with Fire & Acoustical
sealant as approved or wherever necessary, as per manufacturer's spec. Entire assembly shall be
2 Hr fire rated.

27.0 198 MM THICK AND 120 MINUTE FIRE RATED PARTITION USING CALCIUM SILICATE
BOARDS
Main System:
198 mm thick metal stud partition comprising of a composite framework which includes a 148 mm
approved GI stud of 1.0mm thickness and having two equal flanges of 50mm each, placed at 610
mm center to center in 150 mm approved floor and ceiling channel of 1mm thickness with two
equal flanges of 40 mm each and fixed to floor and ceiling with the help of anchor fasteners at 450
mm centre to centre.
A Horizontal Branded Intermediate channel of 1.0mm thickness with a web of 45mm and equal
flanges of 15mm each, is to be provided for every 1220mm centre to centre in level on both sides
of stud, with the help of SS screw CSK head 12mm x 3.9mm dia.
Two layers of 12 mm thick Calcium silicate boards having a density of 900-1000 kg/m3, are then
screw fixed to the studs and channels at 200 mm centre to centre on both sides of the framework,
with 25 & 38 mm long self-drilling & tapping SS screws having Phillips head with under heads
cutter, for first and second layer boards respectively. The board’s joints are to be staggered to
avoid through passage. The partition shall be installed full height from floor to 100mm above false
ceiling.
Insulation:
Minimum of 50 mm thick (Density -64 Kg/m3) Rock wool mat is to be placed in the cavity of the
partition. Tie the Rockwool mat with 1.0mm thick binding wire criss-cross on GI Section to hold the
Rockwool mat.
Jointing and Finishing:
Finally edges of the Boards are to be jointed and finished, to ensure proper flush finish including
filling and finishing with specially formulated jointing compound and 48 mm wide self-adhesive
fibre mesh tape. An approved Fire rated sealant is to be applied all around the edges and corner
joints of the partition. Apply one coat of cement base primer before finishing material.
Performance Criteria:
Contractor to provide relevant test data on Fire insulation requirement and the acoustic data of the
partition for approval.
Note: The following diagrams are for reference only and the dimensions specified above should
only be considered

Page 208
28.0 METAL/GLAZED FIRE CHECK DOORS / WINDOW / PARTITIONS
28.1 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining “No objection Certification from Fire Department for
the executed work. Accordingly, Metal/Glazed Fire check door/ window/ partition shall be executed
in all Staircase, Passage, Lobby, Electric shafts and anywhere else required in the Building as per
requirement of as per requirement of Fire safety Norms, Provisions of NBC-2016 guidelines, IS
3614-2021 (with upto date amendments). The Item should be executed by a specialized agency.
Necessary shop drawings for the fire door /window/ partition shall be prepared by the specialized
vendor and submitted to Engineer-in charge for approval. Only after approval, the specialized
vendor goes ahead with procuring and installing the doors, windows & partitions etc.
Note: Low voltage shaft door and frame shall not be fire rated but match the fire doors in
appearance. The door and frame shall be of polyester powder coated aluminium/ GI with 6mm
thick toughened glass glazing with locking arrangement and necessary fittings.
28.2 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications - 2019 - Vol. I & Vol. II, norms of
fire department and IS:3614-2021 (with upto date ammendments).
28.2.1 Fire check doors shall be of 2-hour fire rated and shall satisfy the performance criteria of Fire
Resistance - Stability, Fire Integrity and Insulation as per IS:3614 (Latest edition) as below:
Stability: The fire check door should not collapse during the rated period of fire under the specified
fire conditions. The fire check doors provide safe access to the escape route in the building
namely protected corridors and staircase.
Integrity: The fire check doors should not allow the passage of hot gases or the flames or the
flames through the rebate or the gap between the door frame and shutters for the duration of its
fire rating.
Insulation: In accordance with prevailing guidelines of IS:3614-2021 (latest edition) or Particular
specifications given in the bid document whichever is more..
28.2.2 Testing:
One door assembly shall be selected at random out of the entire lot, one for single leaf and one for
double leaf and shall be tested for two hours fire rating. The testing shall be got done from CBRI,
Roorkee, Certi-fire labs, or TUV. The cost of materials, for testing and transportation/packing,
testing charges and other incidental charges, shall be borne by the contractor. In case the door

Page 209
 fails to meet the requirement, the entire lot shall be rejected.

28.3 Metal Fire Rated Door (Insulated) :

Providing and fixing factory made fire rated door assembly consisting of galvanized iron sheet door
frame, insulated single/double leaf door and necessary accessories, conforming to FD 120
classification of IS 3614 :2021 with fire rating of 120 minutes integrity and 30 minutes insulation.
The door frame and shutter shall be made out of minimum 1.20 mm thick GI Sheet with minimum
120 GSM coating as per IS: 277 as per approved drawing by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Door Frame : shall be single rebate grooved profile of minimum size 100x57mm or double rebate
profile of minimum size of 150x65mm made out of minimum 1.20mm thick GI sheet. The frame
shall be grooved profile with inbuilt sealing system to take appropriate fire rated smoke seal.
Frame shall be provided with appropriate reinforcement suitable for hardware and flush fixing.
Frames shall be provided with stiffener pieces and mitered cut joint (self tab/screwed assembled at
site). Fire rated EPDM smoke seal confirming to IS 3614 : 2021, shall be fixed within the inbuilt
groove or stuck with adhesive on the entire perimeter of the frame. Door frame shall be fixed to the
three sides of opening with minimum 8 mm dia CSK headed fastener of minimum 80 mm long with
8mm dia Polyamide sleeves @ 4 Nos at vertical sides and 2 Nos at horizontal side.
Door Shutter: The double skinned single leaf fire rated insulated door shall be of minimum 46mm
thickness and having box like structure slots cut and holes punched for fixing of hardware
including fire rated resin bonded mineral wool/ ceramic wool infill of density 96-120 kg/cum. Door
leaf shall be provided with vision panels having maximum area of 0.06 sqm with minimum 5 mm
thickness and 120 minute fire rated borosilicate clear glass pane fixed with dip on arrangement.
Fire rated ceramic tape of minimum 2 mm thickness with minimum 13mm width to be fixed alround
the glass both side. The intumescent seal of minimum size 1.5 mm x 10mm (design based) shall
be fixed on all the three edges of the door leaf. The door shutter shall be mounted on the frame
with SS 304 grade ball bearing type hinges of minimum size 100mm x 75mm x 3mm (4 numbers
per leaf upto 2100mm height or as per test evidence).
Accessories Hardware: Fire door assembly shall include all accessories like one number of
Single point Panic device and external trim with half cylinder of 42mm long with one side key. One
number heavy duty door closer of size 3-5 with standard arm, silver finish (suitable upto 1250 mm
door width) confirming to IS 3614: 2021.
Finishing: Both frame and door assembly to be factory finished with polyester powder coating of
minimum 30 microns (500 hrs salt spray test) of approved colour and shade all complete as per
manufacturer's Specifications and direction of the engineer in charge.
Installation: Post installation hollow space within Door frame shall be filled with fire rated self-
extinguishing type polyurethane foam. (All mechanical and functional hardware like locks, panic
bar, lever handles, door closers with separate test report in absence of composite text report and
certified for 2 hours fire rating are to be used on doors and must conform to relevant IS codes

28.4 Metal Fire Rated Door (Uninsulated): Providing and fixing factory made fire rated door assembly
consisting of Galvanised Iron Steel door frame, uninsulated single/double leaf door and necessary
accessories, conforming to FD 120 classification of IS 3614 :2021 with fire rating of 120 minutes.
The door frame and shutter shall be made out of minimum 1.20 mm thick GI Sheet with minimum
120 GSM coating as per IS: 277 as per approved drawing by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Door Frame: shall be single rebate grooved profile of minimum size 100x57mm or double rebate
profile of minimum size of 150x65mm made out of minimum 1.20mm thick GI sheet. The farme
shall be of grooved profite with inbuilt sealing system to take appropriate fire rated smoke seal.
Frame shall be provided with appropriate reinforcement suitable for hardware and flush fixing.
Frames shall be provided with stiffener pieces and mitred cut joints (self tab/screwed assembled at
site). Fire rated EPDM smoke seal, confirming to IS 3614 2021 shall be fixed within the inbuilt

Page 210
 groove or stuck with adhesive on the entire perimeter of the frame. Door frame shall be fixed to all
round the opening with minimum 8 mm dia CSK headed fastner of minimum 80 mm long with 8mm
dia Polyamide sleeves @ 3 Nos at each side.
Door Shutter: The double skinned single/double leaf fire rated uninsulated door shall be of
minimum 46 mm thickness and having box like structure slots cut and holes punched for fixing of
hardwares including Resin bonded Honey comb Paper core infill. Integral astragal to be provided
for double leaf doors. The door shutter shall be mounted on the frame with SS 304 grade ball
bearing type hinges of minimum size 100 mm x 75 mm x 3 mm (3 numbers per leaf upto 2100 mm
height or as per test evidence).
Accessories Hardware: Fire door set shall include all accessories like, one number fire rated
shaft mortise dead lock, 70mm Back Set, Square for end with allen key, including strike plate
confirming to IS 3014 : 2021, Two Numbers Recessed Flush Pull handle oval type, minimum size
40 mm x 120 mm, Two numbers Concealed flush bolts 300 mm long with dust proof socket.
Finishing: Both frame and door assembly to be factory finished with polyester powder coating of
minimum thickness of 30 microns (500 hrs salt spray test) of approved colour and shade all
complete as per manufacturer's Specifications and direction of the engineer in charge.
Installation: Post installation hollow space within door frame shall be filled with fire rated self-
extinguishing type polyurethane foam. Rate shaft include for supply and installation of complete
door assembly, by the manufacturer. (AII mechanical and functional hardware like locks, panic bar,
lever handles, door closers with separate test report in absence of composite test report and
certified for 120 minutes fire rating are to be used on doors and must conform to relevant IS 3614:
2021.

29.0 2HR FIRE RATED GLAZED DOORS/PARTITION/WINDOWS

Glazed Fire Rated Doors / Partitions / Windows shall be as per Specifications of Frame, Shutter
and Glazing as provided in the DSR-2021 Items No. 9.161, 9.162, 9.163 & 9.164 and CPWD
specifications for Fire Rated Doors.

30.0 FIRE RESISTANT GLAZED SLIDING DOOR 2HR FIRE RATED

Providing and fixing of 2Hr fire rated automatic sliding door with 30minutes insulation
(E/EW 120, EI 30), as per IS 16947 / IS/ISO 834-1 for integrity & insulation. Pressed galvanized
steel confirming to IS 277 with the following specification. Automatic glazed sliding door shall be
tested for maximum rating of 120mins integrity and 30 minutes insulation as a complete assembly.
Frames and side partitions shall be single rebate frame profile of size 125 x 55mm made out of
1.60mm (16gauge) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Sliding door leaf shall be fully glazed
with minimum 60 x 85mm profile step box section manufactured from 1.2mm (18guage) minimum
thick galvanised steel sheet. Glass shall be held in position with clip on beading and concealed
fastners. The glass should fire rated interlayered minimum 11mm thick, for (E) 120 minutes
integrity & 30minutes insulation (EI 30) with light transmission of minimum 89% as per EN1363
and EN1364. Glass shall have a impact resistance of 2B2 as per EN 12600. The operator shall be
type tested for fire rating, compliant with European standards and produced according to the
guidelines for power-operated doors, BGR 232, the UVV and the VDE regulations. SS hinges to
connect the main profile with cover profile. Control unit, Self-learning, with adjustable parameters
for opening and closing speed, Class of protection IP 20. Activators- Motion Safe Combination
Radar System (02 Nos), Program Switch with Key. Max Panel Weight Carrying Capacity of Easy 2
X 100 Kgs & Standard 2 x 160 respectively. Door frames shall be with back plate bracket and
anchor fasteners for installation on a finished plastered masonry wall opening. Supports and studs
required for mounting the system from top shall be included as per design requirement.
Providing and fixing of 2Hr fire rated automatic sliding door without 30minutes insulation
(E/EW 120), as per IS 16947 / IS/ISO 834-1 for integrity & insulation. Pressed galvanized steel

Page 211
 confirming to IS 277 with the following specification. Automatic glazed sliding door shall be tested
for maximum rating of 120mins integrity as a complete assembly.
Frames and side partitions shall be single rebate frame profile of size 125 x 55mm made out of
1.60mm (16gauge) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Sliding door leaf shall be fully glazed
with minimum 60 x 85mm profile step box section manufactured from 1.2mm (18guage) minimum
thick galvanised steel sheet. Glass shall be held in position with clip on beading and concealed
fastners. The glass should fire rated interlayered minimum 11mm thick, for (E) 120 minutes
integrity with light transmission of minimum 92% as per EN1363 and EN1364. Glass shall have a
impact resistance of 2B2 as per EN 12600. The operator shall be type tested for fire rating,
compliant with European standards and produced according to the guidelines for power-operated
doors, BGR 232, the UVV and the VDE regulations. SS hinges to connect the main profile with
cover profile. Control unit, Self-learning, with adjustable parameters for opening and closing
speed, Class of protection IP 20. Activators- Motion Safe Combination Radar System (02 Nos),
Program Switch with Key. Max Panel Weight Carrying Capacity of Easy 2 X 100 Kgs & Standard 2
x 160 respectively. Door frames shall be with back plate bracket and anchor fasteners for
installation on a finished plastered masonry wall opening. Supports and studs required for
mounting the system from top shall be included as per design requirement.
The testing shall be got done from CBRI, Roorkee, Certi-fire labs, TUV or Spectro Labs. The cost
of materials, for testing and transportation/packing, testing charges and other incidental charges,
shall be borne by the contractor. In case the door fails to meet the requirement, the entire lot shall
be rejected.
31.0 2 HR FIRE RATED ACOUSTIC DOORS

Providing Hollow metal Acoustic door with rating of 39dB as per IS 16074, IS 4351 & IS 3614,
made up of Pressed galvanized steel confirming to IS 277 all as per the following specification.

Frame: Door frame shall be single rebate step grooved profile of size 125 x 75 mm made out of 1.6
mm (16 gauge) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Frames shall be mitered and field
assembled with self-tabs. Frames to have in build grooved sealing system and shall be site fitted
with PVC gasket as standard. All provision should be mortised, drilled and tapped for receiving
appropriate hardware. Perimeter seal of approved make to be provided on all three sides of the
frame jamb. Frames should be provided with back plate bracket and anchor fasteners for
installation on a finished plastered masonry wall opening. Frames shall be filled with puff.

Shutter: Door leaf shall be 60 mm thick fully flush double skin door, without vision lite. Door leaf
shall be manufactured from 1.2 mm (18 gauge) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. The internal
construction of the door should be rigid reinforcement pads for receiving appropriate hardware.
The infill material shall be 120 kg/m3 high density Rockwool/mineral wool material. All doors shall
be factory prepped for receiving appropriate hardware and provided with necessary reinforcement
for hinges, locks, and door closers. The edges should be interlocked with a bending radius of 1.4
mm. For pair of doors integrated astragals has to be provided on the meeting stile for both active
and inactive leaf. Door shall be equipped with additional seals like auto door bottom.

Vision glass: No vision glass

Finish: All doors and frames shall be finished Pure Polyester Powder coated and shall have
passed minimum 500 hours of salt spray test.

The testing shall be got done from CBRI, Roorkee, Certi-fire labs, TUV or Spectro Labs. The cost
of materials, for testing and transportation/packing, testing charges and other incidental charges,
shall be borne by the contractor. In case the door fails to meet the requirement, the entire lot shall
be rejected.

Page 212
 ANNEXURE-I
GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTORFOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER
COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF ACP & STRUCTURAL GLAZING

This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand ……………… between
....................................M/s ...............................................(hereinafter called the GUARANTOR on the one
part) and the President of India (hereinafter called the Government on the other part)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a Contract No. ……….. dated ...................

(Hereinafter called the Contract) and made between the GUARANTOR ON THE ONE PART AND the
Government on the other part whereby the contractor inter alia undertook to render the work in the said
contract structurally stable, workmanship, finishing and use of sound materials.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said work
will remain structurally stable and guaranteed against faulty workmanship, finishing and materials for five
years to be reckoned from the date after the expiry of maintenance period prescribed in the contract.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will remain structurally
stable and defect free for minimum period of 5 (five) years to be reckoned from the date after the expiry of
maintenance period prescribed in the contract.

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the
Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-
Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

That if the guarantor fails to make good all the defects, commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or
otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in
performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage
and or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding
on both the parties.

IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator .......................
and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the President of India on the
day, month and year first above written.

SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:

1. ................................................ 2. ...........................................

Signed for and Behalf of the President of India by ................................... in the presence of:

1. ............................................... 2. ..........................................

Page 213
 ANNEXURE-II
GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTORFOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER
COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF WATER PROOFING WORKS

This agreement made this.................... day of ................. Two Thousand .............. between M/s
..................................(hereinafter called the GUARANTOR on the one part) and the PRESIDENT OF
INDIA (hereinafter called the Government on the other part)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a Contract No. ……….. dated ...................

(Hereinafter called the Contract) and made between the GUARANTOR on the one part and the
Government on the other part whereby the contractor inter alia undertook to render the building and
structures in the said contract completely water and leak-proof.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said work
will remain water and leak proof, for Ten Years from the date of completion of the work under the contract.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him will render the structures
completely leak proof and the minimum life of such water proofing treatment shall be Ten Years to be
reckoned from the date of completion of the work under the contract.

Provided that the guarantor will not be responsible for leakage caused by earthquake or structural
defects or misuse of roof or alteration and for such purpose:

(a) Misuse of roof shall mean any operation which will damage proofing treatment, like chopping of
firewood and things of the same nature which might cause damage to the roof;
(b) Alteration shall mean construction of an additional storey or a part of the roof or construction adjoining
to existing roof whereby proofing treatment is removed in parts;
(c) The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to nature and cause of defect shall be final.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any
defect being found render the building water proof to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge calling
upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the Department by some other
contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable
by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

That if the guarantor fails to execute the water proofing or commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost expense or
otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the GUARANTOR in
performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and/or damage
and or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding
on both the parties.

IN WITHNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator .......................
and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF INDIA on
the day, month and year first above written.

SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:

1. ................................................ 2. ...........................................

Signed for and Behalf of the President of India by ................................... in the presence of:

1. ............................................... 2. ..........................................

Page 214
 C5. LIST OF PREFERRED MAKES FOR CIVIL WORK

Approved makes of materials to be used in the work are as given in the table below. In case of non-
availability of these makes, the Engineer-in-charge may allow use of alternative makes after seeking
approval of TS authority. Only BIS marked materials shall be generally used in the work. Non-BIS marked
materials may be permitted by the Engineer-in-charge only when BIS marked materials are not
manufactured.

Some preferred bands names of materials, whichever are applicable for the scope of work are listed
below. However preferred equivalent materials of any other specialized firms may be used, in case it is
established that the brands specified below are not available in the market duly certified by manufacturer
and subject to approval of the alternate brand by the Engineer-in-Charge, (See also conditions of contract
or any other manufacturer approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-charge before placing order for any specific
material or engaging any of the specialized agencies and the brand / make of the material as specified in
the particular specifications and in the list of preferred makes of materials attached in the tender. The
Contractor shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and highlighted proposed specifications, as well
as full details of the works proposed to be executed by the specialized agency.

Note: The makes are subject to the compliance of Make in India norms.

S. No. Material Preferred Make

1.0 Concrete Work

(i) Ordinary Portland Cement / Portland ACC, Ultratech, Ambuja, Birla, J K Lakshmi
Pozzolana Cement.

(ii) White Cement Birla White, J K White, Ultratech

(iii) Construction Chemicals / Admixtures BASF, FOSROC, Pidilite, Ardex Endura, Mapei, MC
/ Plasticizers / Super Plasticizers Bauchemie, Weber (Saint Gobain), Sika, MYK,
Asianpaints, Ferrouscrete, Berger

(iv) Concrete Curing Compounds. FOSROC, Sika, BASF, Pidilite, CICO, Weber (Saint
Gobain), MC Bauchemie, Mapei, Ferrouscrete, Berger

(v) Precast Cover Blocks ACC, Nuvoco, Ultratech, Modi Cover blocks, Steelmax

2.0 Reinforced Cement Concrete

(i) Corrosion Resistant Steel TMT SAIL (TMT HCR), Tata Tiscon (CRS), RINL
Reinforcement Bars (CRM/HSCRM), JSPL (Jindal Panther CRS) and JSW
(Neo Steel CRS)

(ii) Mechanical Couplers for Dextra India, Halfen, Sanfield, G-Tech

Reinforcement

(iii) Anchor fastener, Rebar Hilti, Fisher, Bosch, Wurth, Canon, Trixel, 3M India
chemical/Mechanical Fastener, Core
Cutting, Expandable Fastener

(iv) Ready Mix Concrete Plants ACC, Ultratech, JK, Prism RMC Plant or own Batch
Mix Plant with appropriate capacity to be set up by
contractor at or away from the site

(v) Aluminium customized Shuttering S-Form, MFE, Eins Technik Pvt. Ltd. ALFOAC, MFS

Page 215
3.0 Water Proofing

(i) Crystalline Water Proofing Penetron, Kryton, Xypex, Ferrouscrete, MC

Compound Bauchemie, Pidilite, Asianpaints, Berger, Velosit,
Weber (Saint Gobain) (Dosage as per manufacturer
specification or that required to achieve
performance criteria of DSR item 22.22 i.e. more
than 90% permeability reduction and resistance to
hydrostatic pressure up to 16 bar, whichever is
more)

(ii) Water Proofing swellable bar/ Liquid Ardex Endura, MYK Laticrete, Pidilite, BASF, Fosroc,
membrane/ single component Sika, MC Bauchemie, Kryton, Mapei, Asianpaints,
applied (spray applied for deck water Penetron, Ferrouscrete, Berger, Velosit, Weber (Saint
proofing/ Elastomeric acrylic UV Gobain)
resistant liquid applied coating

(iii) Waterproofing PU / Polyurea/ Acrylic BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Asianpaints,
/ Elastomeric Cementitious / SRI Weber (Saint Gobain), Mapei, MYK, Ferrouscrete, MC
Coating/ Bauchemie, Berger, Velosit

(iv) Polysulphide Sealant for Joints Fosroc, Pidilite, Sika, Dow Corning, Wacker,
Penetron, Asianpaints, Ferrouscrete, MC Bauchemie,
Weber (Saint Gobain), Berger

(v) Water proofing membrane HDPE Fosroc, Pidilite, BASF, Sika, Asianpaints, Weber
/TPO based waterproofing (Saint Gobain), Mapei, MYK, Ferrouscrete, MC
Bauchemie, Berger

(vi) Water proofing compound BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Mapei,
Asianpaints, MC Bauchemie, MYK, Ferrouscrete,
Weber (Saint Gobain), Berger, Velosit

(vii) Polyurethane over deck insulation BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Mapei, MYK,
foam MC-bauchemie, Asianpaints, Weber (Saint Gobain),
Ferrouscrete, Berger, Velosit

(viii) Food Grade Coating for Water Tanks BASF, Fosroc, Pidilite, Penetron, Sika, Mapei, MYK,
Weber (Saint Gobain), Asianpaints, MC Bauchemie,
Berger

4.0 Masonry Work

(i) AAC Blocks ACC, Tata Tiscobuild, Ultratech, Ferrouscrete,

Magicrete

(ii) AAC Block adhesive Ultratech, Ardex Endura, Ferrouscrete, Weber (Saint
Gobain), Asianpaints, Magicrete, United, Berger

5.0 Steel Work

(i) Structural Steel Sections / Tubular SAIL, Tata Steel, RINL, JSPL and JSW
Sections

(ii) Dash / Anchor Fasteners, Rawl Plug HILTI, Fischer, Bosch, Wurth, Canon

(iii) EPDM Gasket Schuco, Hanu, Raven, Anand

Page 216
 (iv) Metal deck profile sheet Ezydeck of TATA / Lloyd Superdeck, JSW

(v) Roofing Steel Sheet (Precoated) Tata Bluescope Steel Ltd., Jindal Steel, JSW Steel

(vi) Polycarbonate Sheet GE-LEXAN, Polygal, Tuflite Dalphalon, Coxwell

6.0 Aluminium Work

(i) Aluminium Extrusions Hindalco, Jindal, NALCO

(ii) Anodised Aluminium Hardware HARDIMA, EVERITE, Alu Alpha, Hindalco, Pulse of
(HeavyDuty) LGF Sysmac

(iii) Alluminium Door & Window Systems Schuco, Technal, Eternia-Hindalco, AIS Windows,
Alupure, Axsys, A2Z Infra Solutions, Pabros

(iv) Aluminium Glass Facade & Schuco, Technal, Eternia-Hindalco, Dow, Lindner AG,
Structural Glazing Systems Art N Glass, AIS Window system, A2Z Infra Solutions,
Pabros

(v) Aluminium Composite Panels / Allucobond, Alstone, Aludecor, Kalco, Reynoarch,

Honeycomb Composite Panels / Alutech, Virgo
Aluminium-HPL Panels

(vi) Metal (Aluminium) Facade Panels Hunter Douglas, Dwall Metallic, Lindner AG, Anakon,
Hindalco

(vii) Silicone Sealant / Weather Sealant / Alstone, Sika, Dow, Choksey, Hilti, Wuerth (Promat),
Fire Sealant / Polysulphide Sealant GE Plastics, Pidilite, FOSROC, BASF

7.0 Flooring

(i) Glazed, Ceramic & Vitrified wall / Kajaria, Johnson, Somany, RAK, Vermora, Restile,
floor Tiles (Antiskid / Matt / Glossy) Sunhearrt, AGL, Hindware (Manufactured in own
mother plant only)

(ii) Epoxy Grouts / Tile adhesive / Ardex Endura, Ferrouscrete, MYK Schomburg,
Polymer modified cementitious Pidilite, FOSROC, Sika, Weber (Saint Gobain),
grouts/ Asianpaints, Berger, Magicrete

(iii) Epoxy flooring MYK Schomburg, BASF, Flowcrete, Ardex Endura,

FOSROC, Sika, MC Bauchemie, Weber (Saint
Gobain), Ferrouscrete, Asianpaints

(iv) Wooden Laminated Flooring Vista, Action Tesa, Pergo, Apex, Lamiwood, Kronotex,
Greenply, Floormax, Kahrs Enginner Wood product

(v) PVC Flooring Armstrong, Unitex, LG, Responsive Industries,

Tarkett, Tremco

(vi) Vinyl Flooring LG, 3M, Responsive Industries, Wonderfloor, Tarkett,

Armstrong, Tremco

(vii) Floor hardener Ardex Endura, Weber (Saint Gobain), MC Bauchemie,

Ferrouscrete, United

(viii) Carpet Flooring Interface, Shaw, Welspun, CCIL, Milicon, Flotex

(ix) Marble/Stone flooring Continental marble, Stonex, A Class Marble

(x) Rubberized Flooring Ebaco, Wonderfloor, Rayzon

Page 217
8.0 Roofing / False Ceiling / Partition EPF

(i) GRG (Glass Fibre Reinforced Diamond ceilings, Saint Gobain, Armstrong, Hunter
Gypsum) false ceiling with GI grid Douglas
system

(ii) Calcium Silicate / Mineral Fiber Saint Gobain, Aerolite, Ramco Hilux, USG Borals,
False Ceiling Tiles and frame work Anakon, Dexune, Aerolite

(iii) Gypsum Board False Saint Gobain Gyproc, Anakon, Dexune, Western
Ceiling/Partition and frame work

(iv) Metal false ceiling i/c framework Diamond ceilings, Hunter Douglas, Lindner AG,
Anakon, Hi-Steel

(v) U-Baffle / Open Cell / Wooden Diamond ceilings, Hunter Douglas, Lindner AG,
Laminated false ceiling i/c framework Anakon, Hi-Steel, Techno ceiling

(vi) Rock Wool / Glass Wool UP Twiga, Roxul (Rockwool), Rockloyd (Lloyd
Insulations), Dhanbad Rockwool, Dexune, Rockfon,
Techno ceiling

(vii) Fiber cement board HIL (Birla Aerocon), Bison (NCL), RAMCO Hicem,
Everest, Visaka Industries, Dexune

(viii) Extruded Polystyrene Insulation Du Pont, Dow Corning, Supreme, Texas, Analco,
Board Unitech-ikk, Sika, Berger

(ix) Heat Resistant Tiles Kajaria, Somany, Johnson

9.0 Doors / Windows / Wood work / Furniture

(i) Automatic sliding Glass doors with AutoIngress, Godrej, Dorma, Ozone
complete mechanism

(ii) Flush Door Shutter Century, Greenlply, Archidply, Duro, Jayana, Jain
Doors Pvt Ltd., NAVAIR

(iii) Ply Wood / Block Board Century, Greenply, Merino, Archidply

(iv) Laminated Particle Board / veneered Greenlam, Century, Archidply, Merino

Particle Board

(v) Laminates/Veneers Greenlam, Century, Archidply, Merino, Virgo

(vi) Acrylic sheet/Acrylic laminate Rehau, Opulux, Treelam, Praveedh Décor, EGR,
Virgo

(vii) Wood Plastic Composite (WPC) Archidply, Century, Greenlam, Floresta, Rajshree,
Board/Door Shutter/Door Frame Alstone

(viii) Factory made wooden Door Frames Jain wood Industries, D S Doors, Duro, Ambika Wood,
& Shutter Shreeji Woodcraft, SM Corporation, Jain Doors Pvt
Ltd

(ix) Factory made kitchen cabinets, Evoke, Godrej, Brown Crust, Sleek
wardrobes etc.

(x) UPVC Doors & Windows Fenesta, VEKA, KOMERLING, Aluplast, Wintech,
Deceuninck, Saint Gobain, Prominance, Pabros

Page 218
 (xi) G.I. Steel Door Frame Kutty Doors, Shakti Metdoor, NAVAIR, Bhawani Fire,
Synergy Thrislington

(xii) Fire Rated Metal/Wooden/Acoustic Shakti-met, Pacific, Navair, Pyrotech, GMP, Sukriti,
Doors (Glazed/Unglazed/sliding) Bhawani Fire, 4C Fire

(xiii) Fire Rated Glass Shakti-met, Navair, Pyrotech, GMP

(xiv) Hardware for Fire Check Doors Dorma, Assa Abloy, Geze, Hormann, Dorset, Becker
FS, Kich

(xv) S.S. Hardware, Door & Window Dorma, Godrej, Hafle, Dorset, AutoIngress, Becker
Fittings, Hinges FS, Kich

(xvi) Brass Hardware Magnum (Mukund Overseas), Artistick’s (Artistic Art

Forum), EPPW, Décor, Palladium

(xvii) Friction Stay Hinges Hettich, Kich, Hafle

(xviii) Floor Spring / Door Closer Godrej, Dorma, AutoIngress, Hafele, GEZE, Assa
Abloy, Dorset, Becker FS, Kich

(xix) Modular Work Stations Godrej, HNI, Fuego, Steelcase

(xx) Modular Office & Home Furniture – Godrej, HNI, Fuego, Steelcase, Integrity, Featherlite,
Table, Chair, Sofa, Bed, Dining Rockworth
Table/Chairs etc.

(xxi) Storage - Compactors, Metal Almirah Godrej, Compress, HNI, Integrity

etc.

(xxii) Aluminum/U-PVC Doors & Windows Rotto, Mccoy 8M, Oben

Hardware

(xxiii) Aluminum Glazed Partition System Kubik, Jeb, Lycos, AutoIngress

(xxiv) Window Blinds, blackouts, curtains, Vista, Deck, Huntar Douglas, Marvel
etc.

(xxv) Window Roller/Zebra Blind/Curtains Aerolux, Hunter Douglas, Deck, D’Decor

(xxvi) Cubicle Track & Curtain System Toso, Forest, Deck, Hunter Douglas,

(xxv) Lead lined doors Tata Pravesh, Shakti-met, Pacific, Navair, Sukriti,
Bhawani, 4C Fire

10.0 Finishing Works

(i) Ready Mix Plaster Ardex Endura, Ferrouscrete, MYK Schmburg, Pidilite,
FOSROC, Sika, Magicrete, Berger, Weber (Saint
Gobain)

(ii) Gypsum Plaster / Ready Mix Plaster/ Saint Gobain (Elite 90), Ardex Endura, Pidilite,
Polymer modified self-curing Mortar FOSROC, Ferrous Crete, Berger, Weber (Saint
Gobain)

(iii) Cement Primer Nerolac, Berger, BP White (Berger), Decoprime

WT(Asian), White primer (ICI), Acro paints

(iv) Cement Based & Acrylic Wall putty Birla, JK White, Asianpaints, Ferrous Crete, Acro
Paints, Magicrete, Weber (Saint Gobain)

Page 219
 (v) Oil Bound Washable Distemper Asianpaints, Nerolac, Berger, Dulux ICI

(vi) Dry Distemper Asianpaints (Professional Acrylic Distemper), Nerolac:

(Beauty Acrylic Distemper), Berger (Bison Acrylic
Distemper), Dulux ICI (Maxilite)

(vii) Acrylic Distemper (washable/ Real Asianpaints (Tractor Aqua Lock Paint), Berger
mix/ Low VOC) (Commando) Acro Paints (Aqualin AWD) or
equivalent paints of Nerolac or ICI-Dulax.

(viii) Acrylic Emulsion Paints Asianpaints (Professional Premium Interior Emulsion

Paint), Nerolac (Beauty Gold), Berger (Rangoli total
care), ICI-Dulux (Super Cover), Acro Paints
(Acropearl)

Texture Finish Asianpaints, Bakelite & Hylam, Spectrum, Heritage,

(ix) Ultratech Texture Paints, Berger

Exposed Concrete Texture Finish Ultratech Texture Paints, Armourcoat, Oikos,

Heritage, Spectrum, Berger

(x) Steel Primer (Red Oxide Zine Asianpaints, Nerolac, Berger, ICI-Dulax, Acropaints,
Chromate Primer) Berger

(xi) Synthetic Enamel Paint Asian (Apcolite Premium gloss enamel), Nerolac
(Synthetic Hi gloss), Berger (Luxol Hi gloss), ICI-
Dulux (Gloss Synthetic Enamel), Acro paints
(Acrogold)

(xii) Paint- Texture Concept Paints Asianpaints, Ultratech Texture Paints, Berger, acro
(Interior) paints

(xiii) Paint- Anti carbonation paint Fosroc, Pidilite, BASF, Asianpants, Sika, Berger

(ix) Wood Primer Asianpaints, Berger, ICI-Dulax, Nerolac

(xv) Melamine Polish for wood work Asian Paints Melamine Gold, Wudfin of Pidilite,
Timbertone of ICI-Dulux, MRF

(xvi) PU Polish for wood work ICA, MRF, Asian, Berger

(xvii) Epoxy Paint Asian, Nerolac, Berger, ICI, Kansai Akzo Nobel,
Weber (Saint Gobain)

(xviii) Fire Resistant Paint Asianpaints, Akzo Nobel Coatings India Ltd., Viper.

11.0 Water Supply & Sanitary Works

(i) Stainless Steel pipe & Fittings SAIL (Salem Steel), Jindal, J-Press, Primegold

(ii) G.I. Pipe Tata Steel, Jindal Pipes, Surya Roshni

(iii) GI Pipe Fittings Unik, Zoloto, Surya, Jinda Pipesl, Tata Steel

(iv) U-PVC pipe and Fittings Supreme, Finolex, Astral, Prince, AKG, Birla HIL

(v) C-PVC pipe and Fittings Supreme, Finolex, Astral, Prince, AKG, Ashirwad,
Oriplast, Birla HIL

(vi) M.S. Black Pipes Tata, Jindal, SAIL, Surya

Page 220
 (vii) CP Fittings (Premium range) Kohler, Jaquar, Grohe, Roca, Cera

(viii) Sanitary ware / Fixtures / Fittings Kohler, Grohe, Hindware, Jaquar, Cera
(Premium range)

(ix) Urinal Frosted Glass partition Greenlam, Jaquar, Merino, Fundermax, Cera

(x) Sensor Operated Urinal Jaquar, Hindware, Roca, Kohlar

(xi) Glass Mirror Saint Gobain, Modi Guard, Atul, Pilkington, Cera

(xii) Specially abled Fitting Pressalit, Hindustan, Cardin

(xiii) Gun Metal Valves/Sluice Valves/ Air Zoloto, Audco (L&T), Castle, Leader Valves, SKS
Release Valves

(xiv) Sluice Valve / Pressure Reducing Zoloto, Kirloskar, Leader Valves, Zoloto, SKS, Castle,
valve / Non-Return valve / check Audco (L&T)
valve / Butter fly valve / ball valve

(xv) Toilet Cubicles Merino (Titan Series), Greenlam (Sturdo Classic),

Trespa, Dorma

(xvi) Glass Shower Partition Dormakaba, Kich, Hafelle, Jaquar, Kohler, Kerovit

(xvii) Insulation for external / exposed hot KAIFLEX, ARMAFLEX, CAREFLEX

water pipes

(xviii) Pipe protection for external water PYPKOTE, ARMAFLEX, AKPOLYKOTE

supply pipes

(xix) Water Meter Prima, Kranti, Leader, Zoloto, Dashmesh

(xx) Brass stop & Bib Cock Zoloto, Sant, L&K, Leader,

(xxi) Brass Ferrules Dhawan Sanitary Udyog (PRIMA), Annapurna, Kalsi

(xxii) Hand Drier Roca, Hagar, Jaquar, Kohler

12.0 Drainage

(i) Soil Waste / Vent Pipes and Fittings:

a) Hubless Centrifugally Cast Spun NECO, SKF, Hepco, Saint Gobain,

Iron Pipe and fittings

b) Centrifugally (Spun) CI Pipes Kesoram, Electro Steel Castings Ltd., NECO

Class 'LA' / Ductile Iron Pipe

(ii) C.I. Manhole covers, frames & GI NECO, BIC, RIF, SKF, Hepco, Kapilansh,
Gratings

(iii) Unplasticized Non-Pressure Supreme, Astral, Finolex, Ashirvad

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC-U) Pipes
underground conforming to IS:
15328-2003 & Fittings

(iv) Low noise system rain water pipes Supreme, Astral, Finolex, Ashirvad
and fittings made of mineral
reinforced Poly Propylene

(v) Drainage AC/HDPE Pipes Jain Pipes, Oriplast, Reliance, MAZZA AC Pipes,

Page 221
 Supreme

(vi) DI Pipes & Fittings Supreme, Electrosteel, Jindal, TATA DUCTURA,

Kesoram

(vii) SFRC Manhole covers & gratings KK, JAIN, PARGATI

13.0 Stainless Steel & Glass Works

(i) Modular SS-304/316 Grade / Glass Dorma, Jindal, GEZE, Q-Rail, Technorail, Kich,
Railing with SS-304/316 grade Koncept
Hardware

(ii) Stainless Steel Sink (Out of Salem Neelkanth, Niralli, Jayna, Silver shine
steel)

(iii) Float Glass Saint Gobain Glass India Ltd., Emirates Glass LLC,
AIS Glass Solutions Ltd., Pilkington, Modi Guard,
Glaverbel

(iv) High Performance Glass Saint Gobain Glass, Pilkington, Guardian, Emirates
Glass LLC, Glaverbel, AIS Glass.

(v) Lacquered Glass Saint Gobain Glass, AIS Glass, Art N Glass, Guardian

(vi) Glass Processor for making Art N Glass, Shankar Tuff, Sheeshmahal, Shivshakti,
DGU/Toughening GSC, Kaimapnat Glass, SK Tuff, AIS Glass

14.0 Miscellaneous

(i) Terracotta Cladding Tiles Nuvocotto, Terracon, Kajaria, Johnson, Hunter

Douglas, Moeding, Anakon, Terreal

(ii) SS Dry Cladding Anchor with SS Hilti, Fisher, Wuerth, Trixel

Clamp

(iii) Solid Acrylic Surface Boards Dupont, LG Himacs, Neonnex, Hanex, GMGR India

(iv) Modular Expansion / Seismic Joint Herculus, Sanfield, Vexcolt, MigUA, Katanaflex,
System Inprocorp, Bizzar

(v) Solid Surface (Corian) Dupont, Neonnax, LG, Samsung

(vi) Window Blinds Vista, Deck, Huntar Douglas, MAC, TRAC

(vii) Fire Sealant Hilti, 3M India, Wuerth, Fischer

(viii) Modular Rainwater Harvesting Retas Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd, Bantair Pvt Ltd,
system Adwyn Impex Pvt Ltd, Life green system Ltd

(ix) Precast GRC / Sand Stone Jali Unistone, Dalal, Birla GRC, Sanderson
(Screen)

(x) Wall Paper D'décor, Lifencolours, India Circus, Ego, Vescom,

Nilaya by Asian Paints, Muraspec, Marshalls

(xi) XPS Board/ Dimple board Supreme, Insuboard, Soprema, Own corning,
Shalimar, Technonicol, Pidilite

(xii) Wall Guard/Column Guard/Corner Wallpro, C/S Group, SPM International

guard

Page 222
(xiii) Expansion filler board Supreme, Insuboard, Soprema, Shalimar, Own
corning, Technonicol

(xiv) Concrete / HDPE/Grass grid pavers Ovilite Industries, Eco Vision Industries, Dalal,
Unistone

(xv) Drain board Ovidrain, Tikidan, Technonicol, Virendra textile,

Soprema

(xvi) Expansion Joint filler / Joint covers Vexcolt International Ltd, Construction Specialities,
Sainfield, Hercules, MIGUA, Mapei, Balco India, Z-
tech, Inprocorp

(xvii) Poly-sulphide Sealant for Joints Pidilite, Sika, Dow Corning, Wacker, Ferrouscrete
joint width up to 25 mm

Page 223